You are on page 1of 599

The Play of Planets

in Houses
A Bhrigu Analysis
. .
Part One
{1 to 6 House)
By
DS Mathur
CONTENTS
Foreword
vii
Chapter One The Preliminaries 1
Chapter Two The First House
42
Chapter Three The Second House 147
Chapter Four The Third House 239
Chapter FIVe The Fourth House
336
Chapter Six The Fifth House
430
Chapter Seven The Sixth House
535
Foreword
The planets, signs and constellations are the basics in any
chart. A chart is analysed according to interplay between these
three components. The deeper the analysis the better and more
accurate would the prediction be. A planet in a house would
sometimes give diametrically opposite or different results when
the sign or the constellation in which the planet is placed is changed.
Generally the effect of a planet in a house is given in many old
and new books on Vedic astrology. This is in a very concise form
and it is couched in traditional language of the classics. Much water
has flown down the Ganga since the times of classics. There is
need to describe the planets in houses in modern terms. We can
say the same for the effect of planets in different signs.
There are many classics that deal with planets in houses and
in signs. The few that immediately come to mind are Mansagari,
ChamatkarChintamani, Jatakabhamam, Hora Ratnam, Jataka Ratna
Pradeep, Jyotish Makaranct Jatakashiromani, etc. There is no old
standard work that deals with planets in houses and signs both at
the same time. Therefore if we wish to know, for example, as to
how Mercury will behave in the fifth house in Scorpio we have
nowhere to turn to. The meager literature that is available on this
point is sub-standard and does not base itself on classical
information. There was need to fill this deficiency. I have tried to
do so to the best of my ability.
In the First Chapter I have given the fundamentals and have
also stated the principles on which the analysis has proceeded in
the following Chapters. In fact the analysis had started becoming
so voluminous that I had to use the principles selectively in various
ThePiayofPianetsinHouses: Part One (1 to6House)
Chapters. Most of the principles have been used only in a few
Chapters at a time. Therefore the statement for each planet in a
house and sign is not conclusive; it is more or less indicative. The
idea was to show the use of these principles and then leave it to
the skill of the reader to apply them in real life situations.
Notwithstanding this restraint the book has gone into two volumes
of which the first is before the reader now. Even this first volume
that deals with the first six houses and some relevant basics is
substantial in bulk. I have given a very large number of charts
drawn from my personal collection and a few from astrodatabank
which I have acknowledged at the appropriate places. The charts
too have been analysed from different points of view in different
Chapters. I am working on the second volume and hope to bring it
forth expeditiously. The second volume will cover the houses from
seven to twelve. The scheme of presentation will remain the same
in the second volume as it in the first one. It will have six Chapters
as the preliminary information has already been give in the First
Chapter of the first volume.
I must thank my wife Lalita for patience exhibited by her during
the writing of this book. It had taken most of my free time. We are
company for each other now as children have moved on to better
pastures abroad. This company she was deprived of while I was
writing this book.
May 28, 2011
Bhopal
OS Mathur
About the Author
Shri DS Mathur has been a member of the Indian Administrative
Service since 1971 . He has held important assignments in the state
of Madhya. Pradesh and Government of India during his career
spanning almost four decades. He has retired from the Indian
Administrative Service in 2007.
He has been a keen student of astrology since the last three
decades and has written extensively on it. His four books, namely,
Predictive Astrology-An Insight, How to Time an Event, Vedic
Progression, and How to Read a Birth Chart have already come
out. This is the first volume of the fifth book. It meets the long felt
need of readers of astrology adequately ..
Chapter One
The Preliminaries
We know that our Earth revolves around the Sun, but to an
observer on Earth it appears as if the Sun moves around it. This
apparent movement of the Sun in the sky is along an inclined path.
This is called the ecliptic. The i n l i n ~ t i o n is called the obliquity of
the ecliptic. The planets move in a band along the ecliptic. The
band extends go on either side of the ecliptic.
The band along the apparent path of the Sun is divided into
12 equal sections each extending over 30. Each section has groups
of stars in the background at vast distances from the Sun. They
are named Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio,
Sagittarius, Capricorn, Aquarius and Pisces. In the parlance of
astrology we call them signs. They are twelve in number. Their
positions in the sky relative to each other are fixed. This is the
2 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
zodiac. It is taken to start from Aries and end with Pisoes. The
apparent movement of the Sun takes it from one sign to the next.
The Sun remains in each sign for about one month. It thus travels
through twelve signs one after the other in one year. This is the
consequenoe of revolution of the Earth around the Sun. There are
also 27 constellations scattered along the zodiac. They are called
the nakshatras. A constellation is a group of celestial bodies, usually
stars, which appear to form a pattern in the sky. The first
constellation is Aswini followed by Bharani, Krittika, etc. and ending
with Revati. Each constellation covers 1320' of the zodiac. These
constellations many a time overlap the boundaries of the signs. To
give an illustration, Aswini is fully contained in Aries but Krittika
extends over Aries and Taurus.
The houses are divisions of the ecliptic as seen from the Earth
at any time and place mentioned in the birth chart. These divisions
are also twelve in number. These divisions are not the same as
signs mentioned above. The positions of the signs are fixed. Taurus
would always follow Aries; Gemini would always precede Canoer,
etc. So when we talk of Aries we know that we are referring to oo
to 30 section of the ecliptic. Similarly, Virgo would refer to 150 to
180, Sagittarius to 240 to 270, Pisoes to 330 to 360, etc. The
referenoe of a house to a section of the ecliptic is not fixed. The
first house could be in Aries, Leo, Libra or any other sign. We
determine through calculation the exact point in the sign that was
rising at the eastern horizon at the time of an event. Thus, we can
find that at the time of the event, as an illustration, 8 54'33" of
Gemini was on the eastern horizon. This is the rising point. The
first house would therefore be in Gemini. If the rising point were in
Pisoes, the first house would be in Pisoes. Depending on the date,
time and plaoe of the event, the first house could be in any of the
twelve signs. This is due to the diurnal rotation of.-the Earth. This
means that the first house could be anywhere from oo to 360 on
the ecliptic. The sign that would follow the one in which the first
house is placed would be the second house, and so on sequentially.
Therefore if Gemini were found to be in the first house, Canoer
would be in the second, Leo in the third, etc.
There are a variety of systems for determination of houses
which we will presently see cursorily and we will notioe that it is
not always that each house corresponds to a different sign, but in
The Preliminaries
Vedic astrology we generally do not go into these kinds of
complications, and therefore we can presume that for our practical
purposes once we have determined the sign in which the first
house would be found, the succeeding houses would fall into
following signs.
The system to determine houses has gone through radical
changes. In Western astrology this process has still not stabilised.
New systems are still being evolved. There is no way by which it
could be decided which system is superior in its applicability to
most others. Each astrologer determines the suitability of a system
according to his limited experience. It is somewhat akin to the
ayanamsa controversy in Vedic astrology. There are several
ayanamsas available. Each astrologer picks out or formulates one
that he feels is best suited to his experience.
We will introduce various systems of house determination very
briefly and only discuss those systems that are similar to the ones
used in Vedic astrology:
a) One of the earliest house divisions was based on the equal
house system. Here the first house started from its rising point
and ended exactly 30 from it, from where the second house
started. Here the rising point was the cusp of the house. In
this manner the twelfth house ended at the rising point.
b) Very similar to this system was the whole house system. In
this, once the sign rising at the time of birth or any event was
determined, the first house started from oo of the concerned
sign. For example, if Scorpio was rising at yo at the eastern
horizon at the start of the event, the first house would start
from oo in Scorpio and end at 30 Scorpio. We in Vedic astrology
follow this system of house determination. The difference
between the equal house system and this one lies in the point
from where the house starts. In the equal house system the
house starts from the rising point, in vedic it starts from the
beginning of the concerned sign.
c) The highest point in the chart, the Medium Coe/i or the
Midheaven, does not necessarily fall on the cusp of the X house,
where it should as per more rigorous astrologers, in house
calculations according to the above two systems .. Therefore
new systems of house determination took birth. These systems
4 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
tried to ensure that the quadrants fell at the right plaoes, i.e.,
ascendant on the first house cusp, nadir on the fourth,
descendant on the seventh, and Midheaven on the tenth. The
descendant was 180away from the ascendant, and the nadir
was 180 away from the Midheaven. The foremost amongst
these was that of Porphyry's. He was born in 3rd century AD in
Tyre, a plaoe 80 km south of Beirut on the Mediterranean
coast in Lebanon. He is reported to have divided each quadrant
of the ecliptic in three equal parts and by adding this value to
the cusp of the beginning of the quadrant determined cusps
of the intermediate houses. For example, if the cusp of the
first house was at go in Aries and that of the IV house at 15
in Canoer, the quadrant would be 96 and it would be divided
in three equal parts of 32 each. Thus the cusp of the second
house would be at 1-1Taurus (9 Aries+32=1l
0
Taurus), of
the third house at 11 o Taurus+32=30+l3 Taurus=l3
Gemini, and the IV house at 15 Canoer. We can determine
the other houses in a like manner. Though Porphyry is credited
with the discovery of this system it was first described by the
2nd century astrologer Vettius Valens in the 3rd book of his
astrological compendium known as The Anthology. The Vedic
system of house division proposed by Sripati, an Indian
mathematician and astronomer in the 11th century, which is
used to cast the bhava chalittoday is similar to this system.
d) The system attributed to Porphyry remained in use for long.
In the middle ages it was replaced by the system propounded
by Alchabitius. He was a 1Oth century Arab scholar. An Italian,
Giovanni Campanus, came out with his system in the 13*
century but Porphyry's system gave way to the one brought
forth by Regiomontanus in the 15th century. He was a German
astronomer, born in Kdnigsberg, Bavaria. The system put forth
by Placidus is the most commonly used in the English speaking
west now. Placidus was a professor of mathematics, astronomy
and physics at the University of Pavia in Lombardy, Italy. He
died in 1668 AD. It is thought that the Placidus system was
first referred to in the 13th century in Arab literature, but the
first confirmed publication was in 1602 by Giovanni Antonii
Magini (1555-1617) in his book "Tabulae Primi Mobilis, quas
Directionem Vulgo Dicunt". The German astrologer Walter Koch
(1895-1970) has refined and enlarged the system defined by
The Preliminaries
Placidus. Koch's system is used by some researchers in USA
and German astrologers.
e) More recent systems are the Topocentric discovered in
Argentina, Neo-Porphyry proposed in 1994 and Krusinski also
known as Amphora in Czech Republic, brought out in Poland
in 1995.
As stated earlier, generally the whole sign system is in vogue
in Vedic astrology. Sripati had propounded a system which is similar
to the one developed by Porphyry. The Krishnamurti Paddhati also
uses a system of house division which is different from traditional
Vedic system. The multiplicity of house systems and the occasional
failure of analysis based on houses determined in so many different
ways has made Western astrologer skeptical of using houses. Many
western astrologers use only the four quadrants and not the twelve
houses. The variety of systems fortunately did not impact Vedic
astrology. For all practical purposes Vedic astrology relies on whole
sign system and is getting along merrily in predictive and analytical
work. Houses are basic to the analysis. of a birth chart in Vedic
astrology alongwith the signs, planets and constellations.
If at a given place, date and time of birth 28 Aquarius were
rising at the eastern horizon, in Vedic sidereal house system the
first house would have Aquarius, the second Pisoes, the third Aries,
the fourth Taurus, the fifth Gemini, the sixth Canoer, the seventh
Leo, the eighth Virgo, the ninth Libra, the tenth Scorpio, the eleventh
Sagittarius and the twelfth Capricorn. Each planet would go to the
house that has the sign in which the planet is placed. In the Bhava
chart based on Sripati's method some planets may shift to an earlier
or later house. Sinoe aspects are calculated based on signs in Vedic
system, they would be taken in the birth chart and not in Bhava
chart. The latter chart is useful for determining the effect of a
planet in a house. The use of the Bhava chart is many a time
dispensed with by even reputed astrologers without compromising
the quality of their analyses.
The houses are numbered counter-clockwise from the position
of the eastern horizon at the time of the event for which a chart is
being prepared. The balanoe of the part of the first house after its
rising point that is at the eastern horizon and the houses second to
sixth and till the point in the seventh house that is 180 from the
rising point, are below the horizon, while the part of the sign after
6 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
this point in the seventh house and houses eight to the first till the
rising point are above the horizon. The part of ecliptic that is above
the horizon represents matters that are in the open and visible,
the other part below the horizon would represent the opposite.
The first, fourth, seventh and tenth are Angular (Kendra)
houses. Planets placed in these houses remain active and strong.
Naturally benefic planets like the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus
in angles indicate a good span of life. They also indicate good
position and material success in life. Naturally malefic planets like
the Sun, Mars, Saturn, Rahu and Ketu in angles tend to harm. The
planets in angles appear to affect the course of life in approximately
first three decades. When naturally beneficial planets are found in
angular houses life would run a happy, contented and smooth course
during this period, it would not be so if naturally malefic planets
predominate.
The second, fifth, eighth and eleventh are Succedent
(Panaphara) houses. Planets in them are not as strong as in the
angles. The planets in these houses tend to accumulate, preserve
and consolidate. They appear to affect the course of life in
approximately second three decades. When naturally beneficial
planets are found in these houses life would run a happy, contented
and smooth course during this period, it would not be so if naturally
malefic planets predominate.
The third, sixth, ninth and twelfth are Cadent (Apok!ima)
houses. Planets are weak in these houses. They could cause a
sense of insecurity, sensitivity, mental aberrations, and spiritual
attainments. They appear to affect the course of life in approximately
next three decades. When naturally beneficial planets are found in
these houses life would run a happy, contented and smooth course
during this period, it would not be so if naturally malefic planets
predominate.
The first, fifth and ninth houses are the Trines ( Trikona). Thus
the first house is both an angular house and a trine. The trikonas
are highly favourable houses and give rise to success, authority
and wealth in combination with the angular houses.
The third, sixth, tenth and eleventh houses are Upachaya
houses. The word upchaya means growing or increasing. A peculiar
trait of these houses is that planets placed in them tend to get
The Preliminaries
more and more prominent in their results as the individual grows
in age. The planet placed in an upchaya house gives the individual
latitude to exercise his free will in a matter. This concept is however
not used extensively.
The sixth, eighth and twelfth are considered adverse
(duhsthanas) houses. They represent unfavourable matters in life
like disease, injury, accident, debts, grief, loss, denial, separation,
etc.
The third and eighth houses are ayusthanas. They determine
longevity and represent death.
The second and seventh are the maraka sthanas. They kill
because they are twelfth houses from the third and eighth
respectively denoting depletion of longevity.
The first, fifth and ninth are dharma and Fire houses. These
relate to the law and nature of the individual (first house), the law
and nature of the world (fifth house) and the law and nature of the
supra-sensory world (ninth house). They have the nature of fire.
They are inclined to the study of engineering, and choose
professions that involve dealing with metals, electricity or fire.
The second, sixth and tenth are the artha and Earth houses.
These relate to our acquisitions and possessions. The second shows
accumulation, the sixth our efforts for gains, and the tenth
achievement. They correspond to the physical body and the material
world.
The third, seventh and eleventh are kama and Air houses.
These relate to the mind, inclinations, desires and aspirations.
Planets in these houses tend to promote culture, intellect, literature,
arts and imagination.
The fourth, eighth and twelfth are the moksha and Water
houses. Planets in these relate to the psychic and spiritual realm.
Concentration of planets in any of these groups of three houses
would tend to make that particular aspect prominent or important
in life.
There has been a trend to relate houses to their corresponding
signs. Aries is taken as the first house, Taurus as the second, Gemini
as the third, and so on. An affinity is seen between a house and a
sign of the same number. This was taught by Alan Leo'in the early
20th century. The Sun is therefore taken also as a natural ruler of
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
the fifth house, the Moon of the fourth house, Mars of the first and
eighth houses, Mercury of the third and sixth houses, Jupiter of
the ninth and twelfth houses, Venus of the second and seventh
houses and Saturn of the tenth and eleventh houses. This is
particularly noticed in the analysis of physical health and its
imbalance. It is seen that each house represents a part of human
body. When analysing affliction to a limb, it is examined if the
corresponding sign is also afflicted in the chart. For example, the
first house represents the head. It is presumed that if the first
house and sign Aries are afflicted in the chart, the individual would
be prone to suffer from trouble relating to his head.
Since Vedic astrology allots a sign to each house and since
each sign has an owner, it can easily be stated that each house has
a ruler. Thus if the second house has Cancer, we can say that the
Moon rules this house. Similarly Saturn would rule the tenth house
if Capricorn or Aquarius is in the house. It is generally taken that a
planet placed in a house would influence the affairs of that house
the most, followed by the planet that owns the house and the
planet that projects an aspect to the house. We will take an
illustration to understand this concept.
Sun
Mar
Ket Jup
Ven
Mer
Chart I-1
Let us take the IV house in this chart. Jupiter occupies this
house. It would have the maximum impact on this house. Mars
owns this house. It would too have much influence on the house.
Mercury, Venus and Saturn project aspects to the house. They too
would influence the house. It is noticed that events remain
unexplained on the basis of these three relationships planets are
The Preliminaries
purported to have with houses. Planets are in fact related to houses
in many more ways than just these. Relationships are given in
extenso in my other books.
When the rising point of the ascendant has been determined
it would be the sensitive point of the house. Under the Vedic system
the sensitive point of each house would have the same longitude.
Therefore, if the ascendant is at go in Leo, the second house will
have the sensitive point at go Virgo, the third at go Libra, the
fourth at go Scorpio and so on. We can determine the exact longitude
of each planet. A planet placed or projecting aspect within 5 of
the sensitive point of the house or of the longitude of a planet
would have very close relationship with that house or planet as the
case may be. The Sun can influence a house or planet within an
orb of 10. The Moon can influence a house or planet within an
orb of 8 o. This is used extensively in transit analysis to fix the time
of happening of an event.
Each house represents certain aspects of life. Their traditional
Latin names and the most important aspects of life that they stand
for in Western astrology are as follows:
1. Vita, Life ;
2. Lucrum, Profit and loss;
3. Fratres, Brothers;
4. Genitor, Parents;
5. Nati, Children ;
6. Valetudo, Health and illness;
7. Uxor, Spouse;
8. Mors, Death;
9. Iter, Journeys and religion or education;
10. Regnum, Kingdom and dignitaries;
11 . Benefacta, Friendship;
12. Career, Prison and enmity.
In Vedic astrology the major significations of houses are as
follows:
1. Lagna - Nature, Appearance, Health, Physical body, Self;
2. Dhana - Wealth, Family, Eye, Speech;
10 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
3. Parakrama - Younger brothers and sisters, Communication,
Short journeys, Courage;
4. Suhrda - Mother, Education, Home, Vehicles, Relatives,
Friends, Property;
5. Suta - Children, Romance, Creativity, Recreation, Devotion,
Speculation, Deeds (karma) in past lives;
6. Roga/Ripu - Illness, Maternal uncle, Litigation, Servants,
Injury, Accident, Worries, Enemies;
7. Kama - Spouse, Business partners, Trade;
8. Mrityu - Death, Longevity, Failure, Suffering, Grief,
Unhappiness, Sexuality, Occult, Inheritance, Torture, Break,
Damage;
9. Bhagya- Fortune, Higher learning, Philosophy, Law, Religion,
Guru, Father, Long journey, Deeds (karma) in this life;
10. Karma- Profession, Status, Authority, Government, Patrimony;
1 1 . Aya - Hopes, Earnings, Social activities, Elder brothers and
sisters, success;
12. Vyaya- Expenses, Sleep, Imprisonment, Hospitals, Asylums,
Liberation from cycle of births (moksha).
There are certain obvious differences, as seen from the above
lists, in the significations of houses as given in Vedic and Occidental
astrology.
These significations of houses in Vedic astrology have some
very interesting hidden meanings. Vyankatesh Sharma, the author
of Sarvartha Chintamani, states that the owner of the eighth house
from a house would give unsatisfactory results relating to that
house in its major or sub-period. This lays down a very important
principle that different houses from a house have their impact on
the affairs of that house and that no house gives its results in
isolation. Pha/ Deepika has also given this principle in Chapter 15.
A house is an inert entity. It cannot relate to another house
without the participation of a planet. It is a planet that relates the
houses to each other. The twelfth house from a house depletes it.
The owner of the twelfth house from a house or a planet placed in
such twelfth house would bring about depletion, loss or denial of
matters signified by the house. It also shows separation from affairs
of the house. The fifth house will act as a factor for loss or negation
The Preliminaries 11
for the sixth house, the sixth house will work as a factor for negation
of matters relating to the seventh house and so on. This is a specific
factor for each house. The impact of fifth house on the sixth will be
specific. It will cause loss, separation etc for only sixth house affairs.
It will not have such impact on any other house. The eleventh
house from a house works in just the reverse manner. Its owner or
occupant would facilitate gain or reunion with respect to matters
shown by the house or their acquisition. The owner or occupant of
the tenth house from a house would cause good status of matters
shown by the house. Similarly, the ninth shows good fortune. The
eighth house shows sorrow, frustration and unhappiness. The eighth
house from the ascendant represents fatal damage to the affairs
of the first house. The seventh house from a house is
complementary to that house and it may give rise to partnerships
relating to it. The sixth house would cause worries, obstacles and
complications with regard to matters signified by the house. The
sixth house would also cause disputes and disturbance relating to
the affairs of the house. The fifth would promote creativity and
develop advisory relationship on issues signified by the house, the
fourth would give rise to studies relating to the house, the third
would involve minor journeys on account of the house concerned,
and the second would relate to accumulation of matters signified
by the house.
The first house, as stated above, is the self. Henoe when the
first house gets related to any other house the individual gets
related to that matter or acquires it. Thus when the individual gets
married, the first and seventh houses relate both in dasa and transit;
when he has a child the first and fifth relate; when a younger
sibling is born the first and third relate; when he falls in love the
first and fifth relate; when he joins a job the first and tenth relate,
etc. The dasa of a planet that relates a house to the asoendant is
likely to fructify matters relating to that house. An individual is
likely to get married when dasa of a planet that is related to the
asoendant and the seventh house runs. In transit, the individual
will meet his spouse, have close contact with her or he will be with
her when a planet that is related to the seventh house in the birth
chart gets related to the ascendant.
When the first and second relate the individual meets or
remains with his family, or acquires wealth; when the first and
12 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
third relate he meets his younger siblings; when first and fourth
relate he buys a car, property, meets his mother, friends or relatives,
or he studies; when the first and fifth relate a child is born to him
or he meets his paramour or children; when the first and sixth
relate he gets injured, meets with an accident, undergoes an
operation, meets his maternal uncle or enemies or falls sick; when
first and seventh relate he gets married, has sexual contact, meets
his spouse, meets a stranger or his business partner; when first
and eighth relate, he meets with danger or death, suffers
humiliation, or experiences depression; when first and ninth relate
he meets his father or preceptor, gets involved with religion, goes
on a long journey or undertakes higher studies; when first and
tenth relate he joins a job, gets elevated or comes about patrimony;
when first and eleventh relate he meets success or his elder siblings;
and, when first and twelfth relate he meets with losses, separates
from the known environment, loses his liberty or goes to a new
place.
It is an accepted principle that a planet cannot give results
relating to a house till it is related to it. Therefore if a planet is
placed in the third house and it is not related to the fourth, will it
still be inclined to cause harm to the affairs of the fourth house? In
experience it is seen that until the concerned planet is related to
both the houses, i.e., the third and the fourth, it will not give adverse
results relating to the fourth though it may have such inclination.
When a planet is not expected to give results relating to an aspect
of life, the quality of such results also cannot appear. If Saturn in
fourth house, for example, is not going to give results relating to
children of an individual, the question whether the individual would
be separated from his children or lose a child in the period of
Saturn does not remain relevant and would not arise. The original
house in this case is the fifth; the fourth house is a subsidiary
house that is expected to impart its quality to the results relating
to the fifth house. Since the results pertaining to the original house
are not expected to arise in the period of Saturn in this case, the
question of their quality becomes immaterial and irrelevant.
A planet is related to many houses. It is generally debated as
to when a major-period planet would give results relating to a
particular house with which it is related. For example, Jupiter could
be related to the third, eighth and ninth houses. Would the major-
The Preliminaries 13
period of Jupiter give results of all the three houses all the time
during the currency of the major-period? We know from experience
that it is not so. Results relating to different houses appear at
different times during the major-period. How to determine the time
when results relating to a particular house would appear? The
answer is simple. The major-period planet transits during its major-
period. Jupiter has its major-period extending over 16 years. It
remains in a sign for about a year so during its major-period it
would transit through all the twelve houses and may cover some
houses more than once. Jupiter will give results relating to the
third house in its major-period when in transit it gets related to the
third house from the ascendant; it will give results relating to the
eighth house when it is related to the eighth house in transit; and,
it will give results relating to the ninth house when in transit it is
related to the ninth house. This is a very simple proposition but it
serves the purpose of an astrologer exceedingly well. The work of
prediction gets much simpler when we take the assistance of transits
in our analysis. Indubitably, sometimes it gets cumbersome and
less helpful when we are dealing with periods of planets that transit
at a rapid pace. The Moon is a case in point. The analysis of the
period of the Moon may not be facilitated by transit analysis as the
Moon takes less than a few days to pass through a house or transit
over a natal planet. In such cases the transit of other planets over
natal Moon may help us.
A question may arise that some planets take long in transit of
the zodiac and they may not be able to cover the whole of it during
their major-periods. Saturn is a case in point. Its major-period
lasts for 19 years. It takes 30 years to make a full circuit of the
zodiac. In such a case would the major-period not give results of
all the houses with which the planet is related? To answer this
question we must know the manner in which a planet gets related
to a house.
How does a planet relate to a house? It will be related to that
house if it occupies the house, it projects, an aspect to the house,
it owns the house, it is in sambandha with the owner of the house,
its dispositor (the owner of the house in which the planet is placed)
occupies the house, it is placed in a constellation the owner of
which occupies the house, or it occupies the sign the house has in
the navamsha chart. The last three need some more explaining.
14 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Suppose Jupiter is in Virgo in the birth chart. Mercury owns this
sign. Mercury is the dispositor of Jupiter in the chart. If Mercury is
placed in the ninth house from the ascendant Jupiter would be
deemed to be related to the ninth house. Now suppose Jupiter is
in Uttar Phalguni constellation of the Sun and suppose the Sun is
in the third house. Jupiter would be said to be related to the third
house. Suppose Jupiter is placed in Capricorn in the navamsha
chart, and this is the sign in the eighth house in the birth chart
chart. We can then say that Jupiter is related to the eighth house
from the ascendant.
A naturally beneficial planet in the fifth or ninth house from a
house will tend to give good results relating to that house; a naturally
malefic planet in the sixth, eighth or twelfth house from a house
would tend to harm the affairs of the house.
A naturally beneficial planet in a house will give good results
relating to the affairs of the house in its period. A naturally malefic
planet will do the reverse.
All houses and planets under influence of naturally malefic
planets should be carefully examined as these are likely to cause
trouble, pain and unhappiness in the areas of life that they govern
to the individual in his life. All houses and planets under influence
of naturally beneficial planets on the other hand are expected to
cause happiness, gain and success to him in the sectors of life
indicated by these planets and houses. A careful analysis starting
from this premise will go a long way in correct assessment of a
chart.
A naturally malefic planet within the orb near the sensitive
point of a house will cause more harm than the one that is distant
from the point. A naturally beneficial planet similarly would give
much better results when within the orb near the point.
The Preliminaries
Mer
Sun
Ket
Ven
15
Chart I-2
Jup
We will, through an illustration, show how a house taken from
another house works specifically with respect to matters signified
by that house. In the above chart, Rahu, the Moon, Saturn and
Mercury (being the owner of the ascendant) are likely to deplete
wealth of the individual, as they are related to the second and the
twelfth houses from the second. Both Rahu and Saturn are naturally
malefic planets, but they are in a friendly sign. They have the
aspect of a naturally beneficial planet Jupiter. There is no adverse
aspect or influence on them. These planets however afflict each
other both being naturally malefic planets. They are not weak.
Consequently, the major-period of Saturn was not particularly
harmful from the point of view of finances of the individual, though
the accumulation of wealth in the major-period of Saturn remained
slender and the individual was under .financial constraint.
Both Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra and Phaideepika have
stressed on the strength of three elements for good results of a
house. These are the karaka, the owner of the house and the
house. The results would be proportionate to the strength of these
three. For example, if we are looking for children in a chart, the
karaka Jupiter, the fifth house from the ascendant and the owner
of this house should be strong to give good results. Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastra states in Chapter Thirteen on Judgement of Houses
verses 14 to 16 that the aspect of a naturally beneficial planet on
the owner of a house or their association improves the strength of
the house. On the other hand association of or aspect of a naturally
malefic planet on the owner would weaken it.
16 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
We must know the relative strength of all planets with respect
to each other. Rahu is the strongest. It is followed in strength by
the Sun, the Moon, Venus, Jupiter, Mercury, Mars and Saturn in
this order. This is the natural relative strength of planets. When
there is more than one planet in a sign, whether at the time of
birth or during transit, the planet having maximum natural strength
among them will take precedence in giving results.
The strength of a planet can be determined through the
calculation of its shadbala and vimshopakabala. These indicators
of strength are easily calculated through vedic astrology softwares
available in the market, but Sukdev\n Sukjatakam has given rules
for determining the strength of a planet. These can be used in
addition to the commonly known rules for determination of strength
of planets. The rules given by Sukdev are as follows:
1. The Sun is strong when exalted, or when it is in its own
navamsha, hora or dreshkan. It is also strong when exalted or
at the beginning of a sign. When in the ascendant or the tenth
house the Sun is strong in Aries, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces.
The Sun has medium strength on a Sunday, and in its own
sign or in the sign of a friendly planet. It has medium strength
when it is at the middle of a sign. It is weak when at the end
of the sign and after setting.
2. The Moon is strong in Taurus, Virgo or Capricorn; in its own
hora, dreshkan, or navamsha; at night; or on a Monday. The
Moon is strong from the eleventh day of bright fortnight to the
fifth day of dark fortnight. It is strong when it is associated
with or under aspect of naturally beneficial planets, or under
aspect of all planets. It is strong at. the end of a sign. It is
strong in an angle in Taurus, Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius or Pisces.
As a special case, the Moon in Cancer is strong in the fourth
house. It has medium strength from the first day to the tenth
day of bright fortnight. It has medium strength in the middle
of a sign. It is weak from the sixth day of dark fortnight to
New Moon. It is weak when it enters a sign.
3. Mars IS strong when retrograde; when in Capricorn, Aquarius
or Pisces; at night; in the tenth house in any sign; on a Tuesday;
in its own sign, in its moo!trikona sign (Aries), in its dreshkan,
or navamsha; at the beginning of a sign; in the ascendant in
first half of Aquarius with the Moon; in the second half of
The Preliminaries 17
Capricorn in the fourth house; or, in Cancer or Scorpio in the
seventh house. It is with medium strength in the middle of a
sign. It is weak at the end of a sign.
4. Mercury is strong in its own sign, dreshkan or navamsha; when
it is retrograde and associated with the Sun; at the middle of
a sign; on a Wednesday; in Cancer, Leo, Scorpio, or Capricorn
in the ascendant; in Sagittarius in the fourth house; in Taurus
in the seventh house; or in Pisces in the tenth house. Mercury
is with medium strength at the beginning of the sign. It is
weak at the end of a sign.
5. Jupiter is strong in Cancer, in Scorpio, or in one of its own
signs; it is strong in its own dreshkan or navamsha; at the
middle of a sign; when retrograde in Capricorn; when in Aries,
Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant;
and it is strong in the fourth or tenth house. It is with medium
strength at the beginning of a sign. It is weak at the end of a
sign, or when placed in the seventh house.
6. Venus is strong when ahead of the Sun, in the middle of a
sign, associated with the Moon, retrograde, in its own sign or
in its sign of exaltation; it is strong in Aries, Taurus, Leo or
Libra in the ascendant; in second half of Capricorn in the fourth
house; in Scorpio or the second half of Sagittarius in the seventh
house; or, in Leo, Scorpio, first half of Sagittarius or Pisces in
the tenth house. It is with medium strength in the end of a
sign. It is weak at the beginning of a sign.
7. Saturn is strong in the night, at the end of a sign, when
retrograde, in its own sign or in its sign of exaltation. Saturn is
strong in Libra or Aquarius in the ascendant or fourth house.
It has medium strength at the beginning of a sign. It is weak
in the middle of a sign.
8. Rahu is strong when associated with the Sun or Moon. It is
strong at the end of a sign.
9. Ketu is strong at night.
Each relative of an individual is signified by a house. Maharshi
Parashar has said in verse 7 of Chapter 23 on the Effects of the
Twelfth House of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra that just as results
are deduced from the ascendant for the individual, similarly
deductions may be made for younger brothers and other relatives
18 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
from the third and other houses respectively. This is supported by
Pha/ Deepika Chapter 15 verse 20. Thus, the third house would be
the ascendant for the younger sibling, fourth for the mother, fifth
for the first child, sixth for the competitor, seventh for the spouse
or second child, ninth for the father or the third child, and the
eleventh for elder siblings. The fifth house shows the first child.
The next child, being a younger sibling of the eldest child is shown
by the third house from the fifth, i.e., the seventh house, and so
on. The first house therefore would show the wife of the second
child.
We can venture into even slightly more complicated
relationships. For example, the younger brother of wife of an
individual, who is next to her in birth, would be represented by the
ninth house. His wife would be shown by the seventh from the
ninth, i.e., the third house. The son of this brother can be examined
from the ascendant. We can deduce various aspects of life of a
relative by taking the house for the relative as the ascendant for
him.
Mantreswar in Phal Deepika Chapter 15 verses 21 to 24 has
given an alternative method. We are told to take the sign in which
the karaka for the concerned relative is placed as the ascendant
and deduce the results. Suppose we wish to study the wealth of
the father of an individual. The second house shows wealth. The
Sun represents the father. Therefore the second house from the
Sun would represent father's wealth. Similarly matters relating to
the mother can be studied by taking the sign occupied by the
Moon as the ascendant. Matters relating to the life of the servant
can be examined by taking the sign occupied by Saturn as the
ascendant.
There is a third method as well. Here we take the concerned
house from the karaka as the ascendant for the relative. The third
house from the ascendant shows younger siblings. Mars being the
karaka for younger siblings, the third house from Mars would be
the ascendant for the immediate next younger sibling. Similarly
the seventh house from Jupiter would be the ascendant for husband
in a female chart.
The Preliminaries
19
When we deduce the likely effect of a planet in a house we
have to keep certain considerations in view. Firstly, as we have
seen above, a naturally beneficial planet would help a house and a
naturally malefic planet may damage it under certain circumstances.
Secondly, we should be clear in our minds that much depends
on the ascendant. Let us take the case of the Sun. Should the Sun
give the same results in the third house whether the ascendant is
Aries or Leo? In the first case the Sun would own the fifth house
and it shall be in Gemini in the third; in the second, the Sun would
own the ascendant and shall be debilitated in the third. Obviously
the results would differ.
Thirdly, the effect of a planet in a house in an incompatible
constellation or navamsha would be different from the positions
where it is not so.
Fourthly, there are certain inherent tendencies in most of the
signs. Barring Gemini, Leo, Sagittarius and Aquarius, in the
remaining signs a planet is either exalted or it is debilitated. We
take the exaltation of Rahu in Taurus and of Ketu in Scorpio. Let us
take Jupiter. It is exalted in Cancer and debilitated in Capricorn.
Now, suppose we are examining Mercury in a particular house for
the results it is likely to give. Suppose Capricorn is the sign in the
house in which Mercury is placed. In case Mercury shows a possibility
of gain of wealth, since Jupiter, the karaka is always debilitated in
Capricorn Mercury would not be able to give very good results in
this regard. Had Mercury been in Cancer, the same kind of results
would show a much superior quality. There is a finer point here.
Jupiter is fully exalted at so Cancer and fully debilitated at so
Capricorn. Therefore the inherent capability of Mercury to give
results in this regard would depend on its distance from this degree.
If it is inclined to give wealth in the chart and it occupies 6 Cancer
it will be much more capable of giving excellent results than when
it oocupies the sign at 20. For the sake of convenience a table
showing points of full exaltation and full debilitation for each planet
is aiven below
Planet Sun Moon Mars Mercury Jupiter Venus Saturn
Full
100
3' 28' 15'
50
27' 20'
Exaltation Aries Taurus Capricorn Virgo Cancer Pisces Libra
Full
100
3'
28
15'
50
27' 20'
Debilitation Libra Scorpio Cancer Pisces Capricorn Virgo Aries
20 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Fifthly, a planet would tend to give results according to the
characteristics of the constellation and sign that it is placed in.
These characteristics are given in detail in my How to Read a
Birth Chart and Predictive Astrology-An Insight. These are
tabulated briefly below:
Constellation Owner Characteristics
1. Aswini Ketu Earth constellation. Brazenness.
Energy. Multiplicity.Twins. Relief.
Deity -Aswini Kumars are Healers.
Alacrity. Travelling. Exploration.
Rashness. Trying something new.
Equestrian pursuits. Hearing and
claraudience.
2. Bharani Venus Earth constellation. Harsh. Deity-
Lord Yama. Formidable. Struggle
and ultimate success. Discipline.
Competition. Against restrictions.
Separation.
3. Krittika Sun Earth constellation.
Deity-Agni.
Power. Combustion. Purification.
Competitive selection. Ambitious.
Nurturing, Cutting. Cooking and
digestive fire.
4. Rohini Moon Earth constellation. Fixed
constellation. Deity-Prajapati.
Growth. Construction, Creation.
Fertility. Attractive. Love for beauty
.
and luxury . Passion. Sexuality.
Materialistic. High taste. Attractive
eyes. Feminine aspect of the Moon
and Venus are enhanced when they
are placed in this constellation. Birth
constellation of Lord Krishna.
5. Mrigshira Mars Earth constellation. Deity-Moon
(Soma). Happiness. Pleasure.
Intoxication. Research. Seeking and
restless. Initiating. Companionship.
Deer. Hunter. Saturn in this
.
The Preliminaries
21
constellation in the seventh house
disturbs marriage.
6. Ardra Rahu Water constellation. DeityRudra.
Restraining. Violence. Destructive.
Wet. Fierce, Loss. A planet strongly
signifying an aspect of life in this
constellation will cause
disappointment with respect to that
aspect.
7. Punarvasu Jupiter Water constellation. Movable
constellation. Return. Recovery.
Restoration. Restitution. Prosperity.
Creation. Purity. Magnanimity.
Renown. Truthfulness. Birth
constellation of Lord Ram. Deity
Goddess Aditi as Mother Earth.
8. Pushya Saturn Water constellation. Preservation.
Strengthening. Religiousness.
Helpfulness. Good fortune.
Abundance. Nourishment.
Auspiciousness. Prosperity. The
owner of the fifth house in this
constellation may look after the
individual. The deity is Brihaspati
priest of gods.
9. Aslesha Mercury Water constellation. Deity-serpent
(Nagacelestial serpent). Restraint.
Enmity. Deviousness. Poisonous
effect. Serpentine. Secret sexual
rendezvous. Birth constellation of
serpent Vasuki of Lord Shiva.
Kundalini and spiritualism. A feared
constellation as it is destructive but
inclined to dharma. It can defeat
the most redoubtable.
10. Magha Ketu Water constellation. Urge to power.
Deity-Pitris. Ancestors. Genetics.
Grand. Exalted. Traditional attitude.
22
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Radical change. Promotes
opportunity in life in those areas in
the house of which this constellation
falls. For example, when in the
eleventh house it will afford many
opportunities for progress and gain.
11. Poorva Venus Water constellation. Fulfilment.
Phalguni Gregariousness. Easy going.
Amorous pleasures. Enjoyment.
Creation. The deity is Bhaga-
delight, marital bliss and prosperity.
12. Uttar Sun Fire constellation. Fixed
Phalguni
constellation. Gain. Success.
Helpfulness. Family minded. Social
graces. Friendship. Amorous
adventures. The deity is Aryaman
ruling over kindness and patronage.
13. Hasta Moon Fire constellation. The deity is
.
Savitar who is giver of the most
precious life. Blessings. Fulfilment
of wish. Good at working with
hands. The owner of the fifth house
in this constellation may give rise
to problems with children. Lord
Hanuman and Lord Ganesh were
born under this constellation.
14. Chitra Mars Fire constellation. The deity is
Tvastar or Prajapati. Creativity.
Incessant activity. Unbeatable.
Desire to shine in life. Architectural
and artistic ability.
15. Swati Rahu Fire constellation. Movable
constellation. The deity is Vayu-
hence changeable, independent
and fickle. Scholarly.
Communicative. Venus, Saturn and
Rahu are strong in this
constellation,
The Preliminaries 23
16. Vishakha Jupiter Rre constellation. Its first deity is
Indra-hence ambitious, pursuing
wrong goals and getting into
trouble, aggressive. Deception and
desire for sense gratification. The
second deity is Agni-hence
domesticity and destruction. Birth
constellation of Lord Kartikeya.
17. Anuradha Saturn Rre constellation. Mitra is the deity-
hence this constellation promotes
friendship and partnership.
Scholarship. Music. Leader. Leaves
birth place. for better pastures to
progress in life.
18. Jyeshtha Mereu!) Air constellation. Pre-eminence.
Indra is the deity-hence all the
qualities mentioned of lndra under
Vishakha. Rain. Agriculture. A
naturally malefic planet in this
constellation will reduce the good
effects of the house it occupies, i.e.,
Saturn in this constellation in the
eleventh house will reduce income.
19. Moola Ketu Air constellation. First deity-
Prajapati-creativity. Second deity
Nirriti-destructiori. Fixed. Go to the
root. Conduct research. Reversal of
fortune and succesS.
20, Poorva Ac:;adha Venus Air constellation. Deity-Apah
(water). Hydro-energy. Sailing.
Water. Orator. Desire to improve
ones lot.
21. Uttar Ac:;adha Sun Air constellation. Fixed
constellation. Deity-Visvadevas. All
that is good in the world. Success
in competition. Righteous. Sense of
hearing. Travel.
24
22. Sravana
23. Dhanishtha
24. Satbhishaka
25. Poorva
Bhadrapada
26. Uttara
Bhadrapada
27. Revati
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Moon Air constellation. Movable
constellation. Deity-Vishnu.
Information through hearing. Music.
Prosperity. When the owner of the
house of legs is placed in this
constellation it will cause limping.
Goddess Saraswati of learning and
fine arts was born under this
constellation.
Mars Ether constellation. Movable
constellation, Deity-Vasus (worldly
abundance). Wealth. Abundance.
Travel. Music. Has the tendency to
disturb marriage and relations with
women.
Rahu Ether constellation. Movable
constellation. Deity-Varun. Deletion
of difficulties through Divine Grace.
Healing of intractable diseases.
Alcohol and liquids of all kinds.
Secrecy.
Jupiter Ether constellation. Deity-Ajikapad
(fire dragon). Spiritual inclination.
Mishaps. Destruction. Black magic.
Two sided personality like Dr Jekyll
and Mr Hyde.
Saturn Ether constellation. Fixed
constellation. Deity-Ahirbudhanya
(dragon of the deep). Growth.
Ability to express effectively through
speech or writing. Inheritance. The
occult. Cruelty.
Mereu!) Ether constellation. Deity-Pushan
(protector and nourisher). Journey.
Foster care. Domestic animals.
Agriculture. Promotion. Completion.
Nirvana.
The Preliminaries 25
A planet in a constellation would cause its results to appear in
consonance with the characteristics of the constellation. Suppose
a planet is related to the Sun and the tenth house and it occupies
Anuradha, it would be inclined to give honour to the individual. All
these together will determine the effect of a planet in a house. The
elements of the constellations or signs will react with each other.
Ether element cooperates with all other elements. Fire and Air;
Earth and Water cooperate with each other. Earth or Water does
not cooperate with Air and Fire; Fire or Air does not cooperate with
Water or Earth. The Sun and Mars rule Fire; Mercury rules Earth;
Saturn rules Air; and, the Moon and Venus rule Water. Rahu is like
Saturn; and Ketu is like Mars. Jupiter rules ether; The elements of
signs have already been stated separately. Incompatibility between
the element of a planet and the elements of sign and constellation
that it occupies will give rise to effects.
Sixthly, the exact degree that was rising at the time of birth of
a person is important as in the house that degree would be the
sensitive point. Any influence on this degree in a house would
impact the house most. The importance of this concept lies in
assessing the comparative effect of two influences. For example,
suppose Capricorn is rising at 1 oo at the time of birth and the
ascendant has Venus at 7 and Mars at 17. The seventh house
would have Cancer. Its sensitive point would be at 10. The effect
of Venus on the seventh house would be more noticeable than
that of Mars since Venus is closer to the sensitive point than Mars.
When Venus is closer to the point the spouse would be better
looking, when Mars is closer there could be more anger and tension
in marriage. We can thus distinguish between marriages of two
persons both having the same sign and same two planets in the
ascendant. In this manner the effects of signs and planets on the
affairs of any house can be distinguished. A constellation covers
1320' in a sign or it may cover it over two adjacent signs. The
following table will explain it:
26 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Sign Constellations in sign Navamsha
-and their owners covered in
the sign by
each
constellation
(i) Aries (i) Aswini,(ii) Magha, 4
(iii) Moola-Ketu
(i i) Leo (i) Bharani,(ii) Poorva 4
Phalguni,(iii) Poorva
Asadha-Venus
(iii) Sagittarius (i) Krittika,(ii) Uttar Phalguni,
1
(iii) Utta,r Asadha-Sun
(i) Taurus (i) Krittika,(ii) Uttar Phalguni, 3
(iii) Uttar Asadha-Sun
(ii) Virgo (i) Rohini,(ii) Hast, 4
(iii) Sravan-Moon
(iii) Capricorn
(i) Mrigshira,(ii) Chitra, 2
(iii) Dhanishtha-Mars
(i) Gemini
(i) Mrigshira,(ii) Chitra, 2
(iii) Dhanishtha-Mars
(ii)
Libra (i) Ardra,(ii) Swati, 4
(iii) Satbhishaka-Rahu
(iii) Aquarius
(i) Punarvasu,(ii) Vishakha, 3
(iii) Poorva Bhadrapada-Jupiter
(i) Cancer (i) Punarvasu,Vishakha, 1
Poorva Bhadrapada-Jupiter
(i i) Scorpio (ii) Pushya,Anuradha, 4
Uttar Bhadrapada-Saturn
(iii) Pisces
(iii) Aslesha, Jyeshtha, 4
Revati-Mercu ry
Each set of three signs has constellations that are owned by the
same three planets. For example, Gemini, Libra and Aquarius
have constellations that Mars, Rahu and Jupiter own. In the
above table we can see at a glance the constellations that each
sign has and the navamshas that each constellation covers. For
The Preliminaries 27
example, in Virgo, the constellations are Uttar Phalguni, Hast and
Chitra. Uttar Phalguni owned by the Sun covers 3 navamshas in
the sign, Hast owned by the Moon covers 4 navamshas in the
sign and Chitra owned by Mars covers 2. Each sign has thus 9
navamshas.
Rudrabhatt has specifically stated that a planet that occupies
a constellation will show results of the owner of the constellation
besides its own. When Mars occupies a constellation of Venus,
Mars would not only show its results but it would also show the
effects of Venus in the chart. Therefore when the major-period of
Mars operates, the effect of Venus as taken from the ascendant
would be noticed in addition to those of Mars.
We will now briefly recapitulate the characteristics of signs.
Signs are serially movable, fixed and common. Thus, Aries, Cancer,
Libra and Capricorn are movable signs; Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and
Aquarius are fixed signs; and, Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces
are common signs. In other words signs 1,4,7,10 are movable;
signs 2,5,8, 11 are fixed, and signs 3,6,9, 12 are common.
Movable signs are rajasik (active, passionate, and agitated).
They are self confident, forceful, outgoing, energetic, quick, dynamic
and active. The individual will, under their influence, exhibit much
ambition and enterprise if most of the planets are in movable signs.
He will have leadership qualities, will be aggressive and assertive,
and will be independent minded. He will lack in sensitivity and may
ride rough shod over others, thus hurting many people on his way
to the top. He may be reckless and destructive. There will be several
changes in his life, each leading to greater success and enhancement
in status. The individual will have the potential to rise to the highest
level in his chosen field. He will have a public career. He will be a
man of action. He may over-extend his energies and exhaust himself.
The head, kidneys, stomach and joints relate to this quality. The
diseases run their courses quickly. When this quality is dominant in
the horoscope, the individual will have an independent business
and will do well at it. He may also be a pioneer in a field. He may
take up a new and untried venture or may adopt methods which
are innovative. Any project that is begun when a movable sign is
rising will come to its close quickly. Movable signs primarily refer to
the head and gaseous state. They are closest to Mars.
28 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
The fixed signs are tamasik (dull and inactive). They are the
opposite of the movable signs, They are sedentary, stable, neutral
and stationary. They accumulate and build up. If majority of the
planets are in these signs, the individual will be lazy, inactive, miserly,
dogmatic, conservative, and not given to enterprise and change.
He will be patient, prefer status quo and will not be responsive to
new ideas and trends. He will however be capable of serious and
deep research. He will have good memory. He will be firm, stubborn
and not open to others' points of view. He will have unwavering
faith in himself, will be self reliant and autocratic. He will prefer
solitude, and may be insensitive and self centred. The individual
will have good stamina. The diseases will be chronic and will
generally relate to the heart, spine, lungs and the reproductive
system. The individual will earn through accumulated wealth,
banking, investments and influence. He will serve the government,
a well established institution or a firm. He may be a medical
practitioner. Fixed signs primarily relate to the organ heart, solid
states and can be said to correspond to Saturn closely. If it is
desired that one should stay in a house or at a post for long, the
occupation of the house or taking over of the charge of the post
should be done when a fixed sign is rising.
The common signs are sattvik (pure and serene and
harmonious). If majority of planets are in common signs, the
individual will be versatile, flexible, dreamy, easily discouraged,
indecisive, restless, sometimes superficial, cunning, and fickle. He
will lead a mental life and will be introverted. He will be intellectually
inclined and will have preference for studying various subjects due
to overweening curiosity in his nature. He will have a philosophical
mind and will be intuitive. He may not be worldly. He will not have
the ability to be self reliant but he will genuinely be emotional, and
sentiments exhibited by him will have the ring of truth. His efforts,
many a time, will not be recognised and rewarded. He may not
seize an opportunity that comes his way. Though methodical, he
will not be thorough. He will be unreliable but sympathetic and
though he will be meritorious, he may not achieve fame. He will be
a likable person. He would prefer a subordinate position. He will be
physically agile and active but will lack stamina. Common signs
relate to lungs, bowels and extremities. The individual will suffer
from nervous disorders and will be prone to allergies. The diseases
The Preliminaries 29
can become chronic owing to indifference shown by the individual
to their treatment. The individual will do well in a subordinate
position or when he works for somebody. He may join a uniformed
service, work in places where public commodities are handled and
be a speaker, teacher, editor or a traveller. Venus in a common sign
is likely to give more than one wife. These signs are closest to
Mercury and liquefied state,
Signs consecutively represent the B..BVINJS fire, earth, air and
water from the first. Thus Aries represents fire, Taurus earth, Gemini
air and Cancer water; again, Leo represents fire, Virgo earth etc.
Signs can be grouped according to elements, viz., fire 1, 5, 9;
earth 2, 6, 10; air 3, 7, 11; and, water 4, 8, 12. Each of these
groups is called a Triplicity. The signs can also be classified purely
on the basis of water content in them. Thus Cancer, Capricorn and
Pisces have full water content; Taurus, Sagittarius and Aquarius
have half water content; Aries, Libra and Scorpio have quarter water
content; and Gemini, Leo and Virgo have no water content. Thus
from the above two categorisations we can say that Cancer and
Pisces are purely and fully watery. That element will generally be
predominant in a personality which has the most number of planets
in it, or the most powerful planets are placed in that element in a
horoscope.
The fiery element is separating in nature. It is courageous,
energetic and active. It is assertive, enthusiastic and independent.
It is dynamic, proud and enterprising. It is a leader. It is
argumentative and self confident. It is mentally sharp and quick. It
is impatient of others and headstrong. It is the lower mind, unlike
the airy which is the higher one. It is prone to fevers, inflammation
and short duration acute disorders. It is intellectually inclined to
the study of engineering, and chooses professions that involve
dealing with metals, electricity or fire. Thus hazardous jobs or job
dealing with fire in the process of production, soldiers, uniformed
services, mechanics, engineers, smiths, etc. come within its purview.
Planets in these signs tend to give more of their results. The fiery
element corresponds to the mental body and the intellect.
The earthy element represents aggregation. It is stable. It is
involved with the material and the physical world. Wealth, power,
status and position are attractive to this element. It is careful,
30 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
thrifty, systematic, scientific, reserved, suspicious, practical,
obstinate, slow, and tenacious. It is partial to surgeons, trading,
business, mining, agriculture, gardening, timber and grain trade,
restaurants, supply of edible goods and cloth, construction jobs,
and jobs involving much time and effort. Welfare of the physical
body and physical culture are within its field. It suffers from chronic
and rheumatic disorders. The earthy element corresponds to the
physical body and the material world. The airy element represents
harmony. It has lower vitality but a very high mental vigour. It is
humane, refined, well behaved, sympathetic, and gentle. It is
artistic, imaginative, cultured and balanced. It is cheerful and
interested in music and arts. It is inquisitive and tactful. It does not
force but convinces. It is well informed and a reader. Under its
influence the physical body will be plump and the complexion clear.
There will be over-exertion leading to exhaustion and nervous
breakdown. Scientists, mathematicians, reporters, artists, literary
personalities, accountants, lawyers, teachers etc. come within its
purview. The job must involve use of the brain rather than the
brawn. The airy element corresponds to reason, the superconscious
and the higher nature of man. The watery element relates to the
psychic. It is timid, accommodative, receptive and inactive. It is
sentimental, contemplative, intuitive, mediumistic, impressionable
and sensitive. It is changeable. It is interested in the occult. It is
introverted and shy. The constitution will be weak and resistance
to disease will be limited. Anaemia, tumours, cancerous growths,
digestive disorders, diseases in the upper respiratory tract and
gastro-urinary systems relate to this element. All jobs that relate
to or involve dealing with liquids and changes fall within the purview
of this element. Occupations that deal with emotions (drama, theatre
etc.), fine fabrics and chemicals also fall within the ambit of this
element. The watery element corresponds to feelings and the
emotional personality.
The signs represent directions as follows. East 1,5,9; South
2,6, 1 0; West 3,7, 11 and North 4,8, 12. It will be noticed that each
triplicity defined above corresponds to a particular direction. These
are Fire-East; Earth-South; Air-West; and, Water-North. If a sign is
strong and located in the ninth or eleventh house, it will indicate
fortune or gain for the individual from the direction indicated by
the sign. If the sign is weak, any undertaking by the individual in
The Preliminaries 31
that direction will only cause losses and trouble to him. Similarly, if
a journey is to be undertaken, if the ascendant has a sign at the
time of journey that indicates the direction in which the individual
wishes to travel and the sign is powerful, or if a beneficial Moon is
in such a sign, the journey will be productive of desired results.
Common signs are animal signs. Movable signs are mineral
signs. Fixed signs are vegetable signs. Depending upon whether a
planet denoting gain is situated in an animal, mineral or vegetable
sign, the gain will be of, or from the material or person indicated
by the sign. Signs 1, 2, 5, and first halves of 9 and 10 are bestial
signs. Bestial or quadruped signs are strong in the tenth house.
Signs 4 and 8 are reptile signs. They are strong in seventh house.
Signs 3, 6, 7 and last halves of 9 and 11 are human signs. These
are strong in the first house. If an individual does not have most of
his planets in human signs, he will not be social and humane.
Water signs are strong in the fourth house. Signs 1, 2, and 5 are
blind during the night; signs 3, 4, and 6 are blind during the day.
Fire signs are warriors; earth signs are traders; air signs are manual
workers; and, water signs are priests. Depending upon the house,
the sign therein will indicate the class of person the individual will
gain from, get inimical to etc. For example if the sixth house has
Virgo the individual is likely to have enemies in trading class. Signs
7 and 8 are deaf during the forenoon; signs 9 and 10 are deaf
during the afternoon. Signs 1, 2, 3, 4, 9 and 10 are strong during
the night. Signs 5, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 12 are strong during the day.
Signs 3, 9 and 12 are dual signs. Signs 1, 5, 7 and 9 are dry signs.
Signs 1, 3, 5 and 6 are barren signs; others are fruitful. Signs
1 ,2,11 ,12 are short; signs 3,4,9,1 0 are medium; and, signs 5,6,7,8
are long. If a house has a short sign and the owner of the house is
also in a short sign, the part of the body indicated by that house
will be small. Signs 4,8, and 12 are mute. All the air signs, namely,
3, 7 and 11 , are vocal. If a relevant house (for eyesight second and
twelfth; for hearing third and eleventh) has the sign which is blind
or deaf, as the case may be, and the house also has malefic
influence, the individual will suffer from the concerned disability.
Signs 4,8, second half of 10 and 12 are reptile or crawling signs.
These are strong in the seventh house. Signs 3,5,6,7,8,and 11 are
shirshodaya sign. They rise head first. A naturally beneficial planet
when placed in one of them improves its beneficence. Planets placed
32 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
in these signs give their results early in their periods. Signs 1 ,2,4,9
and 10 are prishthodaya signs. A naturally malefic planet becomes
worse when it occupies one of these. Planets placed in these signs'
give their results towards the end of their periods. Pisces does not
belong to either category. Planets in Pisces will give their results in
the middle of their periods. Signs 1,8 and 10 are violent.
Seventhly, a planet will relate houses to each other and cause
effects to materialise in its period. For example, if Mars owns the
sixth house and occupies the first it may cause injury. The karakatwa
(signification) of a planet is extremely important to take note of.
For example, Mars is the karaka for injury, Saturn for disease.
When Mars relates the first house to the sixth it would cause injury
to the individual, when Saturn does so it would make him fall sick.
When Mars relates the fourth house (education/property) to the
eleventh (success), it means success in matters relating to property
as Mars is the karaka for property; when Mercury does so, it means
success at examination or admission to an academic institution,
since Mercury is the karaka for education. The relationship between
the same two houses can produce absolutely different results. The
karakatwa of the planet picks out the relevant element and produces
results in this case. Similarly, any planet relating two houses would
create results according to the karakatwa of the sign, constellation
or navamsha. For example, suppose Mercury is relating the
ascendant to the sixth house and occupies a constellation of Saturn.
It would cause disease, Again, Mercury relating the ascendant to
the sixth house occupying a constellation of Mars would cause
injury to the person. The karakatwa of the constellation here
produces results. Mercury placed in a sign of Saturn or in a navamsha
of Saturn relating the two houses would produce disease, placed
in a sign or navamsha of Mars would produce injury. Here the
karakatwa of the sign or navamsha would operate. Different
karakatwas can operate simultaneously producing a variety of results
at the same time.
Eighthly, a planet would be placed in a house which has a
sign. This house has certain karakatwa. We have seen that a planet
gets exalted (or debilitated) in a sign and fully so at a certain
degree in the sign. The planet that gets exalted (or debilitated) in.
the house also represents certain karakatwa. In such a situation,
when the planet is placed in the sign of exaltation (or debilitation)
The Preliminaries 33
it will react with the karakatwa of planet that gets exalted (or
debilitated) there and produce results.
The karakatwa of each planet with respect to a house is given
below and then We will explain the practice of this concept through
illustrations.
Matter Karaka House
Body
Sun 1
Head Sun 1
Right eye (in males)/ Sun 2(Males)/
Left eye (in females) 12(Females)
Heart Sun 4
Stomach Sun 5
Fire/Inflammation Sun 6
Father Sun 9
Rank/status/fame Sun 10
Place of worship Sun 12
Infancy Moon 1
Place of birth Moon 1
Face/Mouth Moon 2
Short journey Moon 3
Upper half/lower half of Lungs Moon 3/4
Breasts Moon 4
Mind Moon
4
Mother Moon 4
Place of residence/Home Moon 4
Emotion/Emoting Moon 5
Ovaries/uterus/bladder Moon 7
Pregnancy Moon 7
Residence at distant place Moon 7
Sea cruise Moon 8
Left eye (in males)/ Moon 12 (Males)/
Right eye (in females) 2 (Females)
Sleep Moon 12
34
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Blood Mars 1
Blood relations Mars 2
Courage Mars
3
Younger siblings Mars 3
.
Immovable property Mars 4
Enemies/disputes/Litigation Mars 6
Accident Mars 6
Competition Mars 6
Injury Mars 6
Fatal injury Mars
.
8
Killing Mars 8
Skin Mercury 1
Early childhood Mercury 2
Smell/Nose Mercury 2
Speech Mercury 2
Arms Mercury 3
Communication/Letter Mercury 3
To write Mercury 3
Education Mercury 4
Family/Clan Mercury 4
Friends Mercury 4
Relatives Mercury 4
Intelligence Mercury 5
Intestines, small Mercury 6
Maternal uncle Mercury 6
Business/Partnership Mercury 7
Trade Mercury 7
Wealth/Bank balance Jupiter 2
Hearing, sense of Jupiter 3/11
Happiness Jupiter 4
Liver Jupiter
4/5
Love for the divine Jupiter
5
The Preliminaries 35
Gall Bladder Jupiter
5
Scholarship Jupiter 5
Pancreas Jupiter 6
Husband
Jupiter 7
Prominence in society Jupiter 7
Good fortune Jupiter 9
Pilgrimage/long inland journey Jupiter 9
Religious inclination Jupiter
9
Management Jupiter 10
Elder -siblings Jupiter
11
Income/gain/success Jupiter 11
Jewellery
'
Venus 2
Poetry Venus 2
Upper Neck/Throat Venus
2
Music/dance Venus
3
Lower Neck Venus 3
.
Vehicle Venus 4
Romance Venus 5
Kidneys Venus 6
Live in arrangement Venus 7
Sex act Venus 7
Wife Venus 7
Female genitals Venus 8
Sexual pleasure Venus 12
Hair Saturn 1
Teeth Saturn
2'
Longevity Saturn 3/8
Agriculture Saturn 4
Common man/masses Saturn 4
Discomfort Saturn 4
Debts Saturn 6
Disease/obstacles Saturn 6
36 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Intestines, large Saturn 617
Servant/subordinate Saturn 6
Bodily exertion Saturn 6
Worries Saturn 6
Danger Saturn
8
History Saturn 8
Sorrow Saturn
8
Knees Saturn 10
Profession/Deed/Livelihood Saturn 10
Shin/Calve Saturn 11
Feet Saturn 12
Separation Saturn 12
Expenditure Saturn 12
Loss Saturn 12
Hallucination/illusion/image Rahu 3
Riots Rahu 4
Diplomacy/Diplomat Rahu s
Paternal Grandfather Rahu 5
Fraud Rahu 6
Stranger Rahu 7
Maternal Grandmother Rahu 7
Malignant/Undiagnosable or Rahu 8
untreatable disease
Rectum Rahu 8
Secrets/Unknown facts Rahu 8
Vice/filth/sin Rahu 8
Journey abroad Rahu 9
Imprisonment/Physical restraint Rahu
12
Practice of mantras Ketu 5
Weird aberrations Ketu 6
Black magic!Trouble through Ketu 6
minor astral entities
..
The Preliminaries 37
Occult, psychic powers, mediumship Ketu 8
Propitiation of divine entities Ketu 9
Paternal Grandmother Ketu 12
Maternal Grandfather Ketu 12
Spiritual pursuit/Nirvana
Ketu 12
Mystics/spiritual exaltation Ketu
12
Superconsciousness Ketu 12
Let us now study the appllpatlon of the concept through an
illustration. We find from the above table that Jupiter gets exalted
in Cancer. Suppose Cancer occupies fche fourth house. Also suppose
that Venus is placed in Cancer. Venus will then react with the
karakatwa (signification) of Jupiter in the fourth house. The
karakatwa of Jupiter for the fourth hOuse is happiness. Venus will
therefore cause happiness to the individual through vehicles and
luxuries (fourth house karakatwa of Venus). If on the other hand
Capricorn is placed in the fourth house. Jupiter is debilitated here.
Suppose Venus is placed in Capricorn in the fourth house. The
individual will remain unhappy on account of vehicle and luxuries.
Here we have seen the karakatwas.of two planets operating in
tandem. Both the karakatwas are related to the fourth house.
Let us take another illustration. Suppose Mars is placed in
Capricorn in the fifth house. It is exalted here. Jupiter represents
children, scholarship and creativity for the fifth house. Mars has no
specific karakatwa for the fifth house but its general significations
of energy and muscularity will appear, The individual will have slim
and muscular children. Here too the karakatwa have interacted
but the karakatwa of Mars is its general karakatwa and does not
relate specifically to the fifth house. It only relates to its strength
in the house.
Let us take a third illustration. Suppose Saturn occupies. the
second house at 5 where Capricorn is placed. Jupiter signifies
wealth and it is the owner of the twelfth house from the second. It
is taken to be fully debilitated here at this point. Therefore Saturn
at the point of debilitation of would diminish the wealth of the
individual. For debilitated Jupiter the general karakatwa of Saturn
operated. Being in its own sign, Saturn may give good results with
respect to other matters of I ife.
38
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
What happens when a planet is exalted in a sign and another
debilitated in the same sign? This is true for Mars/Jupiter, Mercury/
Venus and Saturn/Sun. We have seen that the degrees of exaltation/
debilitation are not the same in the same sign for any two such
planets. Therefore this should not cause any complication. The
Nodes (Rahu and Ketu) do not have specific degrees for their
exaltation or debilitation. We therefore have to take the whole
sign. Therefore if Saturn is placed in the eighth house in Scorpio
(Rahu debilitated), the individual is likely to have undiagnosed or
untreatable (Rahu) illness (Saturn). If Saturn is placed in Taurus
(Rahu exalted) in the eighth house the individual should research
hard and meticulously (Saturn) to unearth unknown facts (Rahu).
Ninthly, each planet operates during certain years in the life of
an individual. Each planet repeats its operation after every 35 years.
No planet operates for more than six years. Saturn, Rahu, Jupiter
and Mars operate for six years each; Ketu and Venus operate for
three years each; the Sun, and Mercury operate for two years
each; and, the Moon operates for one year in a span of thirty five
years. These years are given below in a table:
Planet Saturn Rahu Ketu Jupiter Sun Moon Venus Mars Mercury
Years 1-6 7-12 13-15 16-21 22-23 24 2S-27 28-33
34-35
36-41 42-47 48-50 51-56 57-S8 S9 60-62 63-68 69-70
71-76
77-82 83-8S 86-91 92-93 94 9S-97 98-103 104-105
We take the ascendant as representing the first year of life,
the second house as the second year and so on till the twelfth
house representing the twelfth year of life. The ascendant will
therefore represent the 13th year, 25th year, 3ih year, etc.; the
second house will represent the 14th, 26th, 38th etc. years; and so
on. We will take the relevant house for the respective year as the
ascendant. Hence for the tenth year of life we will consider tenth
house in the chart as the ascendant and analyse the planets as
they existed at the time of birth. We now link the year represented
by a planet to the year represented by the house. Suppose Aquarius
is the ascendant and the Sun occupies Scorpio, Scorpio is in the
tenth house from the ascendant and represents the 22"d year of
life. The Sun operates in the 22"d year. When we take Scorpio as
the ascendant we find the owner of the tenth house placed in the
ascendant for that year. We can therefore deduce that the status
of the individual may improve in that year.
The Preliminaries 39
Another view is that there are natural life periods of planets,
The Moon represents the 1st year after birth; Mars the 2nd and 3rd;
Mercury from the 4th to 12th; Venus from the 13
111
to 32nd; Jupiter
from 33rd to 50th; the Sun from 51st to 70th; and, Saturn from 71 st
to 120th years. This allocation of life spans to planets is used in
approximate determination of longevity in a chart. We will discuss
this method in Chapter Nine in the second volume of this work.
There is a system based on navamsha. Since each sign has
nine navamshas, the chart having twelve signs in houses shows
108 navamsha. If we take that each navamsha stands for a year in
life, the chart stands for 108 years of life which is approximately
the optimum anticipated life span of a human being. Hence the
first house represents the first nine years of life, the second house
the next nine years and so on. This would be an approximate
method and may not give us exact results. Hence we take the
longitude of the ascendant. Suppose the ascendant was at 1009'
in Aquarius at birth. This means that birth took place in the fourth
navamsha of the sign in the ascendant. So the fourth navamsha of
Aquarius will show the first year of life, the fifth navamsha the
second year, the sixth navamsha the third year and so on. The
fourth navamsha in Aquarius has Capricorn. Therefore if we take
this sign as the ascendant with natal planets as they were in signs
at the time of birth, we can analyse the first year of the individual;
when we analyse the chart with Aqaurius as the ascendant we can
determine the events for the second year; taking Pisces as the
ascendant, we can fix the events in the life of the individual in his
third year and so on. Apparently the ascendant will repeat after
every twelve years. The ascendant fixed in this manner for a year
is used for transit in that year.
According to Sanketnidhia planet gives its results at ages that
can be determined by a simple calculation. The sum or multiplication
of the number of sign occupied by a planet and the sign that it
owns would give us two numbers determining years in which event
that the planet is likely to produce may happen. If the planet owns
two signs then we get four numbers for ages. Suppose child birth
is likely in the period of Saturn and suppose Saturn occupies Gemini.
The sum of number of sign occupied by Saturn, i.e., 3 and the
number of signs owned by Saturn, i.e., 10 and 11 would be 13 and
14 respectively. Since child birth to an individual is highly unlikely
40 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
in these ages, we can take the multiplications. We get years 30
and 33. Child birth in these years is likely. Important events can
also be expected in the years obtained by adding 12 to the numbers
got by multiplication.
One should know that the age (vayas) of the Moon is one of
drinking (one's mother's) milk; that of Mars is one of growing teeth;
that of Mercury is the time of learning one's lessons and it extends
up to the time when one begins to be agitated by a desire for
sexual intercourse; that of Venus is youth, which is characterized
by agitation by a desire for sexual intercourse; and that of Jupiter
extends through middle age; they say that the age (vayas) of the
Sun is the period beyond that middle age; and that of Saturn is the
unfortunate time of old age. So it has been stated in Chapter 39 of
Yavanjatakaof Sphujidhvaja.
Tenthly, a planet occupies a constellation. The constellation
has an owner. The houses that the occupying planet is related to,
basically the houses that it occupies and owns, will interact with
the houses that the planet owning the constellation is related to.
This will give rise to certain results. Suppose the Sun occupies the
fourth house in Mrigshira constellation in a chart having Pisoes
ascendant. The Sun is related to the fourth and sixth houses. Mars
owns Mrigshira. It owns the second and ninth houses. The father
(the Sun and ninth house) of the individual may get hurt (Mars
and the sixth house) during the period of the Sun or Mars.
Eleventhly, the planet placed in a sign projects aspects to other
signs. Mars in Gemini will project aspects to Virgo, Sagittarius and
Capricorn. If the aspect being received in a sign is compatible with
the sign it would promote the affairs of the house that receives the
aspect. If it is not compatible, it may harm the affairs. In the above
illustration, the affairs of a house that has Virgo will be damaged;
the house that has Sagittarius will see its affairs promoted and the
house that has Capricorn will get a boost. The aspects are also
therefore sometimes labeled as exalted or debilitated aspect, or an
inimical or friendly one depending upon the natural relationship
that exists between the planet projecting the aspect and the planet
that owns the sign receiving it.
The Preliminaries 41
Lastly, we have seen that each planet has certain karakatwas.
The table above relates these karaktwas to different houses. When
a planet is related to a house taken from its natal position that is
also inclined to give similar results, the planet will be inclined to
give results of those karakatwas the most. An illustration will explain
this point. Let us take Mars. Suppose it is placed in Cancer in
Aslesha constellation of Mercury. If Mercury occupies Sagittarius,
Mars will be related to the sixth house from its position. It will
therefore be a potent factor for injuries, surgeries, disputes and
violence. This is true for transits too. Whe Mars is in transit through
Virgo and it gets related to the sixth house from Virgo, its inclination
to cause violence and injury becomes more pronounced.
The analysis of effect of a planet in a sign and a house is
based on the principles enunciated above. It is impossible to analyse
each planet in a sign and house on all the points stated above
because it would multiply the bulk of this book several fold. However,
most of the principles have been used selectively at different places
so that the reader is able to see them in operation. The seventh
chapter has been based on analysis founded on karakatwa.
Chapter Two
The First House
Life begins with the first house. It is this house that was forming
when the individual was born. Therefore this house stands for
birth, infancy and the beginning. The Moon corresponds to these
characteristics of the house. Hence when Saturn influences the
ascendant and the Moon the child is likely to face serious health
crisis in his infancy. This house represents the human body (the
Sun), head (the Sun), birth place (the Moon) and hair (Saturn).
Astrologers of the past analysed this house to tell of persons
present and the surroundings_ at the time of birth.
This is not a favourable house for the sixth, as it is the eighth
from it. Since the sixth house represents maternal uncle of an
individual, this house would harm the concerned relative. This is
also therefore an adverse house for the competitors of the individual.
This is not a favourable house for the eighth since it is the sixth
from it. When the body gets diseased and troubled in various ways
it shows a threat to the longevity of the individual. ..
This house is also not good for the wealth of an individual as
it is the twelfth from the second. This house stands for success in
matters represented by the third house as it is the eleventh from
it.
The significations of the fourth house get exalted through the
first house. The first house is the tenth from the fourth.
The first house in relation with the fifth generates an
extraordinary love for one's children if the two houses are inclined
to be friendly with each other.
There would be much attachment with one's grandchildren
when the first is related to the ninth house in a friendly manner.
The First House 43
The signs and planets in the first house are of importance as
they govern the appearance of an individual.
Yogas: Our classics give many important yogas (combinations)
that relate to the ascendant. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra has
dealt with such combinations in detail in the chapter on the
ascendant. It says that the individual will maintain good health
when the ascendant has in it or is under aspect of a naturally
beneficial planet.
The individual will be long lived, wealthy, and well known and
he will keep good health and have comforts when the owner of the
ascendant; or, Mercury, Venus or Jupiter is in an angle or in a
triangular house from the ascendant. A naturally beneficial planet
associating with the owner of the ascendant in one of these houses
would give even better results.
The association of the Moon with any of these naturally
beneficial planets in any of the four angles will make the individual
fortunate and prosperous.
The owner of the ascendant in a movable sign under aspect of
a naturally beneficial planet will also ensure comforts, renown and
wealth to the individual. Similarly, a naturally beneficial planet in
the ascendant or its aspect to it would ensure comforts and good
health. Such a beneficial planet in the ascendant would also impart
a pleasant appearance to the individual. An individual will behappy
in his middle age according to Varah Mihir in Chapter on
Miscellaneous Planetary Combinations of Brihajjatakam when the
owner of the Moon sign occupies an angular house. Varah Mihir
says in the same chapter that when the ascendant or the Moon is
in vargottamanavamsha the individual will be happy and prosperous
throughout his life.
On the contrary, the individual will not have good health or
comforts when the owner of the ascendant is in the sixth, eighth
or twelfth house; or it is associated with a naturally malefic planet.
The individual will keep poor health when the owner of the
ascendant is either debilitated, placed in an inimical sign or it is
combust.
The health of the individual will remain unsatisfactory according
to Sarvarth Chintamaniwhen the owner of the sign that the owner
44 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
of the ascendant occupies is placed in the sixth, eighth or twelfth
house. The health of the individual will remain indifferent. when
the ascendant is occupied by or under aspect of a naturally malefic
planet without any aspect of a naturally beneficial planet.
The Moon too under similar influence would indicate poor
health.
A naturally malefic planet in the ascendant would also make
the individual poor to look at.
A naturally beneficial planet in the ascendant would make the
personality of the individual attractive. Others would like to go
upto him and be with him . ...On the contrary, a naturally malefic
planet so placed would make the individual appear uninviting and
standoffish.
According to Varah Mihir in Chapter on Evils of Brihajjatakam
an individual with:
Jupiter in the ascendant and Saturn in the seventh house will
suffer from gout, rheumatism, or other windy complaints;
Jupiter in the ascendant and Mars in the seventh house will
turn insane;
Saturn in the ascendant and Mars in the fifth, seventh, or
ninth house will be an idiot;
Saturn and the Moon in the twelfth house from the ascendant
will be an idiot;
Aries, Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, Capricorn or Aquarius in the
ascendant under aspect from a naturally malefic planet will
turn bald;
Canoer, first 20 of Scorpio, first 1 oo of Capricorn or the last
1 oo of Pisoes in the ascendant under aspect or occupation of
naturally malefic planet will be under restraint. When the
ascendant is within stipulated degrees of Canoer, Capricorn or
Pisces, the individual will be kept under restraint in a building;
when in Scorpio, he will be kept in a subterranean cell.
According to Varah Mihir in Chapter on Female Horoscopy of
Brihajjatakam when:
~ , A sigl) _of Venus in a female chart rises in the ascendant which
is in Aquarius navamsha or Venus is in a navamsha of Saturn
The First House 45
and vice-versa and these two planets aspect each other, the
individual will have lesbian inclination.
A sign of Mars or Saturn rises with afflicted Moon and Venus
the female individual and her mother would both be
promiscuous.
The ascendant and the Moon both indicate infancy. When the
Moon and ascendant have influence of naturally malefic planets,
life in infancy is jeopardised.
There is a large number of combinations that suggest the
possibility of very early demise of an infant. Sarava/i has listed
such combinations in fair number with subtle variations, but the
basic principle remains. A debilitated, waning or badly placed Moon
under adverse influence in the sixth, eighth or twelfth house and
the ascendant under aspect of or associated with a naturally malefic
'planet would point to an early demise of the infant. If in addition,
the owner of the ascendant is also placed similar to the Moon the
possibility of the infant passing away very close to the day of his
birth would become very strong.
It has also been stated that when the owners of the Moon
sign and ascendant are together in the sixth, eighth or twelfth
house in a combust state the child would die in the number of
years that is indicated by the sign. For example, in case these two
planets are in Cancer in the birth chart, the sign being fourth in the
order of signs, the child would die in the fourth year.
Almost all the classics talk of the Ad hi yoga that is formed by
Mercury, Jupiter and Venus occupying the sixth, seventh and eighth
. houses from the ascendant or the Moon. Such an individual is long
lived and prosperous, he holds a high position, is indomitable and
keeps very good health. Varah Mlhir in Brihajjatakam has described
this combination in Chapter on Lunar Combinations.
Sarvarth Chintamani has given combinations for obesity and
emaciation of the physique. Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces are watery
signs. The Moon and Venus are watery planets. When a non-watery
planet is in the ascendant that has a non-watery sign the individual
will be slim. More than one naturally malefic planet in the ascendant
that has a non-watery sign will also make the individual slim. The
owner of the ascendant associated with a non-watery planet or
placed in a non-watery sign will make the individual slim. The
46 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One {1 to 6 House)
individual will tend to put on weight in case the ascendant has a
watery sign and it is occupied by a naturally beneficial planet. When
the owner of the ascendant is a watery planet and it is associated
with a naturally beneficial planet the individual becomes overweight.
Even when the owner of the ascendant is not a watery planet but
it is placed in a watery sign and is associated with a naturally
beneficial planet and has the aspect of a watery planet the individual
will turn obese. The individual could be obese if Jupiter occupies or
projects an aspect to the ascendant. If at the same time the
ascendant has a watery sign the condition would be much
aggravated. Even a naturally beneficial planet in the ascendant
under aspect of another naturally beneficial planet would turn the
individual fat.
According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra an individual with
the owner of the ascendant in the sixth, eighth or twelfth house
associated with a naturally malefic planet will not have physical
felicity. Jatakalankarsupports this statement.
The individual will have poor health when the owner of the
ascendant is combust, debilitated, or in an inimical sign.
The owner of the ascendant with Mercury, Jupiter or Venus in
an angle or trine will make the individual long lived, wise, wealthy
and powerful.
Mahadev in Jatakatatva says that the individual will have
physical felicity when the owner of the ascendant is in its own
navamsha and it is associated with or under aspect of a naturally
beneficial planet.
If a naturally beneficial planet is placed in an angle or trine,
the individual will remain free of disease.
A naturally beneficial planet placed in the ascendant or
projecting an aspect to it will ensure physical felicity to the individual.
A naturally malefic planet occupying the ascendant or projecting
an aspect to it without any redeeming aspect by a naturally beneficial
planet will deprive the individual of physical felicity.
A naturally malefic planet in the ascendant will make the
individual ugly. A naturally beneficial planet so placed will make
him handsome.
Sarvarth Chintamai7i says that a movable sign in the ascendant
or in the navamsha of the ascendant, the owner of the ascendant
The First House 47
being a fast moving planet or ascendant receiving the aspect of a
fast moving planet will keep the individual constantly moving in
life. Phaldeepika extends this effect to the owner of the ascendant
too. Placed in its own sign, the owner will retain the individual at
his place of birth; placed in a movable sign the individual will never
remain at one place; and placed in a fixed sign he will remain at
one place for life. The owner in a common sign will keep the
individual at one place for a while and then he will move on.
Phaldeepika says that when the owner of the ascendant is
with a powerful planet the individual will receive help and support
from powerful persons in his life. If, on the other hand, the owner
of the ascendant associated with a weak or debilitated planet will
bring the individual in contact with only persons of common or
poor status,
Jatakatatva says that the individual will be lean when Aries,
Taurus, Gemini, Leo, Virgo, or Sagittarius rises and the Sun, Mars
or Saturn occupies the ascendant. The same effect would be seen
if the owner of the ascendant is placed in one of these signs or it is
associated with one of these planets.
Jatakatatva says that the individual would be corpulent when
Jupiter occupies the ascendant or projects an aspect to it.
The owner of the ascendant in Leo, Virgo, Libra or Scorpio will
produce a tall person. On the other hand the individual will be
short if the owner is placed in Aries, Taurus, Aquarius or Pisces.
Jatakatatva says that an individual will be deceitful if (i) Mars
and Mercury associate, (ii) Mercury is placed in Aries, (iii) Mars
occupies the third house without association or aspect of a naturally
beneficial planet, (iv) the owner of the fourth or the ninth house is
in the sixth, or (v) the fourth house has a naturally malefic planet
or such a planet projects an aspect to the house. It is necessary to
have the fourth house without any blemish if the individual has to
be sincere and straightforward. The owner of the ascendant in the
fourth house associated with or under aspect of a naturally beneficial
planet would produce a straightforward person.
Venus in its own sign, in exaltation or debilitation in the. birth
chart, in its own navamsha, in Gemini, in the first half of Leo, in
the seventh house, or associated with Mars shall make the individual
highly desirous of carnal pleasures.
48 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
We will discuss the effect of planets in each sign in the first
house. The location of a planet shall not be taken in Bhava chart.
A planet gives results of its location in a house taken from the
ascendant in its major-period or in the major-period of a planet
that is in contact with this planet. It also gives results of its location
in a house taken from the location of a major-period planet in its
sub-period in that major-period. Thus, Mars in Gemini would give
results of the third house if the ascendant is in Aries in its major-
period, but in the major-period of the Sun in Leo its results in its
sub-period would also appear to be of Mars in the eleventh house.
This is true for any level of periods. Taking Mars as the inter-period
planet in Gemini in the sub-period of Saturn in Libra in the major-
period of the Sun in Leo, we will analyse the effect of Mars in the
ninth house (from Saturn).
A planet does not give results merely according to the degree
that it is occupying in a sign and according to its karakatwa
(signification). It is noticed that generally a planet gets swayed by
the influence of other planets with which it is related and produces
results according to this kind of impact. In each chart a planet also
interacts with other planets and produces many other different
results.
Varah Mihir has said in Chapter Seventeen of Brihajjatakam
that results mentioned for a planet in a sign will come to pass fully
if the sign containing the planet, the owner of the sign and the
concerned planet are all powerful. This means that none of the
three is afflicted in any manner by naturally malefic planets. These
three should also be associated with or under aspect of naturally
beneficial planets. The results would appear in proportion to the
strength of the three elements. If not even a single element is
strong, results are unlikely to be seen.
Aries: This sign placed in the first house gives rise to an
interesting situation as the twelve houses coincide with the twelve
signs. The coinciding of significations of houses with signs and
vice-versa makes the houses of considerable importance as each
house doubly becomes representative of a part of human body.
When the house receives adverse influence the same is passed on
to the sign and the concerned limb becomes highly susceptible to
trouble. This is a sign where the Sun is inclined to give its best and
Saturn to show its unpleasant face.
The First House 49
People born with Aries in the first house would be of middle
stature, muscular, lean and energetic. They are marked by ruddy
complexion and a face that tapers to a pointed chin. The neck is
generally long and comparatively thin. This sign produces a lean
physique with middle stature. It gives large bones and a strong
constitution. The disposition remains combative and aggressive.
The individual gets strong shoulders, a long face and reddish hair.
They are said to have dark eyebrows and sharp sight.
Persons with this sign in the ascendant many a time faoe danger
in life since Mars is also the owner of the eighth house. Some of
them have a domineering personality, and others may face poor
health and troubles and obstacles in life. They do not like to spend
much time at home. Mars in contact with the Sun could give rise to
gastric or cardiac trouble. When Mars is in contact with the Moon
the individual gets bad temper and he may be worried on account
of his mother. His education suffers when Mars gets in contact
with Mercury, A younger sibling of the individual may face trouble
or the individual may suffer injuries and undergo surgeries. Mars
in contact with Jupiter is productive of much wealth in property
but he will also face trouble on that account. Venus in contact with
Mars is not good for keeping vehicles. The individual faces some
trouble or the other from this source. A person having Mars in
contact with Saturn should not take up agriculture as a source of
livelihood. He has to be careful if Mars is in contact with Rahu and
keep away from riot like situations because he could be injured if
caught in it.
Below is the chart of a well known aviatrix of USA She was
the first woman to fly solo across the Atlantic. Later she had set off
on a solo circumnavigational flight of the globe in 1937 and
disappeared over central Pacific Ocean near Howland Island. She
was never found and was declared dead in January 1939. She
married on 7 February 1931 but had no children.
The first house gets related to the eighth as Mars rules both
the houses. These individuals face dangerous situations and they
revel in adventure. Their rivals have strong antipathy to them.
They are not always happy with their profession. Their marriages
and financial status are generally unsatisfactory.
50
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Rah
Sat
Ven
Man
Lagna Chart Il-1
Ket
Mer
Sun
Jup
Mar
Navamsha
Rah Man
Mer Ven
Ket Sun
Mar
Jup
Amelia Earhart, female, 24 July 1897, 2330 hours, Atchison,
Alabama, USA, 39N34', 95W07: 0600 hours West of Greenwich.
From Astra-Databank, www.astro.com/astro-databankl, source:
From memory, Rodden rating A.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 3sl02'48" Saturn Venus 1s2S
0
17'33" Mars
Moon lsl927'59" Moon Saturn
7Sl
0
41'4S"R Jupiter
Mars 4sl744'25"
Venus Rahu 9sl338'57" Moon
Mere 3s2012'36" Mercury Ketu 3si338'S7" Saturn
Jupiter 4sl7S2'1" Venus Ascdt
05116'2"
Owner/C rneans owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The First House 51
The SUN gets exalted here. It imparts a regal bearing. The
individual would be very dominant and energetic. It owns the fifth
house from the ascendant. It thus sets up a relationship between
the first and fifth houses. Being the owner of the fifth house from
the ascendant it forms a rajyoga and is inclined to support gain of
power, fame and wealth. He however may not have a good married
life. Romanoe may go out of the relationship. The first house is the
ninth from the fifth. It is therefore a house for good fortune, long
journeys, religion, and higher learning for the children of the
individual. Henoe location of the Sun in the ascendant is good for
his children. The Sun near 20 in the sign could produce trouble in
the abdomen. The first four navamshas of Aries fall in Aswini
constellation of Ketu. The Sun in Aries navamsha would ensure
much affection for his children, and the individual would be a
solicitous but firm parent. When, at the same time, Mars is plaoed
in Capricorn, the Sun would produoe much authority, fame and
power for the individual in its major-period. This would be multiplied
several fold if at the same time Ketu occupies Sagittarius. The Sun
in Taurus navamsha with Ketu in conjunction with Jupiter should
be an indication for much wealth, jewellery and gold. Ketu associated
with Venus and the Sun in Gemini navamsha may give the individual
more than one romantic affair. The Sun in Canoer navamsha would
be conducive to a religious and devotional mind. The next four
navamshas of Aries fall in Bharani constellation of Venus. When
the Sun is in Leo navamsha it should promote romantic attachment.
The Sun in the sixth navamsha having Virgo could give rise to
serious trouble in his marriage. In the seventh navamsha the Sun
would tend to create an unhappy marriage for an individual. For
any individual such a placement of the Sun would mean serious
difficulty in turning a romantic liaison into a long term affair. The
Sun occupying the eighth navamsha having Scorpio, would create
a possibility of slanderous controversy for the individual arising out
of his romantic affairs. In the ninth navamsha of the sign having
Sagittarius, it would give very good results. It would be in its own
Krittika constellation. It would help the individual gain much wealth.
He would forge ahead in life.
The individual will rise to a high status with executive powers
when the Sun is in contact with Mars through an aspect from the
tenth house. When we talk of contact between two planets, it
52 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
would mean the various relationships that I have described between .
planets in my "How to Read a Birth Chart" or "How to Time an
Event". Mars in association with the Sun may cause a serious
accident and grievous injuries. The aspect of Mars from Swati in
the seventh house on the Sun in Bharani would give rise to romantic
involvement and indiscriminate sexual activity. The individual will
lead a happy life when the Sun is with Jupiter. He will enjoy intimacy,
with women of high status when the Sun ~ in contact with Venus .
In the above chart death took place in the major-period of
Jupiter. Jupiter is the owner of the eighth house from Mars. Mars js
in association with Jupiter. It is therefore inclined to cause much
violence. Mars is in Virgo constellation that further underscores
the inclination of Mars to cause accidents. It is in sambandha with
Saturn which is the karaka for depletion and end. The Sun is the
karaka for physical body. It is in a constellation of Saturn. The
exact association of Mars and Jupiter in these circumstances shows
end of longevity and physical body. Mars and Venus have exchanged
constellations and Venus owns the two maraka houses. Mars owns
the eighth house from the ascendant and the eighth house from
natal Mars is Pisces. A severe and dangerous accident is likely in
the major-period of Jupiter causing end of life.
The MOON in Aries is in a friendly sign. The individual would
have clear and fair complexion and be good looking. If the Moon is
waning he could even be obsessed with his looks. He could be
prone to mental tension on account of his marriage when the Moon
is in the sixth navamsha. The individual would be happy with his
mother and would be fond of travelling. He would have much
interest in the opposite sex, which will be reciprocated. Varah Mihir
in Brihajjatakam says that an individual with the Moon in Aries will
not have steady wealth. He will be valiant. The Sun in Bharani in
association with the Moon should give good aesthetic sense;
generate interest in fine arts and a romantic nature. The aspect of
the Sun placed in Swati in Libra on the Moon would impart diplomatic
acumen in the period of the Moon. Mars with the Moon in the
ascendant could cause serious water accident in the period of the
Moon. The individual may find a job in the period of the Moon
when Mars projects an aspect to the Moon from the tenth house.
When Mars occupies Uttar Asadha constellation in Capricorn the
job would be prestigious and it may be in the government. The
The First House 53
aspect of Mars placed in Swati from the seventh house on the
Moon will make the individual lecherous, The aspect of Mercury
placed in Chitra in Libra on the Moon may be an indication of break
in education in the period of the Moon. The individual may be
deceitful when Mercury placed in Swati projects an aspect to the
Moon, Jupiter in Aswini in association with the Moon will turn the
mind to metaphysics and spiritualism in the period of the Moon.
The individual will be religious. The aspect of Jupiter from Leo on
the Moon may be an indication of birth of a child in the period of
the Moon. The individual may go abroad in the period of the Moon
and live there when Jupiter placed in Swati projects an aspect to it.
He will be very solicitous of his father in the period of the Moon
when Jupiter occupies Uttar Asadha in Sagittarius. A male individual
with Venus in association with the Moon may get married in the
period of the Moon. An individual of either gender will get married
in the period of the Moon when Venus placed in the sign Libra in
Vishakha projects an aspect to the Moon. When Venus projects an
aspect to the Moon from Libra placed elsewhere in the sign, marriage
of a male individual will take place in the period of the Moon. The
individual may join a government service or he acquires a high
position in the period of the Moon when Saturn placed in Krittika is
associated with the Moon. He will make gains from his profession
in the period of the Moon when Saturn placed in Poorva Bhadrapada
projects an aspect to the Moon. The individual may have much to
do with his elder siblings during this period. He may be happy and
contented in the period of the Moon when Saturn projects an aspect
to the Moon from Punarvasu in Cancer. The individual may meet
with many strangers in the period of the Moon when Rahu placed
in Bharani is associated with the Moon. The individual will be of
devotional nature in the period of the Moon when Ketu occupies
Krittika and it is associated with the Moon. A waning Moon in 1640'
to 20 would make the individual of critical temperament. The
Moon near 20 may cause mental disturbance due to trouble related
to mother. The Moon between 2320' to 2640' may cause danger
' of drowning. According to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam a person
with the Moon in Aswini should be intelligent; in Bharani he would
be good looking and firm; and, in Krittika he would be a Casanova.
Undue interest in the opposite sex is also noticed when the Moon
occupies Bharani. The Moon in Aswini with Mars will give psychic
powers and ability to contact supra-mundane entities.
54 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
MARS in Aries is in his own house. It strengthens the ascendant
and makes the individual muscular, long lived and very confident.
The individual would have two wives and would also have physical
relations with other women. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter
on Effects of the Bhava Lords supports this statement. However,
Mars is the owner of the eighth house from the ascendant too.
This is not a good qualification. The individual therefore would not
be wholly free from physical trouble. He would also face certain
dangerous and difficult situations in his life. This location of Mars is
not good for marriage. There would be tension between the married
partners. The individual would be passionate and inclined to form
liaisons outside marriage especially when Mars occupies Krittika
and the Sun is in Libra. Mars in the fourth navamsha and the Moon
or Ketu in Sagittarius would persuade the individual to take up
residence at a religious place. When Rahu is also involved in this
combination he will live abroad. The Sun placed in Bharani
associated with Mars is an indication that the individual may have
romantic involvement in the period of Mars. The Sun placed in
Vishakha projecting an aspect to Mars shows that the individual is
likely to have a child born to him in the period of Mars. The Moon
placed in Aswini in association with Mars indicates an interest in
the occult during the period of Mars. The individual is likely to face
trouble from masses in the period of Mars when the Moon placed
in Swati projects an aspect to Mars. Mercury associated with Mars
may produce issues relating to the younger siblings in the period
of Mars, Mercury placed in Vishakha in a female chart projecting
an aspect to Mars may disturb her marriage in the period of Mars.
The relations of the individual will be happy with his father in the
period of Jupiter when Jupiter placed in Krittika is associated with
Mars. A journey abroad undertaken in the period of Mars would be
troublesome when Jupiter placed in Swati projects an aspect to
Mars. Mars shows a marriage of the individual in its period that
would develop fissures later when Venus occupies Vishakha and
projects an aspect to Mars. The individual is likely to face trouble
from the government when Saturn placed in Krittika associates
with Mars. The individual may gain long withheld money in the
period of Mars when Saturn placed in Poorva Bhadrapada projects
an aspect to Mars. It may cause marital difficulties to a female
individual in the period of Mars when it occupies Vishakha and
projects an aspect to Mars. The individual may find his education
The First House 55
in doldrums in the period of Mars when Saturn placed in Aslesha
projects an aspect to Mars. Aberrations may be seen in the sex life
of an individual in the period of Mars when Rahu placed in Bharani
associates with Mars. Marital relations for a male become difficult
when Mars is placed between 1640' and 20 in the sign. Mars
would be in Bharani constellation making a male individual inclined
to separation due to bickering in married life. Such an individual
should not do business relating to cosmetics, luxury goods, vehicles,
etc in partnership. This location of Mars is not good for physical
well being of the individual. It makes the individual prone to vehicular
accidents. Mars near 20 may generate trouble on account of a
woman.
Mars in contact with the Sun could indicate an individual with
impressive personality and high status; with the Moon it may cause
danger through water; with Mercury it would indicate. interference
in his life by the family of his mother; with Venus it could indicate
heightened sexual activity; and; with Saturn it would prove
dangerous. Mars in contact with Rahu would keep the individual
engaged in research, but with Ketu it would promote knowledge of
the occult.
Mars in Aswini is indicative of acquisition of occult powers.
Mars placed in the sign between 640' and 1 oo shows troublesome
relations with a younger sibling. Mars in Bharani shows close
involvement with the family and an unsatisfactory married life.
Mars in Krittika shows a dominant individual with a fiery temper.
MERCUW in Aries would be taken as badly placed since it has
just emerged from its debilitation and this is not a particularly
helpful sign for it The individual may talk fast or he may have
some defect in his speech. The individual may be an author or a
journalist. The individual may write on metaphysical matters in the
period of Mercury when Jupiter placed in Aswini is associated with
Mercury. A well placed Venus would confer success in business.
Hora Ratnam feels that the individual will travel much and will not
be reliable. He cannot hope to remain in good health or free of
trouble during the period of this planet when Mercury gets related
to Saturn in any manner. A similar involvement with Mars would
cause accident or injury. Saravaii states that the individual may
become indebted or go to jail several times. His younger siblings
would also be unhappy during this period. The individual may not
56 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
be on good terms with them but they would be close to his wife.
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastrastates that the individual wi II be timid.
Mercury in Bharani may cause trouble in marriage of the individual
on account of another woman. Mercury in Krittika constellation
would fan passions. It inclines the individual to seek multiple
relationships. The individual may have some misunderstanding in
his love life in the period of Mercury. Venus in Krittika in association
with Mercury would produce more than one love affair in the period
of Mercury. This location of Mercury in Aries seems good for the
education of the younger siblings. They could also get admissions
to the desired educational institutions. Mercury in the sign between
320' and 640' would produce a smooth talker. The individual will
be much concerned relating to educational matters during the period
of Mercury when it occupies the sign between 1 oo and 1320'.
JUPITER is in a friendly sign in Aries. Being the owner of its
mooltrikonasign Sagittarius, which is in the ninth house, Jupiter in
the ascendant would be inclined to be highly beneficial. It will turn
the individual wealthy. He may earn his wealth through immovable
property. He is likely to attain a high position but he may have to
go away from his place of birth. Horasara says that he will be like
a king. Jupiter would be better in Aswini or Krittika than in Bharani.
Jupiter in Aswini or Krittika constellation should turn the individual
towards God.The individual would tend to be heavily muscled. He
would be fortunate and should have good children. He will be happy
with his children. His married life should also be satisfactory but
Jupiter being also the owner of the twelfth house it would be inclined
to cause changes and separations too. Saturn placed in Bharani in
association with Jupiter may see good income and substantial
expenditure in the period of Jupiter. He may travel over long
distances. The individual will travel abroad in the period of Jupiter
when Rahu is associated with it. In such a situation there is a
possibility of his getting admitted to a hospital, ashram or monastery
also in the period of Jupiter. In 320' to 640' Jupiter would be
inclined to give much wealth, but expenses would also be substantial
for good and justified causes. Jupiter in 1 oo to 1320' would cause
a change of residence, and between 1320' to 1640' it may send
the children of the individual away. Malefic influence on Jupiter
when it is in 20 to 2320' in the sign is bad for marriage. It could
lead to a breakdown in marital relations. When Jupiter is close to
The First House 57
20 in the sign it would tend to remove the individual from his
place of birth for higher studies.
VENUS in Aries is in an indifferent sign. The individual is fond
of jewellery. He will be good looking and would marry a very
attractive person. He has many romantic alliances and he will have
a large sexual appetite. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja supports
this statement. The female individual could have bi-sexual
orientation since Saturn is debilitated in this sign. Sarvarth
Chintamani ascribes good results to the major-period of Venus
here. The wife of the individual is very close to his family and rules
Over his wealth. The individual lusts after opposite gender and has
multiple relations when Venus occupies 640' to 10. He will have
musical talent when Venus is in this position and would like dancing.
The individual will be keenly interested in vehicles when Venus is
placed between 1 oo and 1320'. He may marry after a romance in
case Venus occupies 1320' to 1640'. Venus in 1640' to 20
indicates a spouse who is ever unhappy with the individual. He will
find working in a partnership difficult as the partner would be of a
fault finding type. Venus in 640' to 20 produces a sexually
promiscuous person. The spouse dotes on the individual when
Venus is placed between 20 to 2320'; Venus in 2320' to 2640'
produces an individual who is obsessed with sex. A male individual
would turn lucky after his marriage if he has Venus placed beyond
2640'. This individual would flourish in a business partnership.
The major-period of Venus could cause death of the individual as
Venus is the owner of two maraka houses (i.e. the 2nd and 7th from
the ascendant). The results of Venus in this sign when placed in
Aswini will depend on the position of Ketu in the chart. Ketu in the
sixth house will disturb marriage. Ketu in the eighth house may
bring about death of the individual in the major-period of Venus.
Ketu will cause much sexual satisfaction when it is placed in the
twelfth house. Venus in contact with Mercury in this constellation
could produce some physical deformity. Venus will gain in strength
when it occupies its own Bharani. Venus in Krittika may bring about
a long lasting romantic affiliation.'
SATURN is debilitate'\! in Aries and its location.in the sign in
ascendant is bad. The individual may take up a minor position in a
uniformed service but his career may proceed apace. He may not
have much patrimony. The individual would not be good looking
58 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
and comfortable in life. Generally people would try to avoid him.
Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja supports this statement. Saravali
says that he will have to work very hard in life. Success may elude
him. The elder sister of the individual too may lead an unhappy
life. The individual is likely to face trouble from the government.
The individual would marry late but it would be a happy marriage.
His relations with his younger siblings may be satisfactory. The
eldest child of the individual would experience obstacles and trouble
in his affairs. Saturn in 320' to 640' may turn the individual into
a miserly person. It would give much mental tension when placed
between 10and 1320' in Aswini. He will face much trouble on
account of his children if it occupies 1320' to 1640' in Bharani. It
would disturb the health of the individual when it occupies 1640'
to 20. Saturn in Krittika would be obstructive and would make the
individual unlucky. He will be ambitious but will find it difficult to
realise his ambitions.
Saturn in contact with the Moon will produce a worried man.
His childhood may have been difficult and his mother might have
suffered. When Saturn is in contact with Mars the individual is
likely to face mortal danger. In contact with Mercury Saturn will
seriously jeopardise health of the individual. Saturn placed in the
sign between 1320' and 1640' may cause kidney failure. With
debilitated Saturn he will have an unhappy career. He will suffer
from an undiagnosed or untreatable malady when Saturn is in
contact with Rahu.
RAHU in Aries with malefic influence is not good. The individual
will not be handsome. His health would be weak. Sarvarth
Chintamani says that the individual will suffer sorrow and defeat.
The individual will face sorrow, losses through theft, and trouble
from the government during the sub-periods of naturally malefic
planets but the sub-periods of the naturally beneficial planets would
give satisfactory results. The individual may marry a complete
stranger or a foreigner when Rahu is in Bharani. It is generally
taken that Rahu in the ascendant in Aries, Cancer or Leo gives
much wealth. Mars in Cancer would cause a disturbed mind giving
rise to psychosomatic ailments. He will resort to fraud in matters
relating to wealth or business when Rahu occupies 1640' to 20.
It would induce abnormal sex appetite in the eighth navamsha.
Rahu in Aswini could have an adverse effect on the intellect and
The First House 59
academic achievements of the individual. Rahu in Bharani in contact
with Jupiter could help the individual gain wealth through unknown
. women. Rahu in Krittika and the Sun in Sagittarius would cause
journey abroad. Journey abroad is also possible in the period of
Rahu if it occupies the sign between 2640'and 30. The individual
may have a diplomatic assignment.
KETU is in a friendly sign in Aries. Being a naturally malefic
planet it would cause discomfort and tension when it is placed in
the ascendant. Sarvarth Chintamani states that Ketu in the
ascendant is likely to cause sickness and trouble to the individual.
The individual may not have a pleasant personality. When it is in
contact with the Sun it would make the individual highly spiritual.
He would have a good knowledge of mantras. The individual may
be troubled by ghosts and minor astral entities if Ketu is in contact
with Mercury. Ketu in contact with Mars could confer psychic powers
on the individual. Ketu in its own Aswini would be inclined to give
the general results stated above. Ketu in Bharani would give results
depending on the location of Venus in the chart. Ketu placed in the
sign between 1320' and 1640' would tend to promote devotion
to Lord Shiva. Its position between 1640' and 20 in the sign
would not be good since it would cause trouble to the individual
through disincarnate malefic entities. Ketu in the sign between 20
and 2320' would cause tension and unhappiness in marriage. Ketu
in Krittika would make the individual highly religious and spiritual.
The individual may also be fortunate.
Taurus: Persons having Taurus rising are also of middle stature
but whereas Arians are lean and muscular, they are stocky in build
with a thick neck. The stature of the individual will also be
determined by the sign that the owner of the ascendant occupies.1
As has been stated before if the ascendant has a long sign or the
owner of the ascendant occupies a long sign, the individual would
tend to be tall. Therefore the sign that rises in the ascendant and
the sign that the owner of the ascendant occupies will determine
the stature. The shoulders are large and hair thick, curling and
dark. Persons with Taurus in the ascendant like to eat and have a
quite disposition. They are slow to anger but once aroused they
are difficult to handle. The ascendant gets related to the sixth
house through Venus. They are prone to suffer from urinary and
kidney troubles if Venus is in contact with Saturn. The physique is
10
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
susceptible to disease and oonsequences of excesses. These persons
are prone to face disputes and accidents in life when Venus is in
contact with Mars. They may be in close contact with the family of
their mother when Venus is in contact with Mercury. Persons having
their Venus in contact with Ketu could be harmed by feminine
aspects of nefarious astral beings. These persons may be harmed
by or on account of women. Women could be source of trouble to
them. They would be attached to material wealth and prosperity.
They are happy with their younger siblings, sub-ordinates and
servants.
Lagna Chart 11-2
,-.----
I
Mer Mon
I ---i-----1
Sat
L __ , _ "---------""--------"
Ket
Sat
,_._
' Mon
Mer
Navamsha
.Sun
. Rah
Ven
The First House
61
Male, 5 February 1928, 1230 hours, 38N31 ', 81 W 3 8 , 0500
hours West of Greenwich
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 952250'11" Moon Venus 851628'05" Venus
Moon 3521 28'02" Mercury Saturn 7s246'38" Mercury
Mars 8s2012'45" Venus Rahu ls2414'19" Mars
Mere 10s1026'02" Rahu Ketu 752414'19" Mercury
Jupiter 115945'16" Saturn Ascdt 151226'03"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
This is a married male. He started seeing another woman.
This led to his divorce.
The SUN in Taurus is in enemy territory. The individual could
be arrogant. He could turn bald. Mansagarisays that the individual
may keep poor health in childhood and he would have a lean
physique. Taurus is a fixed sign and the Sun owns the fourth house
of mind. The individual is therefore likely to be headstrong and
unyielding. This location of the Sun would make the mother of the
individual irritable or short tempered. The married life of the
individual would not be satisfactory. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam
feels that the Sun in Taurus reduces love between married partners.
Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja says that the Sun may give good
vehicles to the individual. The Sun will give results as stated above
when it is in Krittika constellation. He may not have good relations
with his father when the Sun is in the beginning of the sign till
320'. He will not be able to secure a high position despite being
very ambitious on account of his uncompromising attitude when
the Sun occupies the sign between 320' and 640'. The individual
will be more successful in life when the Sun is placed between
640' and 10. In Rohini the Sun could cause some domestic tension.
He would be attracted to dignified and good looking women. The
individual will go away from the place of his birth and prosper at a
new place when the Sun occupies the sign between 1 oo and 1320'.
This may in the process bring about a separation from his spouse,
In Mrigshira the Sun would make the individual very attractive and
manly. In a female chart, she could be dominating. He is likely to
change the place of his residence. This position however will not
be conducive to peace in marriage. The Sun occupying the sign
between 2640' and 30 indicates trouble with respect to children.
62 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
The l'vlOON ,is exalted in this sign. The individual would be
close to his younger sister. The younger siblings may be happy and
successful. The individual would be closely aligned with their
success. Both Saravali and Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam hold that
such an individual would have many daughters. He will be generous
and would have authority. The second half of his life should be
happy. The younger female siblings of the individual may do well
in life. The Moon in contact with the Sun would make the individual
travel away from home regularly. There could be separation from
mother. The Moon in contact with Mars would have a younger
sibling in a uniformed job. A younger sister of the individual could
be a good author and she may communicate well when the Moon
is in contact with Mercury. She may be successful, wealthy and
well set-up in life but may not be happy when Jupiter is in contact
with the Moon. In contact with Venus it would cause trouble for
the younger siblings. The individual may be the cause of this trouble.
The Moon in contact with Saturn should see the individual forge
ahead in professional field with the help of a mature female. The
Moon in Krittika imparts aesthetic sense to the individual. The Moon
in Krittika promotes extra-marital relations according to Varah Mihir
in Brihajjatakam. The Moon between 320'and 640' would develop
atheism in the individual. He may travel abroad if the Moon is in
contact with Rahu. He may have talent for music when the Moon
occupies the sign between 640' and 10. The younger sibling of
the individual goes away when a waning Moon is in Rohini between
1 oo and 1320'. The Moon in Mrigshira makes for tension in
marriage. There would be many short journeys. The individual will
change his residence when the Moon occupies the sign between
'2320'and 2640'.
MARS in Taurus ascendant would make the individual active
but not at ease. He may get injured or suffer from boils. Bhrigu
says that he may be of short temper. Its aspect on the eighth
house will not be conducive to good longevity since it is the owner
of the twelfth house. It could cause temporary separation in
marriage for various reasons. There could be minor irritation in
marriage. The individual will be highly stubborn. According to
Chamatkar Chintamanithe individual would be adulterous. Saravali
supports this statement. It may bring about a change in place of
residence. He may face some dangerous situations which may
threaten his life. According to Bhavartha Ratnakarthe major-period
The First House 63
of Mars would give wealth. Mars in contact with the Sun would
involve the individual in a business dealing with property. The
individual will be bothered by his younger sibling when the Moon is
in contact with Mars. He will stand to lose due to his harsh speech
when Mercury is in contact with Mars. He may be successful when
Jupiter comes in contact with Mars. He is likely to travel abroad on
work when Saturn joins Mars. Mars in contact with Rahu may cause
the incarceration of the individual through a stranger. It may give
extra-sensory perceptions when it is in contact with Ketu. Mars in
Krittika makes the individual dark and handsome. He may face
damage to his property. The father of the individual may face serious
trouble with regard to his property when Mars occupies the sign
between oo and 320' in Krittika in Taurus. The individual may
prosper at a new place. The individual may lose a high position if
Mars occupies the sign between 320' and 640' in Krittika. Mars in
Rohini would remove the individual from.his birthplace particularly
when it occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'. Mars in Mrigshira
would give general results stated above.
MERCUW in Taurus is a happy placement for the planet since
it would be in a friendly sign. Mercury owns the second and fifth
houses from the ascendant hence it forms a rajyoga in this position.
The individual will be good looking according to VriddhayavanJataka
of Minaraja and pleasant to talk with. He will lead a comfortable
life. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that an individual with Mercury
in Taurus will have several wives. His marriages, some of which
may arise out of his love affairs, may not be happy. The individual
may take up business at a new place. He may incur losses in
business if he carries out the venture at his native place. He may
do well as an author according to Bhattanarayan in Chamatkar
Chintamani. He will be happy with his children. The individual will
experience the effects of a rajyoga in his 34th and 35th years when
Mercury is in contact with the Sun. It may give a legacy when in
contact with Jupiter. There could be some unhappy developments
concerning his eldest child. He may go abroad when Saturn is in
contact with Mercury. The individual will have an excellent academic
career when Mercury is in Krittika. Mercury between oo and 320'
in Krittika will make the children of the individual do well in life
away from their place of birth. The individual will take up a job at
which he can work from home when Mercury occupies 320' to
640' in the constellation. The individual will write stories when
64 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mercury is in Rohini. There may be breaks in his education if Mercury
is placed between 20 and 2320'. Mercury in Mrigshira may give
marriage arising out of a love affair. It may cause strain in marriage
as his wife could be a spendthrift.
JUPITER is in an inimical sign in Taurus. However, all the three
constellations in this sign are friendly with Jupiter. It owns the
eighth and eleventh houses from the ascendant. The individual is
likely to be corpulent according to Saravali. His children will do well
during the major-period of Jupiter but they will also face some
trouble or the other at the same time. The spouse of the individual
is likely to be from a wealthy family, He may have a satisfactory
marriage. The owner of the eighth house in the ascendant would
mean improvement in prospects of longevity. The major-period of
Jupiter will not be very fortunate for the individual. Jupiter in contact
with Mercury may cause birth of a child to the individual in his 34th
or 35th years or 51st to 56th years. This is an indication of gain of
wealth. Jupiter in contact with Venus will make the individual'
handsome and musical though overweight. Jupiter in contact with
Saturn will make him wise and fortunate. He will do well at his
profession. Jupiter in contact with Rahu will develop interest in the
individual in unknown facts and a desire to carry out research. He
will have diplomatic skills and will have to deal with strangers. He
may also have to travel abroad. Jupiter in contact with Ketu will
turn the interest of the individual to spiritualism and existence
beyond this world. Jupiter in Krittika would bring difficult matters
relating to the father of the individual to the fore during the major-
period of Jupiter. This may cause unease to the individual. When
Jupiter occupies Rohini the eldest child of the individual will be
fortunate and will do well in life. A younger sister of the individual
may become successful in this major-period after initial difficulties.
Jupiter in Mrigshira may cause death of the husband of the individual
in case Saturn is related in any manner with this combination.
Jupiter is dangerous to the eldest child when it occupies Mrigshira
between 2640' and 30.
VENUS in Taurus will be in its own sign but it would be in
inimical constellations. Hence full good results that ought to have
accrued to the individual from the owner of the ascendant being in
the ascendant will not be available. According to Jatakabharnam
the individual would be good looking and proficient at fine arts. He
The First House 65
will lead a comfortable life according to Bhattanarayan in Chamatkar
Chintamani. Bhrigu states that the individual will be long lived and
liked by women. This is not a good position for sexual chastity and
a happy married life. Venus in Krittika will involve the individual
with vehicles. He will acquire vehicles when Venus occupies the
constellation between 640' and 10. Venus in Rohini should help
the individual live in an elegant house. A female individual may
suffer from trouble in her reproductive system. This position
generally causes urinary trouble. There could be some trouble on
account of ill disposed females when Venus is in Mrigshira in the
last 640' of the sign, It would create trouble in marriage of the
individual too in this position as he would have a roving eye. Venus
in this constellation in the sign beyond 2640' would engage the
individual in fine arts and with his eldest child but his efforts will
not bear enough fruit.
Venus in contact with the Sun is capable of causing injury
through fire. The individual will be home loving. Venus in contact
with the Moon may produce a handsome person who likes to travel.
Venus in contact with Mars may cause injury to the individual and
trouble in marriage. Venus in contact with Jupiter may turn the
individual away from religion and make him unfortunate; and, the
person will not be able to gain from opportunities. Venus in contact
with Saturn will promote the prospects of the individual in his
profession. He may go abroad or take up law for study or practice.
When Venus is with Rahu he would stand to face trouble from
utter strangers. He may be promiscuous in sexual matters. If Saturn
is also involved he will go abroad. Venus in contact with Ketu will
cause trouble to the individual through black magic and spells.
SAlURN in Taurus is in friendly sign but inimical constellations.
It is a yogakaraka planet for the ascendant. It may not give the
expected results in full in these circumstances. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam does not speak highly of Saturn in this sign. According
to him the individual may have relations with many women of
doubtful probity. He may marry more than one woman. He may
not be wealthy. He may not be comfortable and at ease with himself.
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra states that the individual may not
keep good health in his adolescence. It will however prove to be
helpful to the individual in his profession. The individual is likely to
get residential accommodation from the government as a part of
66 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
his service conditions when the Sun is in contact with Saturn. He
may take up a job in tourism or communication sector when the
Moon is in contact with Saturn. He may travel abroad after his
marriage if Mars and Rahu are in contact with Saturn. He may be
a teacher when Mercury is in contact with Saturn. Jupiter in contact
with Saturn would cause trouble to the father of the individual and
in his profession. He will do well at his job when Venus is in contact
with Saturn. Saturn in contact with Rahu is an indication of journeys
abroad. The individual would be interested in mysticism when Ketu
is in contact with Saturn. Saturn in Krittika may confer some
authority and power to the individual as well. The younger sibling
of the individual may not do well in life. Saturn in Rohini between
1 oo and 1320' may make him leave the place of his birth and live
elsewhere. Saturn in Rohini makes the individual travel to earn his
livelihood. Saturn in Mrigshira may be particularly troublesome to
him. Saturn in Mrigshira will be tough on his marriage. There would
be changes in job. If Rahu is involved the individual may travel
abroad. It will prove a troublemaker in marriage when placed
between 2640' and 30 in the sign. Saturn may promote discord
and final separation in a male chart in such a position.
RAHU is considered exalted in this sign. It is a naturally malefic
planet. Its presence in the ascendant would not be conducive to
physical well being and comfort but Garga feels that the individual
will be courageous. The individual will try to be the dominant partner
in marriage. His marriage will be in jeopardy. Rahu will have the
ability to give good results to the individual. He can be a competent
diplomat if Mercury is in contact with Rahu. He will be able to
insinuate himself into favours of young women. It may not be
helpful to parents when placed in Krittika or Rohini. Rahu in Rohini
in contact with the Sun will be troublesome to the mother of the
individual. Rahu in contact with Mercury would tend to give an
extremely clever way of talking that may have more than one
meaning; in contact with Jupiter it would produce an agnostic who
would dislike religion; and in contact with Venus a person with
high sex drive. Rahu in Mrigshira in contact with the Moon would
cause impediments in the life of the younger sibling. It could place
the individual under some kind of restraint when it occupies
Mrigshira. The individual in Chart 11-2 above has Rahu in his
The First House 67
ascendant in Mrigshira constellation. Mars owns the seventh and
twelfth houses. Rahu is placed in a sign of Venus. This creates a
strong suspicion that Rahu would separate the individual from his
wife. This person got separated for he had got involved in an extra-
marital affair.
KETU will be debilitated in the ascendant and will be in an
inimical sign. The presence of this naturally malefic planet in
debilitation and in inimical sign in the ascendant would not be
conducive to good health and physical well being of the individual.
Sarvarth Chintamani supports this statement. However, adverse
results will not be overpowering since it shall be in friendly
constellations in the sign. Ketu is a headless entity. When it is
alone in the ascendant it would tend to make the efforts of the
individual directionless. The individual may face trouble from
supernatural origins. Ketu in Krittika or Rohini in contact with Jupiter
may give supernatural powers to the individual. He would however
be liable to trouble arising out of use of these powers. He will
practise spiritual methods for experience of the Immanent when
Ketu is in Mrigshira but he may not succeed.
Gemini: People with Gemini in the first house are tall and
erect. They are distinguished by long arms and a long straight
nose. The hair is dark. The individual is intelligent and imaginative,
and his understanding is good. The ascendant is closely related to
the fourth house. Since it is Mercury that relates the two houses,
the individual is inclined to be an intellectual. He likes mental pursuits
and studies throughout his life. He does well at studies. He also
likes travelling. They like home and are happiest there. Vriddhayavan
JatakaofMinaraja states that the individual will be of fair complexion
and fond of female company. These people have very strong likes
and dislikes and their antagonism to persons whom they do not
like is fixed and powerful. They make dutiful spouses and
professionals. They do not turn very rich. They are happy even
when they go to a new place and settle down there. They may
have romantic or devotional nature depending on the influence
that Venus receives in the chart. Their careers are generally stable
and sound unless Jupiter is badly mauled in the chart and Saturn
does not lend support ..
68
Ket
Jup
Sat
Mer Ket
Ven
Ven
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mer
Sun
Mar
Sun
L.agna Chart 11-3
Jup
Mon
Sat Rah
9 November 1960, 2040 hours, 22N34', 88E24'0530 hours
East of Greenwich.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 6s2354'54" Jupiter
Venus 752943'52" Mercury
Moon 3s250'24" Jupiter Saturn 8s2051 '17" Venus
Mars 2s2431'38" Jupiter
Rahu 451946'9" Venus
Mere 6sl928'36" R Rahu Ketu 1 Osl946'9" Rahu
Jupiter Bs920'32" Ketu Ascdt 2s2014'57"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
This person is involved with his elder brother's wife. His wife
divorced him for this reason.
The First House 69
An individual having the SUN in the ascendant would be
versatile, fond of change, restless and sometimes rash. He will
have a positive mind. According to Saravalihe may be a scholar.
He may travel frequently over short distances. He will have
satisfactory relations with his younger siblings. His marriage may
come about through an advertisement or chatting over the internet
He would have a dignified and good wife and his married life will
be cordial. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states that the individual
may not keep good health and he may not be a good person. The
Sun in contact with the Moon makes for an impressive personality.
The individual will be an intellectual who will have an effective way
of speaking. The Sun in contact with Mars may bring some success
to the individual but it would make the individual an irascible person.
Mercury in contact with the Sun may produce an author. The Sun
in contact with Jupiter indicates a dominant wife. The Sun in contact
with Saturn shows a close interaction with the father and travels
abroad if Rahu is involved as well. The Sun in contact with Rahu
shows trouble through journalists and writing. The Sun in contact
with Ketu may cause trouble the source of which would lie in the
government. The Sun in Mrigshira could cause dispute in marriage
over a romantic liaison when the Sun is between oo and 320' in
the sign. This could also cause danger of an accident during a
short journey. The Sun in Ardra constellation will not be good for
the younger siblings. They would be a constant source of trouble
and worry for the individual. The individual may go abroad in the
period of the Sun when it is placed between 1320' and 1640' In
Punarvasu, the individual will be highly placed and known. The
Sun placed between 20 and 2320' in the sign is good for success
in efforts in collaboration with younger brothers.
The MOON in Gemini ascendant would be the owner of the
second house of wealth and family. The individual would tend to
be very careful with his money. He will have a good marriage and
he may collaborate with either wealthy or religious minded persons.
The individual would meet a large number of strangers in the course
of his work. The Moon in Gemini tends to produce persons with
intellectual bent of mind. He would be given to studying and writing.
He will have a versatile mind. Jyotish Makarandsays that he will
act responsibly with his family and will have a philanthropic state
of mind. He will be good looking and so would be his wife. A
70 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
waning Moon may not give very good results. He will be a persuasive
talker according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam. In Mrigshira
constellation the individual will have sucoess at competition and in
litigation, and good income. He will be worried on account of his
meager financial resources when the Moon occupies Ardra. He
could be unreliable and vicious. The individual gains well through
his profession and in case of a female chart, she marries into a
wealthy family when the Moon occupies Punarvasu. He will be
happy and good natured. A waning Moon between 2320' and
2640' in the sign is not good for the wealth of the individual.
The Moon in contact with Mars produces a person with rough
speech. The Moon in contact with Mercury indicates a close
relationship with the mother. The individual will have an intellectual
bent of mind. He will be balanced and sober when Jupiter is in
contact with the Moon. The wife of the individual will have a strong
influence on him. A romantic person with good aesthetic sense is
produced when the Moon is in contact with Venus. He may also be
a spendthrift. Saturn in contact with the Moon will have a sober
person who may brood over minor difficulties that he faces. He
may prefer seclusion. First six years of his life will not be good from
the point of view of his health particularly when Mars is also involved
in this combination or the Moon is in Mrigshira constellation. The
Moon in contact with Rahu will ensure that the individual is so
plaoed by circumstances that his liberty is severely curtailed. Sinoe
the twelfth house is a sign of exaltation for Rahu, This situation
would arise as a result of exercise of volition by the individual. The
sixth house is a place of debilitation for Rahu. Therefore when
there is contact between the Moon and Rahu in the chart the
individual may rely on wrong persons and suffer through deception.
The individual having the Moon in contact with Ketu would be
interested in the occult.
MARS will be in an inimical sign in the ascendant. It would
tend to make the individual cruel and ill disposed to all. Mars in
Gemini is dangerous sinoe being a karaka for litigation, disputes,
injury, accident, surgery etc; it would be in an inimical house. It
owns the sixth house from the ascendant as well as from itself.
The individual may get injured and be involved in disputes and
litigation. Property could be a source of trouble. Jatakabharnam
feels that the individual will be inimical to his own relatives. He
The First House 71
however may also have some sucoess in life. His married life would
be full of strife. His mother would lead a harsh life. Mars placed
between oo and 320' in the sign would in addition cause trouble
in the shape of injuries and accidents to his children. He will defraud
people when he has his Mars in Ardra. Mars in Punarvasu would be
the best in this sign. It would ensure some sucoess and income to
the individual. Mars would be inclined to give results relating to the
seventh and tenth houses from the ascendant.
Mars in contact with Mercury will produce much involvement
in property. There would be disputes at the work plaoe of the
individual and even with his spouse when Mars is in contact with
Jupiter. However, he is likely to gain and sucoeed in his endeavours
as well; His children may have some physical trouble or the other
when Venus is in contact with Mars. Mars in contact with Saturn
will be dangerous for the physical well being of the individual. Mars
in contact with Rahu will persuade the individual to try to gain by
defrauding others. He will be a victim of black magic practices
when Mars is in contact with Ketu.
In the above Chart ll-3 Mars occupies Punarvasu in Gemini.
Mars is plaoed between 2320' and 2640' in Taurus navamsha.
Sinoe this is the twelfth house in the birth chart, Mars being in an
inimical sign and under close aspect of Saturn gets the inclination
to separate or make the individual lose after a difference of opinion.
There was a divorce due to his immoral ways.
MERCURY in Gemini would be very good. Good health will be
assured. The individual would be handsome, studious and will love
his home. He should do very well at studies. He may be close to his
mother. Jatakabharnam says that he may be raised by two mother
like figures. Horasara says that he will be close to his mother and
will be very happy with her. He will speak politely and well. He will
be fortunate. Saravalisays that such an individual will have low
libido though he may have more than one wife. The good effects
of Mercury in the asoendant would be reduoed if it occupies Mrigshira
constellation of Mars. It would have a major effect on the speech
of the individual. He may cause enmity on account of his harsh
words. He may study engineering or mathematics. He may gain
through business but his marital life will develop tension. The
individual may turn unreliable and manipulative when Mercury
occupies Ardra constellation of Rahu. He may turn into a
72 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
demagogue. The location of Mercury between 10 and 1320'would
turn the interest of the individual into arcane writings and literature.
Mercury in Punarvasu will allow the individual to do well at his
studies. He will be honest and straight forward in his business
dealings. He may have special ability in financial matters.
Mercury in contact with Jupiter will give wealth through
business, teaching and educational occupations, and an optimistic
and scholarly disposition. Mercury in contact with Venus may develop
much interest and fondness for vehicles. Its contact with Saturn
could jeopardise his academic pursuits and he may develop defects
in his writings and speech. The individual will have psychic abilities
if Ketu is also involved in this combination. The individual will try to
manipulate and deceive if Mercury is in contact with Rahu.
JUPITER in Gemini will promote scholarship in the individual.
He will lead a pleasant and comfortable life. He may also be
comparatively free from disease. He will have a very happy married
life. His spouse may have a tendency to put on weight. He will be
deeply involved in his profession. The position of Jupiter indicates
a life of some status. Jupiter in contact with the Sun may raise the
status of the individual. He will be rich when Jupiter is in contact
with the Moon and rich and successful when in contact with Mars
but his marriage may come under strain. He will be an intellectual
and happy with his academic achievements when in contact with
Mercury. He will have a beautiful wife and he will be attached to
her when Jupiter is in contact with Venus. Such an individual may
also change his job. He may make a deep and painstaking study of
religion and law when it is in contact with Saturn. Jupiter will lose
some of its good effects when it is in contact with Rahu but he will
travel abroad. Jupiter in contact with Ketu would develop some
inclination towards the Divine, The individual may do well at a
teaching assignment. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja states that the
person would be eloquent and intelligent. Jupiter will project an
aspect to the fifth house which would not be particularly welcome
in the house. Hence it may not enhance the prospects of his children
though children may be born to the individual during the period of
Jupiter. Jupiter would be projecting an aspect to the ninth house.
Jupiter placed in the sign between 640' and 10 would produce
possibility of journeys abroad. He will be successful in his ventures
and have a good income when Jupiter occupies Mrigshira, the
The First House 73
constellation of Mars. However, the career of the individual and his
married life will not be free of disagreements. There may be some
worry on account of his children. He may not be very religious.
When Jupiter is in Ardra, the constellation of Rahu, good effects
would be minimized. She may marry much below her status, but
the individual may travel abroad regularly on account of business.
Between 1320' and 1640' Jupiter would promote lack of interest
in religion. Good effects of Jupiter will be enhanced when it is
placed in Punarvasu constellation. He will do very well at his
profession in such a position of Jupiter. The good general results
stated above would appear in substantial measure,
VENUS in Gemini would promote an inclination to have liaisons
with more than one person of the opposite sex. The individual
would be handsome and have an attractive appearance. He will be
pleasant and sociable according to Jatakabharnam. This location
of Venus according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam develops interest
and expertise in singing and dancing. He may have more than.one
daughter to whom he would be greatly attached. This would be a
strong possibility when Jupiter occupies Punarvasu. He will be a
fortunate person. He could be an author of stories. There would
be some dissatisfaction in married life. The wife of the individual
will be good looking too. Venus in Mrigshira, the constellation of
Mars would tend to break the marriage. In Ardra it would be bad
for the marriage and morals of the individual. Venus placed between
10and 1320' would develop much perversity in the individual in
sexual matters, In Punarvasu, it would develop an interest in
"literature. It would confer wealth and status on the individual. Gains
would be noticeable when Venus is placed between 20 and 2320'.
Venus in contact with the Sun would emphasise interest in
music and dance. Venus in contact with the Moon would give a
very pleasant way of talking. He may also be a poet. Venus in
contact with Mars would disturb marriage. Venus in contact with
Mercury would give recognized scholarship in classical literature.
Venus in contact with Jupiter will ensure wealthy and well placed
children. Venus in contact with Saturn will tend to show more of its
ability to cause separation and losses. The individual may leave
the place of his birth between the age of 25 and 27 years. He may
get separated from his wife. Venus in contact with Rahu would not
only be a factor for prominent libido but the individual would also
74 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
stand in danger of being placed under restraint. Venus in contact
with Ketu may not be good for his children.
SAlURN in Gemini would be considered well placed since this
is a friendly sign for it. According to Phaldeepika the individual will
be unhappy in his childhood. It may distance the individual from
his younger siblings. It may reduce sex urge in the individual. He
may have to undergo much physical exertion. He may leave the
place of his.birth and go and live at a new unknown place but this
move would be good for him and bring him prosperity and status,
Jatakabharnam says that the individual will travel considerably. He
may be slim but not emaciated and may have skin trouble. He will
give an appearance of a cold and unsocial person. He would appear
sober and mature. Bhrigu says that the individual will be fortunate
and very well placed in life as it would be occupying a sign of the
owner of the fourth house. Saturn would promote disagreements
and disease when placed in Mrigshira. In Ardra, the individual may
turn uncommunicative. He would be interested in the occult and in
history. The individual will be lucky in his marriage and profession
when Saturn occupies Punarvasu. His progress in profession would
be slow, not spectacular, but steady and he may reach a high
position in the course of time. Such an individual will man teaching
assignments too. It would create difficulties in marriage and career
when placed between 20 arid 2320'. Saturn, when placed between
2320' and 2640' would cause a break or separation in marriage,
Saturn in contact with the Sun would bring dishonour to the
individual. His younger sibling too may not prosper. Saturn in contact
with the Moon shows gain of a legacy provided Jupiter is also
involved in this scheme. Saturn in contact with Mars may cause
ill health and worry to the individual. Saturn in contact with Mercury
shows profession gained on the basis of academic performance,
but it makes the individual taciturn. Saturn in contact with Jupiter
will develop interest in philosophy and religion. The individual will
also be fortunate. Saturn in contact with Venus in a female chart
could cause lesbianism in the individual. It may cause break in
marriage and profession in any chart. The younger siblings of the
individual may face adversity. Saturn in contact with Rahu will cause
several journeys abroad. The individual may meet with many
strangers in his professional life. Saturn in contact with Ketu
The First House 75
indicates deep interest in yoga and occult practices but the individual
will have a tough life.
RAHU in Gemini is in a congenial sign. The individual will be
clever. According to Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja the individual
will be malicious and he may have poor health. He would be
courageous and a non conformist according to Garga. Venkatesa
Sharma in his Yogava!istates that Rahu in Gemini in the ascendant
with the Sun would confer long life. It would do good when in
Ardra but in the other two constellations, its effect would not be
too good. However, even in Ardra the individual would be prone to
contract undiagnosable disease when Rahu occupies the sign
between 1 oo and 1320'. In Mrigshira, the constellation of Mars,
he will have a tendency to defraud others. In Punarvasu in contact
with Mars Rahu may give success and income. Placed between
20 and 2320' Rahu may take the individual abroad in its major-
period.
The individual will be bold and prepared to be a leader when
Rahu is in contact with the Sun. The father of the individual may
not have a comfortable life. Rahu in contact with the Moon would
cause hallucinations. The family of the individual may lead a tough
life. Rahu in contact with Mars would be troublesome for the
individual and he may suffer through frauds. Rahu in contact with
Mercury would promote mental abilities of the individual to explore
little known branches of knowledge. Rahu in contact with Jupiter
would incline the individual to make money through unscrupulous
means. Rahu in contact with Venus would incline the individual to
satisfy his sex desire outside marriage. Rahu in contact with Saturn
will cause the individual to commit misdeeds. He will travel abroad.
KETU in Gemini is said to cause trouble in the 5th year of life.
It is a naturally malefic planet and would be in an inimical sign in
the ascendant. The individual will therefore face adversity in life.
Garga says that the individual may lose his wife. The behavior of
the individual will be erratic. The individual will succeed against his
competitors. It would bring success when in Mrigshira, particularly
in the field of publishing and press, but in Ardra it would be
troublesome. Ketu in Mrigshira would be inclined to cause physical
deformity. It would develop a spiritual bent of mind in the individual
in the constellation of Jupiter.
76
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Ketu in contact with the Sun may not be good for the father of
the individual. Ketu in contact with the Sun and occupying the sign
between 320' and 640' may give birth to conjoined twins. Ketu
in contact with the Moon would make the individual seek
acquaintance with the Unknown. Ketu in contact with Mars may
involve the individual in accidents. The adverse effects of Ketu are
exacerbated when it is in contact with Mercury. Ketu in contact
with Jupiter would produce a person who is deeply interested in
religious mysticism. Ketu in contact with Venus is an indication of a
person who is of devotional nature and is progressing on the road
to spiritual growth. Ketu in contact with Saturn will develop psychic
powers in the individual. Ketu in contact with Rahu will give bad
results to the individual.
Cancer: When Cancer rises in the first house the individual
would have a longer torso and comparatively shorter legs. He would
be slim but may develop a belly. He would be of small built and
have a pale complexion. He will not be tall. This person will have a
tendency to put on weight with even slightest indiscretion. This is
a sign of dwarfs. He may have brownish hair and grey eyes. He
would be home loving, sensitive and sentimental. He may have a
good sense of beauty but he may not be creative. He would pe
attracted to water and would prefer to stay close to water bodies.
He should not have many enemies. His marriage would be placid
and will lack warmth. He will be happy with his profession and has
the opportunity to become wealthy and a person with high status.
He will travel much. The sign that the Moon occupies will play a
significant role in his life.
Ket
Mon
Lagna Chart II-4
Sat Ven
Mer
Sun
Rah
The First House
77
Navamsha
Mar
Mon
Ven
Sat
Sun Rah
Ket
Jup
Mer
Female, 23 September 1977, 0230 hours, 23N13', 7 2 E 4 ~
0530 hours East of Greenwich.
Planet
Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun Ss611'17" Sun
Venus 45645'8" Ketu
Moon 9sl024'4" Moon Saturn 45150'55" Ketu
Mars 2sl924'43" Rahu Rahu Ss21 47'0" Moon
Mere 4sl829'49" Venus Ketu lls21 47'0" Mercury
Jupiter 2sll
0
0'14" Rahu Ascdt 3sll
0
50'14"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
This lady is working abroad since October 2001.
The SUN in the first house shows that the individual would
earn wealth through his own efforts. Jyotish Makarand says that
the individual will suffer from eye trouble and he will be miserly. If
the Sun is under influence of a naturally malefic planet the individual
will be under mental tension on account of his immediate family.
His married life may not be satisfactory. According to Saravali he
may not.have a good looking wife. An afflicted Sun will cause
trouble in the eye when it is between 1640' and 20 in the sign.
The Sun would be in Aslesha constellation of Mercury when it
occupies this band. Such an individual and his family will be close
to the maternal uncle of the individual. The Sun under malefic
influence may cause heavy expenditure. The individual should be
careful of his heart. He is likely to have good relations with his
father but if the Sun were under malefic influence he will not only
be disobedient to his father but would also be against his family.
78 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
The Sun in Punarvasu would bring forth matters relating to the
wealth of his father. If the Sun is under influence of a naturally
beneficial planet these matters will be pleasant and welcome,
otherwise they may cause much worry and trouble. The Sun in
Pushya will cause some unhappiness related to his married life.
The individual will be quick to anger when the Sun occupies Aslesha
and he will speak harshly.
The Sun in contact with Mars will give a high position and
employment in uniformed force. He may have abdominal surgery
when the Sun is in contact with Mars and placed in the sign between
1640' and 20. The Sun in contact with Mercury will produce a
forceful speaker. The Sun in contact with Jupiter will cause close
relationship with the father. The Sun in contact with Venus may
cause disturbed married life and therefore unhappiness. The Sun
in contact with Saturn will generate much trouble in partnership.
The Sun in contact with Rahu and placed in the sign beyond 2640'
will cause a sea journey abroad. The Sun in contact with Ketu and
the Moon in Sagittarius will cause congenital physical deformity.
The MOON in the ascendant will go a long way in ensuring
good health and a comfortable life to the individual, His children
will be fortunate. He will be good hearted, religious and generous.
His mother will be good looking, He may do much travelling, He
may go overseas. He will be impressionable and would take even
trifles to heart. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakamsays that this location
of the Moon will ensure wealth to the individual. The Moon here is
not very helpful in making the married life of the individual trouble
free. Much will depend on the phase of the Moon. If it is waning
and close to the Sun it will not be able to give very good results.
The mind may be dull according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam
when the Moon occupies Punarvasu. A bright and unafflicted Moon
will tend to take the individual on the path to God. He will be
happy and will have an optimistic approach to life. He may be over
weight. When the Moon is waning and under influence of a naturally
malefic planet the mind would remain anxious over money matters.
Brihajjatakam says that the individual would be graced with mental
quietude when the Moon occupies Pushya. A waning Moon in Pushya
constellation could be an indication for danger from water. When
the Moon is between 2320' and 2640' in the sign it could cause
depression and an unhappy state of the mind. The Moon in Aslesha
The First House 79
constellation could cause much travelling and staying away from
home. The individual may read and write but Varah Mihir feels that
such a person would be wily and treacherous. The Moon in contact
with the Sun would be a source of worry on account of family of
the individual. The Moon in contact with Mars may give ability to
emote. The Moon in contact with Mercury holds out a possibility
that he may turn out to be a good and imaginative writer. The.
Moon in contact with Jupiter shows that the individual would be
very successful but in a female chart her marriage may get disturbed.
When the Moon is in contact with Venus the individual would be
interested in vehicles. The Moon in contact with Saturn would create
danger from water. Cancer rising and waning Moon in contact with
Rahu may not be good for his health and comforts. When the
Moon is in contact with Ketu he would be successful in practice of
mantras.
MARS in the first house will be good for the marriage of the
individual as it is a yogakaraka planet for the ascendant.
Unfortunately it will be debilitated here and would constantly bother
the individual mentally with respect to his children and profession.
He may be irritable in nature. He may be travelling constantly and
may not have much leisure. He may have a dominating wife. His
home may be well appointed but he may have to stay away from
it. Horasara says that the individual will not have pleasure of the
oompany of his wife and children during the major-period of Mars.
Mars placed in Punarvasu would create irritation and worry over
children. He may get injured. In Pushya Mars will bring matter
relating to profession to the fore in its period. Professional matters
may show a decline. The individual may experience a dangerous
situation. His younger siblings may get injured when Mars occupies
the sign between 640' and 1 oo. In Aslesha, Mars would cause
setback in his education. He may change his business. His children
may face difficulties in life. His mother's family may undergo a
difficult time. The individual may be hospitalized for heart surgery
when the Sun is in contact with Mars. He may be highly sentimental
when the Moon is in contact with Mars. A contact between Mars
and Jupiter in a female chart portends trouble for her marriage.
The individual may have much interest in vehicles and property
when Mars contacts Venus. The individual may have a troublesome
and unsatisfactory career when Mars contacts Saturn. Mars in
80 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
contact with Rahu would reduce the physical felicity of the individual.
He will have devotion to the Divine when Mars is in contact with
Ketu.
In Chart 11-4 Mars rules the tenth house. It is placed in the
twelfth. In the navamsha chart Mars is in Pisces which is the ninth
house from the ascendant in the birth chart. Mars is in Ardra
constellation of Rahu. This makes it more than obvious that the
individual will take up a profession abroad at a new place.
MERCURY will be in uncongenial situation in the ascendant. It
will still be good for the marriage of the individual but it has the
potential to cause a separation. The individual may leave his place
of birth. He may also travel over short distances. Such an individual
according to Saravali Is likely to lose wealth on account of enmity
with women. He will have good education. He may speak effectively.
Correspondence, advertising and publicity play an important role
in his business. Jatakabharnam states that an individual with
Mercury so placed would be engaged in amorous activities most of
the time. In Punarvasu, it may separate the individual from his
father or guru, or cause ill health to his younger siblings. It will
also cause temporary separation, in a female chart, from husband.
In fact, her married life would be marked by repeated separations.
In Pushya it will cause a change in his long standing business. The
individual will go away after closing his business as he was facing
grave danger. When Mercury is placed between 320' and 640' in
the sign it is likely that the individual leaves his family too behind.
In its own constellation Aslesha, Mercury will promote imaginative
writing. Placed between 1640'and 20 results relating to the family
of his mother would appear prominently. It will also give general
results stated above. Mercury in contact with Jupiter will bring the
individual in close contact with his maternal uncle. This contact
may not be very palatable. He may be an intellectual. Mercury in
contact with Venus will be good for the academics. However, he
may have more than one partner. Mercury in contact with Saturn
will produce a businessman. Mercury in contact with Rahu may
cause incarceration of the individual. Mercury in contact with Ketu
may develop mystical leanings.
JUPITER will be exalted in this sign. It will make the individual
extremely fortunate and happy with his children. He will have a
religious bent of mind, He will have the blessings of a good guru.
The First House 81
His father will be well placed in life. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja
says that Jupiter will produce a noble, wise and wealthy person
who would be widely respected. Mostly ninth house results would
appear, Bhrigu ascribes dawn of good fortune in the 16th year to
this position of Jupiter. This individual is likely to be long lived
according to Saravali. This location of Jupiter is not very good for
his marriage. There may be situations when the individual may
apprehend separation. The eldest child of the individual will be
fortunate and wealthy. Jupiter in Punarvasu would be better but
when it occupies Pushya it would be inclined to cause worries,
indisposition and obstacles. Jupiter placed between 320'and 640'
in the sign could cause depletion of wealth. When placed between
640' and 10 it is likely to cause a hard time to his younger siblings.
He may have unsatisfactory relations with his children and they
too may face a difficult time when Jupiter occupies 1320' to 1640'
in the sign. Relations with younger siblings may not remain happy
when Jupiter occupies Aslesha. The individual may be scholarly
but he is likely to have difficulties over financial matters involving
his maternal uncle's family. His business is likely to falter if Jupiter
is placed between 20 and 2320'.
The individual will attain a high and powerful position when
the Sun is in contact with Jupiter. He will be close to his father and
the father will have much influence over him. A contact with Mars
will turn the individual into an irritable personality. The individual
will write and speak exhibiting much knowledge and depth when
Mercury is in contact with Jupiter. Jupiter in contact with Venus will
give good income and much sucoess. He will be successful in earning
well from his farms when Saturn is in contact with Jupiter. A contact
between Ketu and Jupiter will produce deep interest in mantras
and spirituality.
VENUS in Canoer will be in an inimical sign but still it is good
for the married life of the individual. He will be very good looking,
Saravali'\s of the view that the individual would suffer from troubles
due to alcohol and women. He may marry more than once according
to Horasara. He may be a poet, happy and wealthy according to
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. Bhrigu feels that he will like to dress
well, will be loved by his wife and get along well with the opposite
sex. He will have a well appointed home and will be fond of an
active social life. In Punarvasu Venus would be inclined to give
82 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
success in matters relating to household goods and vehicles. He
may buy a car. Venus in Pushya would be inclined to cause trouble
on account of women and in a female chart due to homosexuality,
Venus placed between 1320' and 1640' in the sign may be a
cause of separation from the beloved. In Aslesha it is sure to cause
more than one liaison in female charts and in male, multiple
marriages.
The person of the above chart went abroad for work in her
25th year. Venus rules this year. It owns the eleventh house and
occupies the second. Further, in the navamsha chart it is in Gemini
where Jupiter and Mars are placed in the birth chart. Whereas
Jupiter owns the sixth and ninth houses, Mars owns the fifth and
tenth. Venus is associated with Saturn therefore it will give results
relating to the career of the concerned person. Venus is with
Mercury. The latter is exchanging signs with the Sun. Rahu is
associated with the Sun. Hence Rahu is in contact with Venus.
Venus will therefore give results of the ninth house and it would
induce the individual to perform journeys abroad during its years.
SATURN in Cancer is not well placed. The individual will not be
good looking. His wife will maintain very good relations with his
younger siblings. Saravali states that the individual will be very
attached to his wife. The mooltrikona sign of Saturn would be in
the eighth house. This is always troublesome. It may create an
unhappy development in marriage. This would happen in a male
chart when Saturn has contact with Venus and in a female chart
when the contact is with Jupiter. He will have a very poor career
and consequently he may not be affluent. As Saturn is in an inimical
sign it is likely to give more of the results of the eighth house than
the seventh. The individual will face mental pain and frustration in
life. The worst sufferer will be his career. He will face setbacks and
humiliations in his career. According to Horasarathe individual will
be dependent on others. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that
the individual will be a pauper. The individual may not keep well in
his infancy. Saturn in Punarvasu will cause the wife of the individual
to be sickly. Still this will be a somewhat better position for Saturn
as the adverse results are likely to be mitigated to some extent. He
may be a knowledgeable person in legal matters. In Pushya Saturn
may cause dangerous situations or the individual may be very
unhappy. Saturn in the sign between 1 oo and 1320' will tend to
The First House 83
produce an individual with high sex drive. In Aslesha he will have
to face slanderous and scurrilous propaganda against him. He may
suffer losses on account of his loose talk. Saturn in contact with
the Sun will create complications in matters relating to inheritance.
There may be trouble through the government. Saturn in contact
with the Moon will give general results of its placement in the sign
stated above. The individual will be involved with affairs of common
man. Saturn in contact with Mars will aggravate its adverse effects
in the sign. The individual will be much troubled over matters relating
to his profession and health of his children. Saturn in contact with
Mercury will induce the individual to leave his place of birth. He
may have speech handicap. Saturn in contact with Jupiter will disturb
health of the individual and will give results similar to its placement
in Punarvasu. Saturn in contact with Venus may produce sexual
promiscuity. The professional career of the eldest sister of the
individual may be disturbed. Saturn in contact with Rahu will produce
a person with bad conduct. The individual may come in contact
with strangers. Saturn in contact with Ketu may develop psychic
propensities in the individual.
RAHU in the ascendant is not good. The individual will not be
attractive to look at. He will lack in negotiating skills and will be
quite tactless. He may have a tendency to behave fraudulently in
his transactions. Luckily its impact on marriage would be minimal.
Long journeys abroad could be troublesome. It is generally taken
that Rahu in the ascendant in Aries, Cancer or Leo gives much
wealth. Sarvarth Chintamanispeaks highly of Rahu in Cancer. It
however also says that Rahu in the ascendant would cause sorrows
and failures for the individual. However, Rahu is like Saturn in its
effects. Saturn in Cancer is not particularly helpful. Rahu placed
between 1320' and 1640' could be a source of trouble for the
individual relating to his children. He will always be worried on
account of his mother and his own health, but if Rahu is placed in
Punarvasu, he will go abroad. This individual could be related to a
financial fraud. In Pushya Rahu could cause danger through snake
and when in contact with Venus it would incline him to sexual
misdemeanours. In Aslesha Rahu may induce the individual to travel
to a new place for a publicity or TV assignment.
KETU would be good for mental peace and equilibrium in
Punarvasu. It may cause a congenital defect in the individual. Some
84
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
ascribe such defects to the doing of extra-mundane entities. There
would however be a tendency to probe the astral world and dabble
in the affairs of the dead. A genuine interest in religion and
spiritualism would also be shown. In Pushya Ketu would be
troublesome. A tendency to use psychic powers to harm others
would be noticed. The mind would be inclined to create difficulties
for others for no reason. In Aslesha the individual will have little
success in spiritual pursuits. He will tend to show off his religiosity.
He may be a fake mystic. Ketu in contact with Mars may promote
devotion to the Divine.
Leo: Leo on the cusp of the first house makes the individual
imposing and dominant. He will have a powerful constitution. He
will be tall, large, muscular and broad shouldered. His hair may be
curling or yellowish and bushy. He will not be happy with his spouse
but would be close to his children. Bhattanarayan in Chamatkar
Chintamanialso states that the marriage may not be a happy one.
He may not get along well with his younger siblings and his relatives
from his mother's side. He will have opportunity to turn rich in life
but stilt he may not like his profession. He will.have very strong
likes and dislikes and he may nurture his antipathies.
Lagna Chart 11-5
. r . r . ~ ~ ~ ~
Sat Rah
Man Ket
Mar
Jup
Ven
The First House
85
Navamsha
Mar
Mon
Ket
Jup
Ven
Sat
Rah
Sun
Mer
Male, 29 July 1966, 0810 hours, 2N45', 101 E45', 0730 hours
East of Greenwich. This person was shot dead in the major-period
of Mars and sub period of Rahu on 23rd August 2008.
Planet Longitude
Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 35124'41" Saturn Venus 2s1524'7" Rahu
Moon 8s346'1" Ketu Saturn 11 S62'46" R Saturn
Mars 2sl835'30" Rahu Rahu Os2919'22" Sun
Mere 3sU018'46" R
Saturn Ketu
6s2919'22" Jupiter
Jupiter 2s2457'23" Jupiter Ascdt 4s254'13"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN is the owner of the first house here. When it is placecl
in the ascendant it strengthens the constitution but disturbs married
life. The individual may have a haughty air about him but the
disposition would still be courteous. His father would also be a
prominent and well placed person. The individual may have a quick
temper according to Saravali. A good longevity is assured unless
there are reasons to the contrary. Bhrigu is of the opinion that
influence of a naturally malefic planet on the Sun would cause
fever in the 3rd year of life. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakamstates that
the individual will be night blind when the Sun occupies Leo. Such
an individual would find it difficult to work in partnership. According
to Bhrigu the individual may acquire rulership over a territory. The
Sun in Magha may effect a radical change in the marriage or
business of the individual. The Sun in Leo between oa and 320'
86 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
develops interest in religion and spirituality. There would be close
interaction with the father. The father will have very strong influence
over the individual. He will pursue his career very forcefully thus
sometimes causing trouble for himself. The Sun in Poorva Phalguni
may turn the individual in a person of ill repute. He will have strained
relations with his younger siblings. The Sun placed between 2320'
and 2640' would develop the ability to appreciate beauty and fine
arts. The Sun in Uttar Phalguni should give results similar to the
general ones described above. In the last navamsha of the sign
the Sun would drive the individual very close to his children. The
Sun in contact with the Moon would create distaste for home in
the mind of the individual. When it is in contact with Mars and has
influence of a naturally malefic planet the individual may develop
heart trouble. He will be a very effective speaker when the Sun is
in contact with Mercury. The individual may have some trouble in
his face or neck when the Sun is in contact with Venus. The marriage
of the individual will be disturbed when Saturn is in contact with
the Sun. He may face trouble through the government when the
Sun is in contact with Rahu.
The MOON in the first house would tend to remove the
individual from his place of birth and would not be favourable for
the stability of his marriage. He will be firm minded and dominant.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam states that the Moon in Leo produces
misogynists. Mansagari says that the individual will be visiting
prostitutes. The individual will be fond of living in mountains and
forests according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam. Vriddhayavan
Jataka of Minaraja states that he will gain if the Sun is exalted and
lose if it is The Moon in Magha constellation will develop
interest in spiritual matters in the individual. He may have mystical
inclination. The Moon placed in the sign between oo and 320'
would be excellent for this purpose. The Moon in the sign between
320' and 640' will give an excellent job to the individual at a new
place. Varah Mihir feels that the individual would have immense
wealth and many servants. The Moon in Poorva Phalguni sometimes
produces long distance walkers. The individual would be affable.
When the waxing Moon occupies a position between 2320' and
2640' it would inculcate in the individual a keen sense of
appreciation of beauty. The waning Moon in the last navamsha of
the sign in Uttar Phalguni constellation would produce a high minded
The First House 87
individual who would consider most others below par, It may also
give rise to some incompatibility in marriage.
The Moon would be a strong indicator of the place of residence
of the individual when it is in contact with Mars. The individual
may live abroad. His temper would be quick but it would abate
quickly. He may be a poet when Mercury is in contact with the
Moon. He may have much interest in jewellery in case Jupiter is in
contact with the Moon. He would be wealthy. He may be sickly and
morbid when Saturn is in contact with the Moon. The Moon in
contact with Rahu would be dangerous. The individual may be
jailed or kept in seclusion.
MARS is a yogakaraka for this ascendant. It will give wealth
and status but will also make the individual quick tempered. He
may not have physical leisure and comforts. It will give excellent
material prosperity. The individual will not have a happy-marriage.
This position of Mars is conducive to good longevity. The individual
will be fond of trekking in mountains and forests according to Varah
Mihir in Brihajjatakam. The individual is expected to possess much
property. He may not be cordial to his younger siblings.
Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja says that the individual will be
dominant and courageous. Mars occupying Magha constellation
should develop interest in spiritualism, This will appear strongly in
his personality when Mars occupies the sign between 1 oo and
1320'. Mars in Poorva Phalguni constellation may give many
vehicles. His relations with women of his mother's age would be
good when Mars is placed in Poorva Phalguni constellation. There
may be discord-between the individual and his younger sister when
Mars occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'. This location of
Mars may also cause dispute or damage to the property of the
individual. In Uttar Phalguni Mars will give much authority and a
high position. In such a situation the individual will have close
interaction with his father whose influence on him would be
noticeable.
Mars in contact with the Sun would give rise to a very strong
personality but the individual may suffer from heart ailment if Saturn
also contacts Mars. Mars in contact with the Moon would bring the
individual close to his mother. This contact is not good for the
longevity of the individual. Mars in contact with Mercury will turn
the speech harsh. Gain of property may develop slight hitch. The
88 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
individual may study electrical or computer engineering. Mars in
contact with Jupiter will see birth of children to the individual. He
may also have extraordinary interest in psychic powers. Mars in
contact with Venus will give a very active sex life to the individual.
He may remain in close contact with his younger sibling though
the contact may not be comfortable to him. This position is expected
to cause a rise in status of the individual. Mars in contact with
Saturn will be inclined to cause accidents and injuries to the
individual. The injury could be caused by fire or electricity. He may
undergo surgery. His marriage will not be happy. He will not be
successful in partnerships. Mars in contact with Rahu will cause
foreign travel. The individual will have to deal with riots and popular
uprisings. Mars in contact with Ketu will give supernatural powers.
MERCURY rules the houses of wealth and income in this
ascendant. When Jupiter is in contact with Mercury there is likelihood
of much wealth. Gopa/ Ratnakarstates that the individual will be
good looking. This is a good position for married life and relations
with maternal uncle. He will be an articulate person. This location
of Mercury tends to create problems in the education of the
individual. The individual can still be a good writer. He may be a
successful businessman. According to Horasara the individual will
not have happiness through his brothers, Mansagarisupports this
statement and goes on to say that the individual will not be reliable.
It also says that he will keep his wife happy. Mercury in Magha
may lose its ability to give good results. The individual will be
unreliable and his word cannot be taken without due verification if
Mercury occupies oo to 320' in the sign. The individual may get a
good position when Mercury is in the sign between 320' and 640'.
A person with Mercury in the third navamsha between 640' and
1 oo in the sign may develop the uncanny ability to predict correctly.
It would be best for good entertaining writing when placed in Poorva
Phalguni constellation of Venus. This location would also be good
for developing relations with the opposite sex. It may allow more
than one long term relationship. Mercury in Uttar Phalguni will give
the general results stated above.
Mercury in contact with Venus may produce a writer of fiction.
Mercury in contact with Saturn will give a career in business and
close contact with the family of the mother. Mercury in contact
with Rahu will produce a person with deceptive way of talking but
The First House 89
it will be a help in business for the individual. Mercury in Poorva
Phalguni in contact with Rahu will cause many alliances. The
individual may use females after making tall promises to them and
then renege on those promises.
JUPITER in Leo is considered as good as exalted by Varah
Mihir in Bnhajjatakam. He says that Jupiter in Leo will bestow all
those good results that have been mentioned under Cancer, which
are jewels, sons, wealth, property, wife, prosperity, influence,
intelligence and happiness. The individual will be good looking. He
will be long lived. The individual will be religious and close to and
obedient to his father. Mansagaristates that the individual will be
well built and soft spoken. He will be a person of good conduct
according to Gopal Ratnakar. Children will be born to the individual
in the period of Jupiter. It is excellent for individual's children and
his close and happy relations with them. It is satisfactory from the
point of view of married life. This Jupiter would not be that helpful
to the elder siblings of the individual. It would turn the individual
Godward if Jupiter is in Magha constellation. Jupiter placed in the
sign between oo and 320' will bestow a high position. When
occupying the sign between 1 oo and 1320' it may see the children
of the individual going away to new places. In Poorva Phalguni it
will bestow status in society. The female individual may marry for
love. In Uttar Phalguni the individual would gain power and authority.
The results in this constellation will be similar to the general results
stated above.
Jupiter in contact with the Moon is not helpful in matters relating
to longevity. There will be danger to life if Saturn also joins in. The
children df the individual will go away and live at a new place.
Jupiter in contact with JVIars will be inclined to cause accident and
injury to the individual. Jupiter in contact with Mercury will be
productive of much wealth. The elder sibling of the individual may
be an intellectual. Jupiter in contact with Venus would incline the
individual to take up aesthetics as a profession. Jupiter in contact
with Saturn may disturb the health of the individual and it may
also cause disappointments to him. Jupiter in contact with Rahu
will lose its ability to confer good results to the individual in a large
measure. He will however be tactful in his dealings and will have
the ability to keep everybody on his side. It may cause some problem
with respect to children and his conduct will not be what it appears
90 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
on the surface. Jupiter in contact with Ketu will give interest in the
occult and a devotional nature.
VENUS in Leo would be in an inimical sign. The individual
should be good looking and may have a beautiful wife. He may
have average comforts. He should be happy with his marriage. It
is possible that the wife may be older than him. He may not be
satisfied with his vehicle that may cause some problems for him.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that the individual will lead a
comfortable life and will earn through his wife or women.
Jatakabharnam supports this statement. Even though Venus is the
owner of the tenth house and occupies the ascendant, the individual
is unlikely to attain a high position in life. He may just be known in
society. Mahadev in Jatakatatva says thatthe major-period of Venus
will be good when the sub-period planet is a naturally beneficial
planet but the second half of the sub-period of a naturally malefic
planet will be adverse. Venus would give adverse results of its
placement in Magha constellation. However, between 320' and
640' Venus may ensure a good position for the individual. It will
be excellent in Poorva Phalguni. It may give better general results
stated so far. He will be more dignified and gregarious in Uttar
Phalguni.
Venus in contact with the Moon will be an indication of good
sexual life. The individual may have sound sleep. The younger
siblings of his may live at a new place. There may be change in
profession. Venus in contact with Mars would enhance the urge for
sexual gratification. The individual would be involved with vehicles.
He may take up a career in fine arts or theatre. His eldest child
may lead a happy and prosperous life. Venus in contact with Mercury
may give.more than one liaison with the opposite sex. It may also
give musical talent. Venus in contact with Jupiter produces an artist.
The individual will be wealthy and would lead a pleasant and happy
life. Venus in contact with Jupiter and in Magha may also incline
him to the esoteric. Venus in contact with Saturn may incline the
individual to marital infidelity. Venus in contact with Rahu would
lead to promiscuity and exoesses in sex.
SATURN in Leo would be .in an inimical sign but it will give
good results to the younger siblings of the individual. The individual
will not be good to look at and according to Gopal Ratnakarhe
may not lead a comfortable life. According to Saravali he may lack
The First House 91
comforts. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states that the individual
will not be humble. His conduct would leave much to be desired:
He will not be well liked. Marriage may take plaoe late and the
spouse may be of mature age. His marriage will be steady but not
free of trouble. Saturn in this position is very helpful for the
profession of the individual though sucoess may come to him rather
late in life. The individual will be a failure if he takes up agriculture
as a profession. He may not keep good health. It is average as far
as longevity is concerned. It will cause expenditure. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakamfeels that such an individual will be uneducated and
low in status. He may be troubled by menials. Gopa/ Ratnakarsays
that if Rahu occupies a sign of Saturn when Saturn is placed in the
asoendant in Leo, the individual is likely to die in a war or similar
action. Its adverse results would be more apparent when it is in
Magha. In case Saturn occupies oo to 320' he will turn unfortunate
and irreligious. He will be assured of some gains and sucoess when
it oocupies the sign between 640' and 1 oo. Saturn placed between
1 oo and 1320' will be bad for marriage. The individual may get it
dissolved. Saturn in Poorva Phalguni will be better. Saturn occupying
the sign between 1640' and 20 should give the individual a
vocation that may involve talking. Adverse results will be seen in
Uttar Phalguni.
Saturn in contact with the Moon will take the individual away
from his plaoe of birth. He is likely to have sleep disorder. Saturn in
contact with Mars may give rise to property disputes. Saturn in
contact with Mercury will produce a taciturn personality. The father
of the individual may lose his job if Saturn is in contact with Jupiter,
The individual will have a difficult marriage when Venus is in contact
with Saturn. The adverse effects of Saturn will be grossly
exaoerbated if Rahu is in contact with it. The individual may be a
cheat. He may have congenital physical abnormality if Ketu is in
contact with Saturn.
RAHU in Leo is not good in the ascendant. The individual will
not be handsome. He may not be clean in appearance. Journeys
abroad may be troublesome. The individual according to
Jatakabharnam may be lustful and unreliable. It is generally taken
that Rahu in the ascendant in Aries, Cancer or Leo gives much
wealth. Rahu in Leo may bring trouble through the government.
The individual will fare badly if he takes part in prooessions and
92 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
riots. With Rahu placed in Leo between 1 oo and 1320'the individual
may face situations where he may be under physical or mental
restraint. The individual will be inclined to adopt underhand dealings
to achieve his goals. Rahu occupying 320' to 640' should give
status to the individual and a position of power. It is not good in
Magha and Uttar Phalguni constellations and in Poorva Phalguni
constellation it would be inclined to promiscuity and extra marital
affairs. It would also be bad for the younger siblings. Its results in
Uttar Phalguni would be similar to the general results stated in this
section.
Rahu in contact with the Moon may cause removal to a hospital,
secluded place or place of restraint. Rahu in contact with Mars will
cause a journey abroad. The individual may take part in riots.
Rahu in contact with Saturn will cause serious health crises. The
individual may have opportunity to meet strangers.
In Chart 11-5 the individual was shot dead in his 43rd year
when Rahu was operating. The dispositor of Rahu is Mars. It owns
the sixth house from its natal position and it is in Pisces in the
navamsha chart where Saturn is placed in the birth chart. Saturn
owns the eighth house from natal Mars. Thus Mars is highly violent.
It is in Gemini with Jupiter and Venus. In the navamsha Rahu is in
Sagittarius where in the birth chart the owner of the twelfth house
is placed. Rahu is in Krittika constellation of the Sun. This clearly
shows that the individual would die through an injury while Rahu
is operating.
KETU in the ascendant is good for interest in religion, yoga
and spiritualism. It may impart some competence in mantra
recitations, management of occult forces and efforts for siddhis
(super-sensory powers) and nirvana. The individual could suffer
from black magic and similar other practices. Ketu placed between
320' and 640' could cause for the individual worry on account of
problems in his career. Its efficacy would be reduced when it
occupies Poorva Phalguni but it should be good in Magha and Uttar
Phalguni constellations.
Ketu in contact with the Moon would develop interest in
mysticism. The individual will be spiritually inclined when Mars is in
contact with Ketu. Ketu would develop a devotional nature When
in contact with Jupiter. Its contact with Saturn could be troublesome
as it may give rise to some weird physical deformity.
The First House 93
Virgo: An individual with Virgo in the first house shall be of
middle height and slender. He will have dark complexion and dark
brown hair. He will be given to study and learning but would be
shy. He will be pleasant to talk to. Such people are known for their
fault finding and critical nature but they do not have enemies,
They look younger than their age. They do well as agents. They
can do well when they decide to take up a career in teaching,
writing or publishing. They like what they do for their livelihood,
They turn prosperous. They cannot get along with their younger
siblings or neighbours. Such individuals tend to take up more than
one job or profession at the same time.
Lagna Chart 11-6
r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Ket Mon
Mar
Ven
Sun
Jup
Mer
Rah
Navamsha
Sun
Mer Ven
Mar
Sat
Rah
Jup
Male, 20 January 1921, 2300 hours, 39N55', 75W07', 0500
hours West of Greenwich.
94 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Planet
Longitude
Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 9s750'23" Sun Venus 10s2332'9':
Jupiter
Moon ls289'44" Mars Saturn 5SI
0
47'24" Sun
Mars 10s1931'43" Rahu Rahu 65921'52"
Rahu
Mere 9s1044'16" Moon Ketu 05921'52"
Ketu
Jupiter 452540'39" Venus Ascdt 58196'55"
Owner/C means owner ofthe constellation in which the planet is placed.
He is a World War Two veteran and an American mass murderer.
On September 6, 1949 he left his house shooting people at random.
He was eventually pronounced insane, making him immune to
criminal prosecution, and he was incarcerated in a unit for the
criminally insane. As of 2009 he is in his eighties and still resides in
a state hospital.
The SUN in this sign in the ascendant removes the individual
from his place of birth. Generally, the Sun in this sign permits the
individual to develop close contacts with distant places and rise in
status there. A close aspect of the Sun to the seventh house could
indicate marriage at a new place .or he removes to the new place
after marriage. Venus is debilitated in this sign and Mercury is
exalted here. Any adverse influence projected from this sign to the
seventh house would therefore impinge on the marital side of life.
Any favourable influence similarly would promote the business of
the individual. Marriage or business partnership comes under severe
strain when the Sun is placed between 320' and 640 in the sign ..
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that if the Sun occupies Virgo in
ascendant and Saturn is placed in the seventh house in Pisces, the
individual will lose his wife. He goes on to say that when the Sun is
in Virgo in ascendant and Mars in Capricorn in the fifth house the
person will see the deatn of his son. The individual according to
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra will have a weak constitution. Bhrigu
states that the individual will only have daughters. The Sun in
Uttar Phalguni will give results that have already been described.
When it occupies Hasta he will be fair and effeminate. Placed
between 1640' and 20 it may help the individual gain through
his profession. The Sun in Chitra would prove to be dangerous.
The person may suffer burn injuries.
The Sun in contact with the Moon rl)ay help the individual
attain sugcess. The Sun in contact with Mars may give rise to trouble
The First House 95
through the younger siblings. The Sun in contact with Mercury is
an indication of high status of the individual. The Sun in contact
with Jupiter removes the individual from his place and residence.
The individual may be substantially built. The Sun in contact with
Saturn is not a good augury for physical .veil being of the individual.
His eldest child may also face trouble. The Sun in contact with
Rahu would cause indiscriminate sexual activity bringing the
marriage of the individual under severe strain.
The rvlOON in Virgo would make the individual good looking.
It would also help the individual succeed in his endeavours. Horasara
says that the individual will be genuine in his disposition and rich.
It also states that the individual will gain through women. This is
good for his marriage. He would be interested in intellectual pursuits.
However, the individual would tend to be over critical and sometimes
he would find it difficult to get along with others. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam feels that this position of the Moon makes the person
effeminate. According to him there is a possibility of his making his
home in a foreign or distant place. The individual is likely to reach
a high position due to his good karmas when the Moon occupies
Uttar Phalguni constellation. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that
he will be generally liked. The Hasta constellation has the inherent
ability to help individual immediately achieve what he is aspiring
for. The individual will be active but Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam
says that he will be merciless and of thievish disposition. When the
Moon occupies Chitra constellation he may travel but has to be
careful of anything untoward happening during the journey. He
may have good longevity.
The Moon in contact with the Sun may get support of the
government for the individual in his business. The individual with
Moon in contact with Mars may gain through press and printing.
His younger siblings may help him in this regard. The Moon in
contact with Mercury will give jolly disposition. Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja feels that this contact would improve the status of
the individual substantially. The contact with Jupiter would give
good academic achievements but a weakness for women. Again
quoting Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja the individual is likely to have
his eyesight seriously compromised if the Moon is in contact with
Saturn. Many happy journeys abroad in company of fair sex are
expected when the Moon is in contact with Rahu. The Moon in
96' The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
contact with Ketu would produce an individual who likes to read
and write about the occult and on spiritual matters.
MARS in the ascendant would be in inimical sign. It may cause
danger of severe injury to the individual. It is not good for the
younger siblings of the individual. One of them may be hospitalised
though he may recover later. Saravali feels that the individual will
not be brave. The individual will be happily placed with respect to
property. The spouse of the individual will face minor setbacks and
financial difficulties. The eldest child of the individual will acquire
property but would get into difficulties on that account. The eldest
sibling of the individual may go into consultancy business. When
placed in Uttar Phalguni there could be danger of longevity coming
to an end in the major-period of this planet. Mars placed between
oo and 320' could cause severe pain in the abdomen. The individual
may get into a situation of violence on account of his romance. In
Hasta the individual would show undue interest in women. In Chitra
the physical well being of the younger siblings of the individual
would be in jeopardy. He may be inclined to extra marital relations.
Mars in contact with the Sun would give an irritable and fiery
temper. There is danger of the individual getting electrocuted. Mars
in contact with the Moon may indicate short cruises. Mars in contact
with Mercury may produce a publisher. This is not a good position
for the longevity of the individual. Mars in contact with Jupiter will
give property and wealth but the individual may have some worry
on account of his eldest child.
In Chart 11-6 the murders happened in his 29th year when the
individual was experiencing the effects of Mars as the ruler of years.
The Moon IS in a constellation of Mars. Mars is the owner of the
eighth house placed in the sixth and in sambandha with Saturn,
The latter is the owner of the sixth. The sixth house from Mars is in
Cancer. Thus Mars in the chart is violent. Mars is in sambandha
with Jupiter in the navamsha chart. The seventh house stands for
strangers. Jupiter owns this house. These two explain the violent
conduct of the individual against strangers.
MERCURY in the ascendant would be in its own house and
exalted. The individual will be good looking. He will be happy with
his relatives and friends. He should be good at writing and speaking.
The individual will be very knowledgeable and intelligent. Varah
Mihir in Brihajjatakam calls an individual having Mercury in Virgo
The First House 97
as a "pundit", i.e., a learned person. He will talk pleasantly. He will
have a good personality. This is Bhadrayoga which is rnuch written
about. The individual will have a satisfactory and early marriage
but he will always consider his wife not matching up to his standards.
He rnay be a successful businessman. His rnother will corne frorn
an old and conservative farnily. Mercury would be a fortunate factor
for the children of the individual. They will do well in life. When
Mercury is in Uttar Phalguni constellation the individual will be able
to attain a high status. He rnay have close relations with his mother's
farnily when Mercury occupies the sign between 320' and 640'
that rnay get terminated later. Mercury between 640' and 1 oo in
the sign should cause separation between the couple frorn tirne to
tirne. When it is in Hasta his wishes relating to professional matters
would be fulfilled. Mercury in the sign between 10 and 1320' is
not good as it rnay bring about a misadventure with water. When
the planet is placed between 1320' and 1640' the individual will
be an eminent scholar. Mercury in Chitra would cause beneficial
results to appear for the younger siblings of the individual. The
beneficial results of Mercury for the individual would be reduced in
Chitra.
Mercury in contact with Jupiter would rnake the individual have
good incorne and rnuch success in life; and he will have a beautiful
appearance when it is in contact with Venus. This contact would
produce good marriage in a rnale chart.
JUPITER in the ascendant would be in an inimical sign. The
individual rnay get married during the rnajor-period of Jupiter. Such
an individual would have a happy married life but he rnay have
cause of worry on account of his children. This position is not
conducive to excellent wealth, Wealth rnay be generated through
writing and speaking. Saravali feels that such an individual will be
learned and intellectually inclined. He rnay be a financial manager.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that the individual will lead a
happy and comfortable life. Jupiter in Uttar Phalguni constellation
is inherently good for the status of the individual but it rnay separate
the couple. Jupiter will disturb marriage if it occupies the sign frorn
320' to 640'. Jupiter in the band of oo to 320' in the sign could
prove troublesome frorn the point of view of progeny. The individual
will have difficulty in having children. He rnay be indifferent to his
rnother in case Jupiter is placed in Hasta. This location of Jupiter
98 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
may still be good for his education. The individual may live in a big
house. He may have a large circle of friends. He may gain on the
death of his mother when Jupiter occupies the sign between 1 oo
and 1320'. Jupiter in Chitra would cause physical trouble to the
individual and he may be worried on account of his property.
Jupiter in contact with Venus will give wealth. In contact with
Saturn it will cause much anxiety with respect to children. The
birth of children may be delayed or even denied. There may be
health issues relating to children. The good effects of Jupiter will
be diluted when Jupiter is in contact with Rahu.
VENUS in the ascendant would be in debilitation. The individual
will be amiable and have a cheerful temperament. He will have a
developed sense of beauty. He will however look for pleasure all
the time and will be passionate. He will take interest in music,
drama and singing. He will be fond of perfumes and flowers and
will have an attractive personality. This is not good for the vision
when Venus is under influence of a naturally malefic planet. The
individual would be inclined to have numerous relationships with
opposite sex. Bhrigustates that the individual will be a cheat and
will have kleptomaniac tendency. He may suffer from rheumatism.
There could be sexual too if Venus has influence of a
naturally He will have.a beautiful wife. Venus is the
owner of the selC:'d and ninth houses. The debilitation of Venus
will influence the affairs of these houses adversely. The individual
may have speech handicap. The father of the individual may not
be-happily placed in case debilitated Venus is also under influence
of a naturally malefic planet. Such an individual may remain unhappy
as he may have only daughters when Venus occupies oo to 320'.
Such an individual according to Horasarawould like to live abroad.
His family will have good relations with his wife. He will prosper in
partnerships. He may spend lavishly due to his expensive habits
when Venus occupies Uttar Phalguni. Placed between oo and 320'
it may create fiascos in romantic affairs. The individual would be
very good looking when Venus occupies Hasta constellation. He
may gain through overseas trade. Venus in Chitra shows that the
younger sister of the individual's spouse may be a source of trouble.
The person himself too may not be. happy with his younger siblings
over family and financial matters.
The First House 99
Venus in contact with the Sl:ln -is not a good sign for normal
eyesight; with the Moon it is indicative of difficult short journeys;
with Mars it will heighten desire; with Mercury it shows a difficult
career as a businessman; with Jupiter it is an indication of trouble
through a daughter; with Saturn it shows danger and much
frustration, unhappiness and humiliation in life; and, with Ketu it
shows failure in pursuit of spiritual practices. Venus in contact with
Rahu will create an abnormally high sex desire and indiscriminate
liaisoning.
SATURN in Virgo will be a friendly disposition. Unfortunately
this is not good for the health of the individual. It will cause worries
and trouble due to his utterances. According to Mansagari the
individual may be weak constitutionally. His marriage would be
marked by a degree of coolness in relationship. The spark of passion
would be missing. The relations of the individual with his younger
siblings would not be happy. Saturn will help the individual in his
profession. Bhrigu praises this position of Saturn for high status
that it promises. Sarvagya Bhooshan feels that the individual will
be troubled by people of low status. Saturn placed between 1 oo
and 1320' could be dangerous to his physical well being. The
individual may not be cheerful but of a serious nature. When Saturn
is in Uttar Phalguni he may live away from his younger siblings.
Such a Saturn is dangerous for continuance of the marital bond.
Saturn in Hasta may help the individual in his career, but when it
occupies the sign between 10and 1320' he may face trouble in
his profession on account of his rivals. His younger siblings will
cause much trouble when Saturn is placed in Chitra.
Saturn in contact with the Sun would have a tendency to cause
separation and losses. The individual may change his job several
times. It is also the owner of the twelfth house from the seventh.
Therefore it will have a deleterious effect on the continuance of
marital association. The individual may be of a reclusive nature.
Saturn in contact with the Moon may cause unhappiness and trouble
during the early years of the individual. He will not like to go on
journeys since they would be difficult. Saturn in contact with Mars
is likely to cause serious mishaps. Saturn in contact with Mercury
would create difficulties in business. Saturn in contact with Jupiter
should be good for agricultural venture of the individual but not for
his business. Saturn in contact with Venus would be an indication
100 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
of break up of marriage. The father of the individual may be ailing.
The individual will experience episodes of fraud when Saturn is in
contact with Rahu. Saturn in contact with Ketu will give rise to
physical deformities.
RAHU in Virgo is in a favourable house. The physical well being
of the individual would therefore remain undisturbed. The individual
is likely to reach a high position in life but his marriage would
remain in a chaotic state. He may have flourishing business with
companies abroad. He will be wealthy. Jatakabharnam suggests
that such an individual would be inclined to deceive his kinsmen.
This may be true for Rahu occupying the sign between 320' and
640'. In Uttar Phalguni it may cause journeys abroad and make
the individual stay at an unknown place. It also makes out a
possibility of detention through an order of the government. The
individual should be successful in his career with Rahu in Hasta. A
female individual may get married or have a happy married life
when Rahu is in contact with Jupiter. A person with Rahu in Chitra
in contact with Saturn would be destined to face a dangerous
situation. He may get involved in a serious accident when Rahu in
this constellation is in contact with the Sun.
KETU in the ascendant would be bad since it would be in an
inimical sign. The individual may experience trouble that is ascribed
to black magic. He may not be reliable since he would make
unfounded statements. Still he may have flair for writing. He will
be able to suppress his enemies. Jatakabharnam says such an
individual may keep poor health. There is danger from fire to the
individual when Ketu occupies the sign between 320' and 640' in
Uttar Phalguni constellation. Ketu in Hasta constellation would incline
the individual to read metaphysical literature and he may gain some
expertise in it. A person with Ketu in Chitra may find it difficult to
succeed at his ventures. There would be many a dispute and
obstacle in his way. He will face losses when Ketu occupies the
sign between 2320' and 2640'. This position of Ketu is also not
good for his longevity.
Libra: When Libra rises in the ascendant the individual
becomes tall with well proportioned body. Such individuals are
graceful, attractive and handsome. Their complexion is clear and
pink which may turn ruddy with age. Their temper is even. They
The First House
101
are given to pursuit of pleasure and may even indulge in excesses
to the detriment of their health. This sign is easily vulnerable to
sexual perversions and liable to get adverse social notice for it.
The person will pay special attention to his home on its being well
appointed and decorated. He would be close to his mother. He
may not have too many rivals and should get along well with most
people. He will be happy to be in a profession which lets him use
his aesthetic sense and imagination.
Man
Sun
Sat Mer
Rah
Rah
Mer
Jup
Lagna Chart II-7
Mar
Ven
Ket
Jup
Ven Mar
Sun
Ket
Sat
Man
Female, 5 May 1970, 1738hours, 13N05', 80E17', 0530 hours
East of Greenwich. A son was born to her on 20 August 1998. Her
husband has applied for divorce in October 2008.
102 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 0521 08'05" Venus Venus
lsl552'30"
Moon
Moon Osl942'35" Venus Saturn Osl90'25" Venus
Mars lsl757'42" Moon Rahu 1051617'13" Rahu
Mere. 05273'28" R Sun Ketu 451617'13 Venus
Jupiter 65554'55" R Mars Ascdt 651058'40"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in the ascendant is debilitated. It reduces the general
vitality. Still it helps the individual marry satisfactorily and have a
normal married life. When the Sun is afflicted by a naturally malefic
planet here, it reduces marital felicity and causes health problems
for the spouse. This is not a satisfactory position for wealth.
Jatakabharnamfeels that an individual with the Sun in the ascendant
in Libra would be poor and blind. Here being blind may also include
having a visual handicap or suffering from some eye ailment. The
Sun in contact with the Moon would prove bad in this regard. Since
the Sun also stands for physical body, its debilitation in the
ascendant, according to Mansagari, could also bring about poor
health in childhood. The Sun in contact with Saturn would prove to
be troublesome in this regard. Such adverse results rnay not appear
if the Sun has aspect of a naturally beneficial planet. This placement
of the Sun under influence of a naturally malefic planet is also not
good for longevity. The Sun under affliction in Vishakha would be a
source of trouble for his competitors. A person having the Sun in
Libra between 1640' and 20 in contact with Mars would be prone
to injuries, and in contact with Saturn liable to keep poor health.
The Sun gains strength in Chitra, loses in Swati and gains in
Vishakha. It would help the individual acquire wealth in the forrn
of property in Chitra. It could cause disruption of f m ~ y due to a
troubled marriage when placed in Swati. The person rnay face
trouble frorn his son when the Sun occupies the sign between
1320' and 1640'. In Vishakha it would help the individual and his
.vounger siblings achieve moderate success.
The Sun in contact with the Moon indicates failing eyesight
and trouble in the rnouth; with Mercury difficult relationship with
the family of the mother; with Jupiter an unhappy state of rnind;
and, with Venus unsatisfactory sex life. When the Sun is in contact
The First House 103
with Ketu the individual is likely to have an unhealthy interest in
nefarious occult practices to harm others.
The rvlOON in the ascendant would tend to make the individual
and his spouse very handsome. The individual would be a
connoisseur of beauty and shall have a well developed sense of
aesthetics. This person may take up a career dealing in arts or
entertainment, but when the Moon is placed between 320' and
640' he may not be noticeably successful. His childhood would be
spent in luxury. Mansagari ascribes much wealth to such a person.
He will be affable, social and gregarious. He will therefore be popular.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that he will be a good trader.
Jyotish Makarandis of the view that the individual will keep unwell
in his early years. He will have better relations with his father than
mother. The Moon in the ascendant would make the individual in a
male chart inclined to have a glad and roving eye. It will be especially
so in Chitra. He may have good wealth through his profession. His
elder brother may stay at a short distance away from him due to
job compulsions. In Swati the individual would have loose morals.
Placed between 1320' and 1640' the Moon should induce the
person to fall in and out of romantic alliances indiscriminately. Varah
Mihir differs. He feels that the individual would practice self restraint
and would be religious when the Moon is placed in Swati. In
Vishakha the Moon may not give very good results. He may have
to travel over short distances. His younger siblings will help him in
his profession. He may fall sick in his 24th year.
The individual should have good income through his job when
the Moon is in contact with the Sun. The Moon in contact with
Mercury will induce the individual to write interesting pieces. He
may travel abroad particularly when it is in Swati. The Moon in
contact with Venus in this constellation will give a lecherous attitude.
In Chitra he may have a close and loving relationship with the
spouse. The Moon'in contact with Saturn will bring the profession
of the individual to the fore. He will be a busy person, travelling
constantly in connection with professional matters, and working
hard at his job. His job may relate to fine arts, entertainment and
theatre. The Moon in contact with Ketu will lose some of its good
effects.
104 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
MARS in the ascendant would bring the individual very close
to the affairs of his family in which his spouse will play a prominent
role. But the family matters would be troublesome. The individual
will be under the nagging influence of his wife. This will cause
tension to him and lot of worry. He will be dealing with property
and vehicles at which he will do well. He may have high end property.
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that his first wife may die. He
may visit prostitutes. Both Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja and
Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja are of the opinion that he will
travel incessantly. This location of Mars is not a beneficial influence
for his longevity. He will face danger in his 31st year and in his 33rd
he is liable to be injured. This person will spend much according to
Jatakabharnam. These results will remain as they are when Mars
is in Chitra but in Swati marital matters will take a turn for the
worse. This would be due to immoral ways of the individual. In
Vishakha Mars will allow the individual to deal in property in
collaboration with his wife. He may suffer injury. There would be
disagreements with-his wife over money matters.
Mars in contact with the Sun would be good for wealth. The
elder brother of the individual will be wealthy and would posses
much property. The eldest child of the individual may have a high
status or a powerful position. Mars in contact with the Moon will
give quick temper but a profession that yields wealth. Mars in contact
with Mercury could cause expenditure. His spouse may go abroad
after marriage. Mars in contact with Venus will give a personality
that is fun loving, interested in good things of life and a person
who would live life to the hilt. Mars in contact with Saturn produces
an individual deeply involved with beautiful property.
The female of Chart 11-7 had a son in her 29th year. This is a
year of Mars. It is in Rohini. The Moon owns this constellation. The
Moon is associated with the Sun and Saturn. The former owns the
eleventh house and the latter the fifth. The dispositor of Jupiter,
placed in the ascendant, is with Mars. Therefore Mars promises
birth of a child.
When JUPITER rises in the ascendant it should help the
individual in his marriage and partnership, but when in contact
with Mars or Saturn it would spoil the marriage. Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja feels that the, individual will be handsome and wise.
He may turn obese after 32 years of age. He may be worried on
The First House 105
account of his children in case Jupiter occupies the sign between
10and 1320'. This position is not good for general mental peace
and equilibrium. He should have interest in higher studies and
philosophical literature but he may not be very close to his father.
This location of Jupiter would not help in money matters particularly
when Mars is weak in the chart. According to Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra the individual will have self earned wealth. Jupiter in contact
with Saturn will cause disease. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra gives
a broad overview of the effects of Jupiter in the ascendant. According
to this classic the individual may be sickly and inimical to his own
people. Mansagari feels that the individual will suffer at the hands
of his enemies. The inimical attitude and trouble on account of
enemies would appear if Jupiter has contact with Mars. Such a
contact however would be conducive to much wealth in the form
of property. Jupiter with this contact would produce much
involvement with younger siblings that may not be conducive to
peace. A contact with Venus would reduce satisfaction of sex urge.
When Jupiter is in Chitra it would be inclined to give results relating
to Mars and the statement of Mansagari would prove true. Jupiter
in this constellation causes trouble to the individual through his
younger siblings. In Swati he may face fraud perpetrated on him
by his colleagues. In Vishakha the results would remain like the
general results but the quality of results would be better.
VENUS in Libra would be good since it would be in its own
mooltrikona sign. It would make the individual a beautiful person
to look at. He will have mechanical vehicles and an attractive spouse.
He will live in comfort. Jatakabharnamsupports these statements.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that the individual will be wealthy
and highly placed as Venus here forms the malavya yoga. He may
be long lived. Bhavartha Ratnakar says that Venus would be a
maraka for this ascendant when it occupies the first house. This
may be particularly so when it is in contact with Saturn. In contact
with the Moon it may make the individual fond of sea voyages. He
may get involved in a vehicular accident when it is in contact with
Mars. When it is in contact with Rahu it will cause loose morals.
Venus placed in the sign between 320' and 640' in contact with
Jupiter would promise wealth through the family of his wife. The
individual will have very happy 17th and 53rd years. The libido goes
up when Venus occupies Chitra in Libra. However, Venus in this
106 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One ( 1 to 6 House)
constellation is good for material affluence. The libido becomes
uncontrollable and imparts a tendency to sexual misadventure at
the cost of his married life when Venus occupies Swati. He may
face slander due to his promiscuous behaviour. Venus remains within
bounds of decency when it occupies Vishakha.
Venus in contact with the Sun is not a good augury for good
health. The individual will suffer from sleep or vision disorders when
Venus is in contact with the Moon, When Venus and Mars are in
contact with each other, he will successfully build wealth in property.
When Venus is in contact with Mercury his relations with his maternal
uncle would not be warm. The individual will be efficient and suooeed
against competition in his work when Venus contacts Jupiter in the
birth chart. Still he may not have a happy home. He would be
interested in the Unknown when Venus contacts Ketu.
SATURN in Libra is exalted and it is a yogkaraka planet for the
chart. It also forms the Sasayoga here. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam
says that Saturn in this sign would give high position, eminence
and wealth. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra supports this statement,
Sasa yoga formed by Saturn being in the ascendant Libra would
not be good forthe marriage and partnership of the person, Saturn
would be a factor indicating profession. Placed in the sign between
640' and 10 it may bring about loss of job or change in it, When
it occupies Swati between 1640' and 20 the individual would
have a very disturbed marriage which may end up in divorce. He
will experience much worry and stress during this period. His health
too may get disturbed. This is also a bad position for the younger
siblings of the individual. They may undergo losses and separations.
Saturn is however excellent from the point of view of children
when it is in contact with Jupiter. The individual will have much
happiness from them. Saturn in Chitra will help individual amass
much immovable property. Saturn in Swati would propel the
individual to vice. This could lead to disruption in marital relations.
Saturn in Vishakha will be very good for prosperity of the individual
as well as his children. Saturn in the sign between 2320' and
2640' may get the individual a legacy or money through inheritance.
Saturn in contact with Mars points to acquisition of much
immovable property; and with Venus and Rahu much painstaking
but successful research work.
The First House 107
The marriage of the female individual whose chart is given
above has failed and her husband has filed for divorce. This is
happening in her 39th year. This is the year of Saturn, It occupies
the seventh house of marriage and it is debilitated there. Saturn is
associated with the owner of the twelfth house in the seventh.
Mars and Mercury are in sambandha in the navamsha chart and
Jupiter occupies a constellation of Mars. This is a clear indication
of a breaking marriage.
RAHU in Libra would be in a friendly sign. Still, being a naturally
malefic planet Rahu will cause some discomfort. The individual will
not be handsome. Such a person could be a good diplomat. He has
to be careful since he is likely to be deceived by strangers. Sex
would be his weakness and he could face humiliatiorT"due to his
promiscuous ways. He will profit from journeys abroad and foreign
connections would be highly beneficial for him. He may face danger
in his 44th year from snakes or other poisonous creatures, or face
calumny on account of his sexual life. Rahu in Chitra will not be
good. It will disturb marriage. When in contact with Mercury, the
individual may try to start a business with a comparatively unknown
person. He will not be successful at it, Rahu will give the stated
general results in Swati. The danger of fraud increases in Vishakha.
Rahu in contact with Mercury could be dangerous for the liberty of
the individual. He stands to be incarcerated while on a long journey
abroad. In contact with Saturn Rahu in this constellation may
threaten the well being of the individual with a growth of unknown
nature that may turn out to be malignant.
KETU in the ascendant will not be good. It will be in its inimical
sign. This location of a naturally malefic planet will diminish comforts
and physical well being of the individual. Such a person will have
no interest in spiritualism and religion. Black magic and other occult
practices to harm others would attract him but they could rebound
adversely on him. Ketu in Chitra and Vishakha would be better
than in Swati. The individual may be a follower of the cult of Divine
Mother, Ketu in contact with Mercury will create a possibility of his
maternal uncle putting a spell of black magic on him, and in contact
with Saturn it may create deep and abiding interest in devotional
aspect of religious practices.
Scorpio: The Scorpio individual has a middle stature. He is
well set, muscular and broad chested. He has long arms and a
108 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
commanding personality. The complexion will be dusky. His hair
will be dark brown, curling and thick. He may be bow-legged or
club footed. He will be reserved, active and deceitful. He is
susceptible to get injured and involved in accidents. Such persons
are liable to come under a surgeon's knife. He is prone to get
involved in disputes and litigation. He does not like to remain at
home and cannot get along with his mother.
Ket
Rah
Jup
Mon
Jup
Mar
Lagna Chart 11-8
Rah
Sun
Ven
Mer
Sat
Ven
Mer
Mar
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Mate, 8 September 1982, 1305 hours, 21 N09', 79E06', 0530
hours East of Greenwich. He met with a serious accident on 3
August 2008 in the major-period of Mars and sub-period of Rahu.
He was hospitalized and when last heard of was fighting for his
life.
The First House
109
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 4s21 42'55" Venus Venus 45654'7" Ketu
Moon 052039'30" Venus Saturn
Ss2649'23"
Mars
Mars 6s2830'44" Jupiter Rahu 2sl723'17" Rahu
Mere 5sl832'40" Moon Ketu 8sl723'17" Venus
Jupiter 6sl344'15"
Rahu Ascdt
7s2732'33"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is _placed.
Mars, the owner of the ascendant and sixth house of accident
in the above chart, is placed in the twelfth house of hospitalization.
It is in inimical Gemini in the navamsha chart. This is the eighth
house in the birth chart. The sixth house from Mars is in Pisces.
Mars occupies Vishakha. Mars is inclined to cause accident and
injury.
The SUN in the ascendant would be in a friendly sign. It is
very good for the status of the individual but it is not conducive to
a good marriage. He is likely to attain a high position in his 58
1
h
year. Quantum of good results depends on the strength of the
Sun. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says the Sun in the ascendant
will make the individual a hero; he will be courageous and will
have defective eyesight. He will be a self respecting person. His
father will have influence over him. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja
says that it produces a wicked, cruel, and un-truthful man who
becomes violently angry. Horasara says that the individual faces
danger from poison and water in the period of the Sun. Garga
states that the individual will be closer to his father than mother.
He may have poor health in childhood. He may appear ferocious.
Jatakashiromanistates that the individual will be of cruel
temperament, he will be good at handling weapons and may earn
through trading in chemicals.
The Sun in Anuradha will give a high status job to the individual
but he will be an angry and difficult person to get along with. He
may get his residence through his official position. This is a position
that is not helpful to the father of the individual. The Sun in Jyeshtha
will make the individual speak in a firm but unpleasant manner. It
promises rise in profession between 320' and 640. The location
of the Sun between 1 oo and 1320' in the sign is likely to remove
the individual from his job. He will face a severe crisis in his marriage
110 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
too with this location of the. Sun. Between 1640' and 20 it
promotes effective speech. It is good between 2320' and 2640'
for education but the individual will have to work very hard for it.
The MOON in the ascendant would be debilitated. Varah Mihir
in Brihajjatakam Chapter on the Houses verse 4 makes a statement
that the Moon in the ascendant in any sign exoept Aries, Taurus or
Canoer, is an indication thatthe individual could be dumb, mentally
deranged, stupid, blind, deaf or a menial servant. That all the
persons born in the rest of the nine signs would have one or the
other of these deficiencies is difficult to accept. We need to analyse
reasonably. The Moon here will thwart efforts of the individual for
progress in life. It is the owner of the ninth house. The individual
will travel much in his 15th year. He may fall sick in his 27th year.
This position of the Moon in Scorpio should be conducive to a good
and fortunate marriage. The Moon in Vishakha would be bad for
prosperity. Its debilitation in a constellation of Jupiter means that
the individual will not be fortunate. He will not have much interest
in religion. He will not get much support from his elders and his
guru may not be helpful. The mother of the individual will be
unhappy when the Moon occupies Anuradha. He will faoe trouble
from law. He will be an indifferent and inattentive student when
the Moon occupies Jyeshtha.
The Moon in contact with the Sun indicates that involvement
with temple activities, or making or getting a temple or plaoe of
worship made would initiate a chain of troublesome incidents. The
Moon in contact with Mars indicates a possibility of his getting
injured. The Moon in contact with Mercury shows inadequate
involvement in studies. Its contact with Saturn shows removal from
the plaoe of birth and many changes of residenoe. The Moon in
contact with Rahu shows troublesome journeys abroad. Its contact
with Ketu shows trouble through extra-mundane causes.
MARS in the ascendant would be in its own sign. According to
Saravali the individual will commit big crimes and may not hesitate
at killing. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja has almost the same opinion
for Mars in Scorpio. The individual will be in good health and well
placed. The individual may get involved in several law suits. It
would have an adverse impact on the marriage of the individual.
He may not have an easy way with respect to property. Mars plaoed
in Scorpio does not support the longevity of the individual. Mars in
The First House 111
Anuradha, particularly between 320' and 640', will never let the
individual have good relations at his job. He would always be
involved. in disputes and litigation at his job during the period of
Mars. Mars in Anuradha may endanger life of the individual through
accidents or injuries. In Jyeshtha it would be futile for him to attempt
taking up business because it would quickly get embroiled in
litigation. This is an indication of a fatal injury. Mars placed in the
sign between 1640' and 20 would harm marriage.
The ability to handle matters relating to fire and electricity
well is seen when the Sun is in contact with Mars. Mars in contact
with the Sun is the surest sign for injuries, accidents and
disputes.The Moon in contact with Mars would indicate fruitful
sojourn abroad when Rahu is also involved. Mars in contact with
Jupiter would make the individual lucky in property matters. He
could have happy romantic liaison in case Venus is in contact with
Mars. When Mars contacts Saturn the individual would face many
obstacles in life and will maintain poor health. This is not a good
combination. The life of the individual will be full of anxiety and
trouble. His life may turn for the better if he goes away to a new
place from his place of birth.
In Chart 11-8 the individual met with an accident in the major-
period of Mars. It is placed in the twelfth house with Jupiter. The
sixth house from natal Mars is Pisces. Mars is clearly related to this
house. In navamsha chart it is associated with Venus. Venus is the
owner of the eighth house from natal Mars. Mars is therefore highly
violent. It is the owner of the ascendant and sixth house. Hence
an accident took place in its major-period in which the individual
had suffered very serious injuries.
MERCURY in the ascendant will be troublesome. According to
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja Mercury in Scorpio produces a man
who faces misfortune, pain, fatigue, and sorrow. He will be hated
for his character and actions. He will be greedy, cruel and deceitful.
The period of Mercury will, according to Horasara, bring about
financial constraint and trouble. It will adversely affect the speech
of the individual. It will be harsh and challenging. It may also
make family of the individual unhappy. This location is not good for
his longevity: The marriage of the individual may be satisfactory
. but his penchant to run after other women will remain. Vriddhayavan
Jatakaof Minaraja supports this statement. He will carry on business
112 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
successfully. Mercury placed in Vishakha will let the individual earn
substantially through business. His elder sibling too may join him
in his venture. Mercury placed in the sign between 1640' and 20
will also be good for wealth through business. Mercury in Anuradha
may cause disappointments and losses in business. Mercury in this
constellation will be a strong indicator of longevity of the individual.
Its occupation of an inimical sign would not be good for longevity.
Mercury in the sign between 1320' and 1640' may separate the
individual from his spouse. Mercury in Jyeshtha would give the
general results stated above. It would however gain in some
strength due to occupying its own constellation.
Mercury in contact with the Sun would give success in
profession when in Vishakha and break in it when in Anuradha.
Mercury in contact with the Moon would give higher education in
management and finance when it is in Vishakha and knowledge of
criminal law when it is.in Anuradha. Mercury in contact with Mars
would be dangerous from the point of view of physical well being
when it is in Anuradha. Mercury in contact with Jupiter will give
wealth. The same result will be seen in Vishakha constellation.
Mercury in contact with Venus will cause much indiscriminate sexual
activity. The individual may also marry more than once. When in
Anuradha the individual may gradually lose virility. He may come
by good income and wealth in his 35* year.
JUPITER in Scorpio will not be bad. It will promote prospects
of children. The individual may have children born to him during
the period of Jupiter. When the longitude of Jupiter is close to the
rising degree, it will make the individual very fortunate insofar as
material prosperity is concerned. Its influence on the marriage of
the individual would be good in totality. Jupiter in Anuradha placed
between 1 oo and 1320' will not be good for marriage. The individual
may leave the place of his birth or where he is living during the
period of Jupiter when it occupies this span in the sign. The individual
may marry for love. Sarava/ispeaks very highly of placement of
Jupiter in Scorpio. According to it the individual would be a scholar
and a learned commentator on religious treaties but still his conduct
would leave much to be desired. Such an individual will not be a
happy and carefree person. Jatakabharnam says that the individual
will always remain unhappy over depletion of his wealth. In a female
chart the husband would be good looking but not very affectionate.
The First House 113
Jupiter in Jyeshtha will incline the individual to make learned
discourses.
Jupiter in contact with the Sun will give a high position and a
good career. In contact with the Moon Jupiter will turn the individual
very fortunate. He will lead a happy life. There may be some trouble
relating to children when Jupiter is in contact with Mars. The
individual may be successful in case Mercury is in contact with
Jupiter. The individual may get married during the period of Jupiter
when it is in contact with Venus. He may lead a staid but contented
life when it is in contact with Saturn. The good results of Jupiter
may get attenuated when Rahu is in contact with Jupiter. The
individual may be religious when Ketu is in contact with Jupiter.
VENUS in the ascendant here is in a grey area. Old classics
wax eloquent over the sexual escapades an individual with Venus
in Scorpio would be prone to indulge in. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam
states that the individual will be adulterous and may bring disgrace
to his family. Vriddhayavan Jataka ofMinaraja supports Varah Mihir
and says that the wife of the individual will be bad tempered.
Venus in the sign between 2320' and 2640' shows that the wife
of the individual will keep an elegant house and the individual
himself may own an expensive car. The individual may be reasonably
good looking but he will not be physically fit and may not be
comfortable in life. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja talks of the
individual contracting venereal disease. His married life will also be
unsatisfactory. Venus would project an aspect to its own seventh
house. This should strengthen the house and stabilize marriage,
but the seventh is also the house of sex relations of a steady kind.
The owner of the house in an inimical sign would tend to introduce
waywardness in this sector of life. When Venus is in Anuradha a
female individual may tend to prefer same sex relationships. Venus
in Vishakha would not be conducive to a good bank balance. It
may also turn the individual indifferent to his children. When Venus
is in Jyeshtha the individual will talk vulgarly.
Venus in Anuradha in contact with the Sun would cause change
in job. There could be reduction in status of the individual. The
spouse of the individual may improve her prospects after marriage
when Venus is placed in Vishakha in contact with the Moon. There
will be much bitterness and tension in marriage when Venus is in
Anuradha in contact with Mars. Venus in Anuradha in contact with
114 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mercury will subject the individual to a whispering campaign against
him. When Venus is in Jyeshtha in contact with Rahu there will be
numerous liaisons outside marriage.
Venus rules the year in which the accident and hospitalisation
happened in Chart 11-8. Mars occupies a sign of Venus. These two
planets are associated in Gemini in the navamsha chart. Gemini is
the eighth house in the birth chart. Mars owns the ascendant and
the sixth house.
SAlURN in Scorpio is much worse. Jatakabharnam is of the
opinion that an individual with Saturn in the ascendant in Scorpio
will face danger from weapons, fire or poison; he will spend
recklessly, and will be worried over his children. His bank balance
would be slender. He will not be a suocessful farmer. It unfortunately
cannot be taken as good for longevity. Good in this position of
Saturn is that it would be equally adverse for rivals of the individual.
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that Saturn in this sign produces
a man who delights in enmity and harshness and who has fierce
anger. He will have much trouble in life. The occupation of the
ascendant by a naturally malefic planet in an inimical sign is bound
to cause physical trouble and discomfort to the individual. Placed
in the ascendant an adverse Saturn is also apt to cause an unhappy
and troubled childhood. This position of Saturn is good for younger
siblings. Their prospects will start improving in their later lives. The
home life of the individual will not be satisfactory. There would be
tension and he would like to keep away from home. Saturn in
Vishakha would be specifically bad for the financial status of the
individual. In Anuradha the results would be similar to the general
results described. In Jyeshtha the individual may be impotent if a
male or frigid if a female. He will face slander and there would be
a serious threat to his reputation.
Saturn in contact with the Sun will bring matters relating to
career to the fore. The father of the individual may not have an
easy life. The individual is likely to have a heart ailment. Saturn in
contact with the Moon will also not give good results as the Moon
is debilitated in this sign. The individual may come up with obstacles
and failures. He may have a congenial home life. Saturn in contact
with Mars is the surest indicator of poor health in old age. The
individual may face trouble with respect to property. He may be an
author with some success when Mercury is in contact with Saturn.
The First House 115
Saturn will disturb married life when it is in contact with Venus.
The individual will be related to public life when Rahu is in contact
with Saturn. The results of Saturn in contact with Ketu will be very
adverse.
RAHU is debilitated in Scorpio. It is bad for wealth and longevity.
The individual will not be good looking. He will be manipulative
and unreliable. Sarvarth that the individual stands
to lose through fire or thieves. He may suffer from wrath of the
government. However, it will keep the individual safe from
machinations of his rivals. It makes the individual open to deception.
Rahu is an expanding and externalizing energy and when it is
debilitated this energy gets so depleted that the individual does
not externalize. He does not like meeting others,. is withdrawn,
keeps to himself and sometimes is even reclusive. It causes an
unexplained sense of unhappiness. The cause of such unhappiness
cannot be traced but it is palpable and ever present. A debilitated
Rahu generates aversion to home and family. The individual would
distance himself from his mother. The mind would remain in a
state of unrest. It causes fear of water. The individual may be
unwilling to go abroad. It is not good in Vishakha when in contact
with Mercury. The individual will be a confused person and he may
not be able to express himself coherently. Rahu in Anuradha would
produce a devious person. It would be bad for the physical well
being of the individual when in contact with Mars in this
constellation. In Jyeshtha Rahu would disturb the education of the
individual. Teaching career would not be the one that he should
take up.
Rahu in contact with the Sun would cause unending trouble
through the profession of the individual or from his superiors. Placed
in the sign between oo and 320' he is likely to change his religion
and his father may be a source of his trouble, Rahu placed in the
sign between 10and 1320' may see the individual imprisoned by
the government. Journeys abroad would be unhappy for him. The
individual will travel abroad when it is in contact with the Moon.
Rahu in contact with Mars will cause deception a major element in
the life of the individual. He may be a cheat.
KETU in Scorpio will be exalted. The individual will not be
good looking. He may also be a short tempered person. He may
dabble in management and control of discarnate spirits. He will
116
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One ( 1 to 6 House)
also have much interest in spiritualism. He will adopt the practice
of recitation of mantras for his worldly welfare. He may face trouble
through tantric practices. It would give better results in Vishakha
than in the other two constellations. In Vishakha the individual
may turn to devotion to his chosen deity. Ketu in Anuradha may
cause trouble relating to relatives or mother. Ketu in Jyeshtha may
expose the individual to ridicule through written media. The
individual may turn to mysticism when Ketu is placed in the sign
between 10 and 1320'. Placed in the sign between 2320' and
2640' and in contact with Mercury it will turn the individual into a
psychic.
Ketu in contact with Mars may cause weird congenital physical
defects. Ketu in contact with Jupiter Will turn the individual into a
highly spiritual person and when there is a contact with Venus it
will incline the individual to develop devotion to his chosen deity.
Sagittarius: An individual with Sagittarius rising would have
a well proportioned body and a handsome figure. He will be tall
and active. His hair would be light coloured. He would be happy
and optimistic. He would be home loving. He may have a satisfactory
marriage. He will not have enemies. He will be happy at a job
involving teaching. Virgo is the celestial hospital. The individual
can therefore work for a hospital or in medical field.
Ket
Mon
Mer
Ven
Mar
Lagna Chart 11-9
Jup.
Sat
Sun
Rah
The First House
117
Navamsha
Mar Ven
Ket
Mon
Sat
Rah
Mer
Jup
Sun
Female, 15 October 1978, 1230 hours, 41 N51'; 8JOW39', 0500
hours West of Greenwich. She had a breakdown in marriage almost
immediately after it was celebrated in first week of May 2004. It
ended in divorce. The major-period of Venus was running. Venus
was also operating at that time.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 5s2826'46" Mars Venus 6s297'49" Jupiter
Moon 11s21 44'1" Mercury Saturn
__
.Venus
Mars 6s249'"17" Jupiter Rahu Ss37'15" Sun
.
Mere 65849'30" Rahu Ketu 11537'15" Jupiter
Jupiter 3s1253'26" Saturn Ascdt 85243'14"
Owner/C rneans owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
Mercury is the owner of the seventh house of marriage in this
chart. Let us see as to what Mercury indicates in isolation in the
chart. It occupies the-eleventh house in a friendly sign. Since it is
the ruler of the seventh house it should indicate that seventh house
matters would fructify. It is in a navamsha of Jupiter. Therefore in
a female chart it should mean that matters relating to marriage
would conclude successfully. It projects an aspect to the fifth house
from a sign of Venus. Therefore this marriage will be devoid of love
since the fifth house has Aries which is an inimical sign to Mercury.
Mercury is in Swati constellation. This shows disruption and
confusion. Hence it is going to be a loveless marriage that should
be disrupted quickly. Why quickly? Mercury is a planet that_gives
118 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
its results very quickly. The inherent trend in her first marriage is
thus shown by the owner of the house. The timing could be decided
by the planet of which the period is running.
The SUN in the ascendant is extremely favourable as it is the
owner of the ninth house in the chart. It would be in a friendly
sign. The individual would be fortunate and religious. He will have
an impressive and forceful personality. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja
says that the individual will be wealthy, great and much respected.
Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states that the individual will
receive favours from the government. His married life would also
be satisfactory. Horasara says that the period of the Sun will bring
in much wealth and happiness from wife and children. Much interest
is seen in mantras and related matters if the Sun occupies Moola
particularly in the first navamsha in the sign. It is not that good in
the second navamsha. The individual will face obstacles in his
ventures and success would be got after much effort. Spiritual
progress would be good in case the Sun occupies the sign between
1320' and 1640'. The Sun in Poorva Asadha constellation should
bestow only limited worldly success between 20 and 2320'. The
individual will lead a comfortable life in this constellation. The Sun
in Uttar Asadha constellation in the last navamsha of the sign gives
excellent results.
The Sun in contact with the Moon would give very good results.
He may undertake sea voyage. He will have close and happy
relations with his father. The individual is likely to have a torrid love
affair when the Sun is in Poorva Asadha constellation in contact
with Mars which may culminate in marriage. He will have very
flourishing business when the Sun is in contact with Mercury. Jataka
Chandrika says that the Sun in contact with Mercury will give rise
to a rajyoga. The Sun in contact with Jupiter will give excellent
results. The individual will be very fortunate and will do very well in
life." The Sun in contact with Venus may give rise to some trouble
due to the elder sister of the individual.
The MOON as the owner of the eighth house in the ascendant
is not good. A waning Moon could cause physical problems. The
Moon in a fire sign could make the individual hasty and impulsive.
He will be fair and good looking particularly when the Moon occupies
, Poorva Asadha. In this constellation the Moon is likely to give rise
to extra marital relations and bring marriage under severe strain.
The First House 119
He will have a natural attraction to the occult and he may go. on
long voyages. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that the individual
would be so firm minded that he can only be persuaded by sweet
words. He would inherit the property of his father. He could be
generous and may become an author. Both Varah Mihir and Kalyan
Varma in Saravalisay that the individual would talk well. In Moola,
the Moon should create an interest in the occult. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam says that with this position of the Moon the individual
should be respectable, wealthy and comfortable. In Poorva Asadha
the individual should be good looking, happy and well and happily
married. The Moon in Uttar Asadha would tend to bestow dignity,
a good status, respect for religion and attachment to father.
The Moon in contact with the Sun may not be good for the
father of the individual. The Moon in Moola in contact with Mars
may cause weird dreams of the other world. The individual may be
a good actor. The Moon in contact with Mercury may produce an
imaginative person. He may be a poet when the Moon occupies
Poorva Asadha. The individual will be close to his mother when the
Moon is in contact with Jupiter. The individual will be handsome
when the Moon is in contact with Venus. The individual may study
history when the Moon is in contact with Saturn. The individual will
have a devious mind and he may be a person who wears the
mantle of religiosity to misguide others when the Moon is in contact
with Rahu. The individual will have psychic abilities when the Moon
is in contact with Ketu.
MARS in the ascendant would relate it to the fifth and twelfth
houses. Mars in contact with the Moon will make him sentimental.
Mars in contact with Jupiter will bring forth affectionate children.
Mars in contact with Venus will give rise to romances. It may also
cause injuries. Mars in contact with Saturn will take the individual
away to a new place. The individual will be proportionately built.
and handsome. It would produce good results relating to the fourth
house. The individual is likely to acquire much property. He will be
intelligent. Its effect on the seventh house will not be favourable.
It may bring about separation in marriage when Mars is in contact
with Saturn. It will tend to break up business partnerships when in
contact with Mercury. It would be a factor to deplete longevity.
This means fliat if other factors support in the chart, the individual
may die in the period of Mars. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja does
120 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
not have a good word for Mars in this sign. According to the author
the individual may be a rogue whose wife and children have died
and who has lost his liberty. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam is not so
harsh. According to him the individual will have many enemies and
few children. The individual may face a dangerous situation in his
29th year. There is a possibility of a dispute arising out of relationship
with a female in his 30th year. He will be famous and hold a position
in society. Mars in Moola may develop interest in mysticism. Mars
may cause injury in Poorva Asadha. It may give rise to a romantic
affair. In Uttar Asadha the individual gets property through his
father. Mars between 10 and 1320' in Uttar Asadha would cause
humiliation and loss of reputation to the individual due to a woman.
MERCURY in the ascendant in Sagittarius would be good from
the point of view of intellectual attainments. According to
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja the individual will be a wise man.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakamsays that the individual will be learned
and respected by the king. The person will speak with confidence
and sobriety. The individual would be inclined to teach business
management, He may also be a businessman. He may have more
than one intellectual interest. He will be good looking and of an
amiable nature. He should have a good marriage. Mercury in Uttar
Asadha would make the individual prominent in his intellectual
field. Mercury in contact with the Sun would be inclined to give the
individual a high position and much prosperity but when Mercury
occupies the sign between 320' and 640' or between 10 and
1320' the good results will be diluted. Mercury in contact with the
Moon will not be so good. The mind of the individual will be disturbed
and he may not be of good conduct. He may write about the dead.
The individual may suffer from visitations by the dead in his sleep
when Mercury is in Moola in contact with Mars. In contact with
Mars Mercury will give several love affairs when it is in Poorva
Asadha. There may be some tension in marriage. Mercury in contact
with Venus will make the individual a successful individual. Mercury
in contact with Saturn will persuade the individual to write large
works. His health may get disturbed when Mercury is placed in
Poorva Asadha. The individual will deal with strangers when Mercury
is in contact with Rahu. He may go abroad when Mercury is placed
in Uttar Asadha and it contacts Rahu. Mercury in contact with Ketu
will give results similar to its occupation of Meola:
The First House 121
JUPITER in the ascendant would be an excellent position for
the individual. He will be big built, optimistic and jovial. He will
keep good health. He will be good looking and will stand out in
society. He may have interest in philosophy or management. The
individual will have no worries with respect to his children. They
will do well in life and would be fortunate as their father. The
spouse of the individual would be interested in reading and writing.
His marriage will be satisfactory. His business partnership should
be productive. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that the person
having Jupiter in this sign would be a learned, noble and generous
man with many friends. Mansagari supports this statement and
says that he will also be rich. Jupiter in this sign sometimes makes
the individual a gambler. There may be tension in marriage or
partnership in his 51st year. Jupiter in Moola would incline the
individual towards religion and spirituality, In Poorva Asadha he
should have a romantic alliance. He will be moderately successful.
The father of the individual should be well off in life and happy
when Jupiter occupies Uttar Asadha.
The individual may suffer from a growth in his eye when Jupiter
is in contact with the Moon. Mars in contact with Jupiter is not
good for longevity. Jupiter in Poorva Asadha in contact with Mars
may cause an injury. Mercury in contact with Jupiter in Uttar Asadha
will give high status. Venus in contact with Jupiter will permit the
person to have good vehicles. The individual will be successful.
Jupiter in Poorva Asadha in contact with Saturn is not good for
health. He may be wealthy. Jupiter in contact with Rahu.will not be
able to give very good results. He may be a politician.
VENUS in Sagittarius would give a good marriage but also a
tendency to look around for extra marital flings. Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja says that the individual wi!l have a well behaved wife
and he will be good looking and fortunate. The individual will be
successful. He may not be very rich except when Venus occupies
Poorva Asadha. He may lead a comfortable life. He may have interest
in fine arts and may have competence in one of these fields. He
may take up this competence professionally and earn through it.
Hora Ratnam says that the individual will be generous. Vriddhayavan
Jataka of Minaraja says that the individual will have a materialistic
approach to life. He will enjoy life. The individual may face trouble
in his 25th year though he will also be successful and have good
122 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
income. Venus in Moola may tend to create problems for the
individual through rivals. Venus in Uttar Asadha would not be too
good for his father who may face difficulties in life. The individual
will also come up with obstacles in his day to day life.
In Chart 11-9 the marriage broke down in her 26th year ruled
by Venus. !towns the sixth house which is twelfth from the seventh
house. It is associated with Mars and Mercury which own the twelfth
and seventh houses respectively. In a female chart, Jupiter is the
karaka for marriage and in any chart Saturn is the karaka for
separation. Venus is in Vishakha constellation of Jupiter and Saturn
is in Poorva Phalguni constellation of Venus.
Venus in contact with the Sun may cause danger from fire.
Venus in contact with the Moon is apt to give an indiscriminate and
active sex life. Venus in contact with Mars will give a romantic
nature and active sex life. Venus in contact with Mercury will give
the individual ability to write stories. The individual may have close
relations with his maternal uncle. Venus in contact with Jupiter will
give interest in vehicles and the individual will like to have a well
appointed home. He will have good relations with his friends and
relatives. Venus in contact with Saturn will give wealth. Venus in
contact with Rahu may cause trouble through women.
SATURN in Sagittarius will give an inquisitive mind that can
easily be concentrated. This would enable the individual to become
a great philosopher, scientist or legal luminary. This is a good position
for wealth. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja supports this statement
and says that he will be reticent. Prosperity may come to the
individual rather late in life. His younger siblings would prosper
after difficulties in early life. His marriage will be steady. He will
have a good professional career. He may change his profession or
job more than once. He may do so in his 41st year for the better.
Saturn placed in the sign between 320' and 640' will not be good
for health of the individual. Saturn placed in the sign between 10
and 1320' will cause setbacks in the life of the individual. Saturn
between 1640' and 20 will bring in close involvement of the
individual with his profession. When Saturn is placed in Moola the
interest would veer towards philosophy and extra-sensory
phenomenon as opposed to Poorva Asadha which would make the
individual more worldly minded and interested in material success.
However, Saturn in Poorva Asadha is not good for his health and
The First House 123
success. Jatakabharnam feels that the individual may not keep
good health. Saturn in Uttar Asadha would turn the individual into
a legal or administrative luminary. His father would also be a
sucoessful person in this field.
Saturn in contact with the Sun will tend to reduce comfort in
the life of the individual. Saturn in contact with the Moon could
cause danger from water particularly in Poorva Asadha. Saturn in
contact with Mars will cause ill health and unhappiness. The
individual may move to a new place. Saturn in contact with Mercury
will induoe the individual to write. Saturn in contact with Jupiter
will give wealth through mining or agriculture.
RAHU in Sagittarius is not good. It is an inimical sign for it.
The individual will be secretive and manipulative. He may travel
abroad. He should not be wealthy. He may deceive others for their
wealth. Longevity of the individual will be suspect. He could be a
nihilist in Moola. In Poorva Asadha the individual may come across
deception. In contact with Saturn in Poorva Asadha it may produce
trouble in the kidneys. In Uttar Asadha his relations with his father
would be bad but he may be successful in life. The individual may
travel abroad.
The individual may be of bad conduct and reprehensible habits
when in contact with the Moon. He may not be interested in religion.
He may be a research scholar. He may be in danger of being arrested
when Rahu is in contact with Mars.
KETU in Sagittarius would be in a friendly sign. The individual
will not be good looking and may not have an easy going life. This
would incline the individual to philosophical speculation and
meditation. Ketu in Poorva Asadha placed between oo and 320'
will give a devotional nature. But when it is placed in the sign
between 320' and 640' the individual may have some physical
defect of an unusual kind. He may have much interest in the nether
world when Ketu occupies the sign between 10and 1320'. Ketu
in the sign between 2320' and 2640' will draw the individual to
mysticism. Ketu in Moola would give the general results stated for
the sign. In Poorva Asadha it could cause trouble from women. In
Uttar Asadha the father of the individual will be a highly spiritual
person.
Capricorn: When Capricorn is on the ascendant the individual
would be tall and slender to the point of emaciation. He would
124 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
have deep set eyes, an oval face and protruding chin. Complexion
generally tends towards swarthiness. He will have dark hair, long
neck and narrow chest. The legs would be crooked and ill formed.
However he will have a witty and subtle mind. A person with
Capricorn rising would not be much attached to his mother or
home. He will keep a studied aloofness from his rivals. His attitude
to his marriage would be one of convenience. There would not be
much passion in it. There could be occasions when he would face
attack on his reputation. He will enjoy his professional engagement.
Jup
Rah
Mer
Sun
Sat
Ven
Jup
Ket
Mon
Lagna Chart IIlO
Ket
Sat
Navamsha
Female, 4 January 1951, 0900 hours, 26N55',80E59', 0530
hours East of Greenwich. She got a powerful position in January
2008.
The First House 125
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun
851947'13" Venus Venus 9528'13" Sun
Moon 6s288'5" Jupiter Saturn 5s98'1" Sun
Mars 952220'0" Moon Rahu 1052835'12" Jupiter
Mere 8s1424'18" R Venus Ketu 452835'12" Sun
Jupiter 105126'44" Rahu
Ascdt 9s2218'9"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in this sign is not happily placed since this is an
inimical sign. The individual will lack comforts. He may not be good
looking. The Sun is the ruler of the eighth house from the ascendant.
Setbacks and failures may happen. His relations with his father will
deteriorate. There would be trouble from the authority. The
individual may have a tense marriage. The individual may face
danger through fire when the Sun occupies the sign between 1640'
and 20. He will be of reserved nature. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam
takes a poor view of this location of the Sun. The first ten degrees
of Capricorn in Uttar Asadha constellation are comparatively good
for the Sun to be in. It may add to his longevity. The Sun in Sravan
constellation would aggravate marital troubles. The person may
be vainglorious when the Sun is placed between 1 oo and 1320' in
the sign. It should create trouble in or as a consequence of
acquisition of immovable property in Dhanishtha constellation.
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that his property would be lost
as a consequence of disputes.
The lady of Chart IHO got a very high position in January
2008. This happened in her 58
1
h year, This is ruled by the Sun. The
Sun is associated with Mercury which is the mooltrikona owner of
the tenth house from it. The Sun is therefore inclined to act as an
agent to improve the status. It is in Poorva Asadha constellation of
Venus and the latter is in Uttar Asadha constellation of the Sun.
Thus the two planets have exchanged constellations. Venus owns
the tenth house. Venus occupies the ascendant and is closely related
to the Sun. Hence the Sun has given her a high position.
The MOON in Capricorn would produce a person who would
not confide in anybody. He may be worried, depressed and cold. It
would strengthen the seventh house of marriage and therefore
strive to hold the marriage on an even keel. The individual would
be inquisitive and therefore knowledgeable according to Yavanjataka
126 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to, 6 House)
of Sphujidhvaja.The Moon in Uttar Asadha in contact with Venus
may create a situation in which the relationship of the individual
with a woman could bring disrepute to him. When the Moon is in
Sravan the individual should have a happy marriage. The wife of
the individual will be a very nice person. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam
supports this statement. The Moon placed in the sign between
1320' and 1640' could either bring about a love marriage or the
married couple could be in a very intense relationship. The Moon
in Dhanishtha would ensure that the person would be
knowledgeable about immovable property and if the Moon is in
contact with Jupiter the individual may be able to acquire much of
it.
The Moon in contact with the Sun will produce a person who
had an unhappy and unhealthy childhood. The Moon in Dhanishtha
in contact with Mercury would give birth to an irritable and
disputatious individual. He may also face litigation over property
matters. The Moon in contact with Jupiter will cause a change of
place for the individual.
In Chart II-10 there is tension in marriage. Let us first examine
the owner of the seventh house. This is the Moon. It is placed in
the tenth house in Vishakha. The constellation is owned by Jupiter.
Thus the Moon represents husband. It is in the tenth house of
profession. The Moon is in Gemini in the navamsha chart. This is a
house of disagreement and tension. Since the Moon has no direct
contact with Saturn, the marriage would survive. Venus owns the
fifth house of romance. It projects an aspect to the seventh house
of marriage. Hence marriage followed a romantic affair. The mother
of the person died in the major-period of Venus. Venus is in
association with Mars which owns the fourth house. The Moon
occupies a sign of Venus. Venus is in the fourth house from the
Moon. Venus is placed in a sign of Saturn. It is in Uttar Asadha
constellation of the Sun and it is associated with Jupiter in the
navamsha chart,
MARS in Capricorn is exalted. This is Ruchaka Yoga. Saravali
says that the individual will have a robust constitution. He will be
energetic, aggressive and active. He will be courageous and warlike.
He will be successful in amassing property. Jatakabharnam supports
this. His spouse would be unhappy on account of his rude behaviour.
His children and father would also likewise be apprehensive of
The First House 127
him. He will be very protective of his mother. He should have good
longevity. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam feels that the individual
would be dignified and look regal. Jatakadeshmarg Chandrika states
that the individual will be a leader of armed men. The individual
will keep chasing women when Mars is in the sign between 1320'
and 1640'. He may die of heat stroke or dehydration when Mars is
plaoed in the sign between 2320' and 2640'. Mars in Uttar Asadha
gives bad temper. It would create violent situations for the individual.
Mars in Sravan would not be good for marital peace, but the
individual will be very close to his mother. She will keep good health
and would be happy. Most of the general results for Mars in the
asoendant in this sign and its occupation of Sravan are found true
in chart Il-10 above. Mars in Dhanishtha would give results similar
to the general results.
Mars in contact with Mercury will repeatedly create situations
of disagreement and tension. He may have a sharp tongue. His
relations with his maternal uncle will not be good. In contact with
Jupiter Mars may give much property in a different town than the
one in which he lives. The younger siblings of the individual too
would be well set up in life and close to him. The individual may
have an important say in family matters. Mars in contact with Venus
would give the individual a powerful position in a uniformed force.
He will have good vehicles. He may be a mining engineer when
Mars is in contact with Saturn, Mars in contact with Rahu would be
difficult to handle since he will be violent.
MERCURY in Capricorn would be in a friendly sign. He will
have the mental capacity to concentrate on and understand
complicated concepts. He ought to be a person of few words. The
mooltrikona sign of Mercury is in the ninth house. The individual is
likely to be fortunate if Mercury is in contact with Jupiter. Varah
Mihir in Brihajjatakam feels that this position of Mercury is not
good for wealth. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja a \so feels that a person
with Mercury in Capricorn would be poor and he would be engaged
in serving others. He should succeed in spheres that call for
intellectual abilities. He may gain some expertise in a few branches
of abstruse knowledge. Sarava/ifeels that he may suffer from erectile
dysfunction. Mercury owns the sixth house from the ascendant. In
a sign of Saturn it is likely to cause poor health. The individual may
face many obstacles in his life. His marriage may not be a happy
128 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
one. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states that such an individual
may be a back biter. Mercury in Uttar Asadha would make the
individual well known on account of his knowledge. He should
speak little but his speeches could be fiery. It makes the individual
unfortunate when Mercury is in contact with Jupiter. Mercury in
Sravan should incline the individual to business, He could also be a
good raconteur. Mercury in Dhanishtha should make his tongue
acerbic. He may develop engineering skills. He may also be
interested in calisthenics and body building.
Mercury in contact with the Moon may cause separation in
marriage or partnership. In contact with Mars it may disturb
education of the individual. The elder sibling of the individual will
not be on good terms with him. He will be an author when Jupiter
is in contact with Mercury but this will not be his means of livelihood.
The career of the individual may be jeopardized when Mercury is
in contact with Venus. He will be deceitful when Rahu is in contact
with Mercury. The individual will suffer from congenital trouble
when Ketu is in contact with Mercury.
JUPITER in this sign is debilitated. Still it would promote much
happiness in marriage in a female chart. It indicates that there
could be spells of separation from the spouse. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam ascribes bad conduct, little wealth and some
unhappiness to Jupiter in this sign. Jupiter is the karaka for wealth.
When it is debilitated in the twelfth house from the second, it is
likely that the individual may not be rich. Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra says that the individual will be a spendthrift. Yavanjataka
.of Sphujidhvaja calls such an individual a penniless fool. It is also
not good for the success and income of his younger siblings, The
individual should be worried on account of his children. He may
change the place where he lives. His 53rd year will be unfortunate.
Jupiter in Uttar Asadha may improve his status in society. However,
it may create trouble through father. The father of the individual
may meet with misfortune in the 16th year of the individual. In
Sravan Jupiter would gain some strength and adverse results of its
debilitation may lessen. It may produce a good marriage in a female
chart. In Dhanishtha he should manage to get wealth through
property. The individual should have some success in life but the
younger siblings would come to more adversity.
The First House 129
The individual may be fortunate to some extent when Mercury
is in contact with Jupiter but he may experience trouble through
spoken and written word. A child may be born to the individual in
the period of Jupiter when it is in contact with Venus. The individual
will fail at an agricultural enterprise when Jupiter. is in contact with
Saturn. He may have to lose his liberty when Jupiter is in contact
with Rahu. Such a Jupiter would give bad results. Jupiter in contact
with Ketu may develop interest in meditation.
VENUS in the ascendant is a very good location being a
yogakaraka planet for the chart. It promises a high position and
'attractive and good children. He may be close to his daughters. It
would make the individual attractive and comfortable. When in
contact with Jupiter Its period would give the individual a child. It
always creates an incompatibility in marriage though the spouse
should be good looking. Both Saravali and Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja state that the individual would like mature women.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that such an individual will be
liked by ail. Venus in Uttar Asadha would raise the status very
high. He may get a high position in his 61 st year. It would also
either make the individual close to his father or make him his ideal.
The spouse could cause humiliation to the individual. He may have
some musical ability when Venus occupies the sign between 640'
and 10. In Sravan the incompatibility in marriage would be to the
fore. Venus in Sravan between 1640' and 20 will involve the
individual with several partners. The individual may be a theatre
artist. In Dhanishtha he will acquire several vehicles which could
be source of trouble and mental tension to the individual.
Venus in contact with the Sun may cause trouble for the
individual due to his sexual promiscuity. Venus in contact with the
Moon is good for talent as an actor. The individual will be romantic
in nature. Venus in contact with Mars may give the spouse of the
individual a career in arts. He will be soft spoken when Mercury
gets in touch with Venus. Talent in music and dance is likely. Venus
in contact with Rahu is not good for a clean married life. The
individual stands to suffer dishonour due to his way of life. Venus
in contact with Ketu will cause a conflict in the mind of the individual.
He will be devotional in nature but his libido will be strong.
SATURN in Capricorn should be considered as well placed since
it is in its own sign. Being the owner of the second house Saturn in
130 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
strength should indicate a family that is happy and wealthy. The
individual should be fortunate. He would however look more mature
than his age. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja states that the individual
will be of high status, wealthy and an outstanding person. It projects
an aspect to its sign of exaltation in the tenth house showing a
good professional career. Saturn in Capricorn in contact with Jupiter
would be good for the children of the individual. They should be
wealthy and earn well through their professions. The good results
of Saturn would appear a little late in life. There would not be
much warmth in married life. In fact, the spouse of the individual
may be a little unhappy and worried on this score. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam says that Saturn in its own sign in the ascendant
should promote promiscuity in relations. Saturn in Uttar Asadha
would give a government job to the individual, give happiness to
the father of the individual and though the individual should keep
good health, he would be apprehensive of falling sick with a heart
or abdominal ailment. He could be a hypochondriac. He may also
experience a dangerous situation involving fire. This would reduce
his wealth. Saturn in Sravan would make the individual prone to
colds, keep him worried, and he would not have buoyant spirits.
When Saturn occupies Dhanishtha the younger siblings of the
individual will flourish if they go away to a new distant plaoe from
the places of their birth. This location of Saturn will make the
individual aggressive and cruel.
A person having the Sun in contact with Saturn in the chart
may not rise high in status. This is not good. The individual may
develop heart trouble. The individual will have some talent for
miming and emoting if the Moon in his chart is in contact with
Saturn. The individual will acquire and sell property when Mars
contacts Saturn in the birth chart. He will have a physically fit look.
He will be fond of calisthenics. He may have some handicap as a
result of which he may not be able to write properly in case Mercury
is in contact with Saturn in the chart. He is likely to leave his place
of birth and go elsewhere in search of a vocation when Jupiter is in
contact with Saturn. A female with Jupiter in contact with Saturn
will have a good marriage. In case Venus contacts Saturn the
individual will be happy with his job though he may have to work
hard and long hours at it.
The First House 131
RAHU in Capricorn will be in a friendly sign. The individual will
not be good looking. The individual may try to earn wealth abroad
or through foreigners. Capricorn is an Earthy sign. Rahu is
materialistic and is an externalizing agent. The individual will
therefore be highly materialistic. He would be deeply involved in
mundane affairs and will be a part of the rat race. According to
Sarvarth Chintamani Rahu is a significator of fame and honour.
The individual may therefore succeed in his effort to reach a position
of recognition. Rahu in Uttar Asadha will be troublesome for the
reputation of the individual. It could also cause, when in contact
with Mercury, an undiagnosed or untreatable disease like cancer in
the individual. It will cause losses to the father of the individual.
Lasciviousness will arise in him if Rahu is placed in Sravan. The
spouse of the individual will be secretive. Rahu in Dhanishtha will
bring him in contact with the common man and he may take up
politics as a profession. When in contact with Jupiter it could give
property to him.
KETU in this sign would be unhappily placed. It is not good for
the wealth of the individual and the well being of his family. He will
not be good looking. Garga says that the individual will be a liar
and his spouse may meet with an early demise. Ketu has a tendency
to internalize. In an inimical sign, Ketu will make the individual
unsocial and a loner but his efforts to succeed at internalization of
the consciousness would not be successful. Its location in Uttar
Asadha may persuade the individual to delve deep in the mysteries
of life. In Sravan the spouse of the individual may make a show of
holiness. In Dhanishtha Ketu would cause trouble through property.
Aquarius: Aquarius on the ascendant makes an individual
tall, strong and fair. This sign like the signs of Venus produces
good looking people. They appear healthy. They may have sandy
or dark hair. Their disposition is kind and gentle. They leave and go
away to other unfamiliar places from their places of birth. The
individual would be a home loving person with ability to contribute
to its turning into a well run household. His heart will not be in his
profession. The individual may move away from traditional values
and settings. He may try to usher in reforms and innovations. For
such changes he is even prepared to take to unusual methods.
132
Man
Sat
Ket
Mar
Ket
Sun
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Rah
Jup
Sat
Mer
Man
Sun
Mer
Ven
Mar
Navamsha
Jup
Rah
Ven
Female, 25 June 1965, 2230 hours, 26Nl4', 78E1 0', 0530
hours East of Greenwich.
She married a person who is more than fifteen years her senior
in age after a romantic affair. He has held high positions. She
suffered from cancer of the breast in her later life and had surgery
in August 2001.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 2s10"31'41"
Rahu Venus 3s016'43" Jupiter
Moon Os2256'18" Venus Saturn 10s2350'43" Jupiter
Mars 5s4"58'55" Sun Rahu 1s20"22'10" Moon
Mere 2s26"7'42" Jupiter Ketu 7s2022'10" Mercury
Jupiter 1s21 "23'18" Moon
Ascdt 105517'3"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the _j)lanet is placed.
The First House 133
The SUN keeps the marriage of the individual going when it is
placed in the ascendant but due to the overbearing attitude of the
spouse there is always some tension in the relationship. There
would be physical discomfort and fatigue. Both Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam and Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja speak of
unsatisfactory effect of the Sun on the individual. Brihajjatakam
says that the conduct of the individual will be reprehensible. He
may also be poor and unfortunate. Yavanjataka calls such an
individual a cruel but miserable and poor man. Jyotish Makarand
states that the individual will be cruel and stubborn. He may have
extra-marital relations. The relations with his father would be
unsatisfactory. The father may also not have had a good life. The
individual may have extra-marital relations when the Sun occupies
the sign between 10and l320'1eading to a separation in marriage.
The spouse could be headstrong with fiery temper when the Sun is
in Dhanishtha. When the Sun is in Satbhishaka there could be a
tendency to exceed the social taboos and opt for unrestrained sex.
The adverse effects of the Sun would be exacerbated. The Sun in
Poorva Bhadrapada would be restrained and dignified. The marriage
would be stable as it would have no provocation of cheating. The
individual gets wealth through the spouse.
The Sun in contact with the Moon may give rise to urinary
trouble. The individual, in case Mercury is in contact with the Sun,
would be a very poor speaker. He may have gastric trouble. He will
undergo much trouble at work place when the Sun is in contact
with Mars. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that the individual
will be fond of disreputable women. This will be true when the Sun
is in contact with Venus. Such an individual will earn a bad reputation
for this. The individual is likely to develop heart trouble later in life.
The Sun in contact with Ketu is likely to cause much trouble through
the guru.
The rvlOON in the ascendant could disturb the health of the
individual and land him in litigation. It could also create tension in
marriage. The person would be constantly worried and disturbed.
A waning Moon would be worse in this regard. He will have a large
circle of acquaintances and would therefore be known. The person
will have fixed ideas and would change his opinion with much
difficulty. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam thinks that a person with
the Moon in this sign would be illiterate and vicious. Jatakabharnam
says that the individual becomes indebted in the major-period of
134 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
the Moon in this sign. The Moon in the sign between 320' and
640' would cause much trouble relating to the profession of the
individual; between 10 and 1320' he will be an insomniac; and
between 2320' and 2640' the Moon would give a good mother
who would be a sobering effect on the individual. The Moon in
Dhanishtha would afford some authority to the individual. He may
travel on account of his profession. He would have a fiery temper.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that a person with the Moon in
Satbhishaka would be truthful but harsh, independent and
successful against his rivals. According to this authority the person
would be henpecked when the Moon is in Poorva Bhadrapada.
However, he will be rich and well behaved. When Jupiter is weak
or the Moon is waning the individual may be indebted.
The Moon in contact with the Sun could give a sickly wife. The
individual would be worried on account of his children when the
Moon is in contact with Mercury. The Moon in contact with Venus
causes differences with wife and a poor married life. The individual
will be handsome and so would be his wife. Much trouble would be
in store for the individual due to his mother and family when Rahu
is in contact with the Moon. He will have congenital deformity
when Ketu is in contact with the Moon,
MARS in the ascendant will be a cause for tension with younger
siblings. The individual will be closely associated with his profession
and work hard for it. He will not be able to enjoy leisure due to
pressure of work. Mars in the ascendant is not a good position for
the profession of the individual. He may be firm and courageous
but will be irritable. He may have some dissatisfaction regarding
his.mother. Matters relating to property and vehicles will not prosper.
His relations with his friends may suffer and he may not be close to
his relatives. Hora Ratnam says that the individual will not be
fortunate in his life. He should have a good marriage though the
wife will also be firm minded and short tempered and there could
be differences of opinion from time to time. There will be little
domestic peace. Mars in this position does not support longevity.
Saravalistates that the individual will die a bad death. Mars may
cause much trouble relating to the career and children of the
individual in his 30th year. Marriage and domestic happiness will be
at a premium in his 31st year. His younger sibling may fall sick in
the individual's 32nd year. He will have some relief in his 33rd year.
The First House 135
These general results with renewed vigour would appear when
Mars is in Dhanishtha. These results would be worse when Mars
occupies Satbhishaka. It may necessitate surgery to treat a difficult
ailment. Mars in Poorva Bhadrapada would be better. He may earn
well from his profession. However, it would influence the spouse
more in a female chart. The spouse would be dignified, firm and
efficient. Mars in contact with the Sun indicates that the younger
siblings of the individual will be close to his wife. Mars in contact
with the Moon may cause mental tension due to persons with
inimical attitude towards the individual. He may have strained
relations with his wife too. He is likely to meet with an accident
when Mars is in contact with Mercury. He may get a vehicle through
a stroke of luck but he will have a tough time with it. Mars in
contact with Rahu and Venus may persuade the individual to live
abroad.
MERCURY in the ascendant should be favourable for the
children of the individual. They should be lucky and should do well
in life. They will be fond of their parent. He should be interested in
ancient and hidden knowledge. He could be a hard working research
scholar. He would have a good span of life. His business would
require close supervision and constant support. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam says that such an individual will be in the employment
of another and would be poor. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja
states that the individual will not be able to speak clearly and he
may be impotent. Horasara feels that the individual will be poor in
the period of Mercury and he will not be happy. Mercury in
Dhanishtha would give mixed results. He may take up writing as a
profession in his 35th year. Disputes would arise in business and he
may get involved in litigation. His finances would be in an
unsatisfactory state, He may alienate friends through his blunt
speech. Mercury in the sign between 320' and 640' will cause
breaks and disappointment in his career. Mercury in Satbhishaka
would make the individual uncommunicative and secretive. He would
communicate in a very calculated manner. This is a dangerous
position of Mercury for causing cancer of the larynx or liver. Mercury
in Poorva Bhadrapada would be better. The individual should be
able to earn through consultancy and through giving advice. A
child may be born to the individual in the period of Mercury when
it is in Poorva Bhadrapada. He will be happy when Mercury is in the
sign between 2320' and 2640'.
144 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Bhadrapada. In Uttar Bhadrapada the corpulence of the individual
will be reduced and the good fortune of the eldest child may be
severely curtailed. His expenditure may rise. Jupiter placed between
640' and 10 in the sign would create tension in marriage since
the spouse of the individual will be of fault finding nature. Jupiter
in Revati shows a literary person. He may also be an expert on
business finance. He could be a professor.
Jupiter in contact with the Sun would ensure a happy and
prosperous father. There could be an episode of bad health in the
51st year of the individual. When it contacts the Moon the individual
may go to beaches or water bodies. Jupiter in contact with Mercury
is a good augury for successful business. He may get married in
his 34th year. He will have successful and happy romance when
Jupiter is in contact with Venus but if it is a male chart marriage
arising out of such a romance may not turn out to be happy. Such
an individual will be very handsome. Jupiter in contact with Saturn
would ensure good longevity.
VENUS would be exalted in the ascendant here. The individual
will be very good looking though he may tend to put on weight.
This signifies a long life and much affluence and happiness according
to Jatakabharnam. The siblings of the individual will be successful
in life. A younger sister of the individual may make good gains
when the individual is in his 25th year. He would be of amorous
nature which would cause some unhappiness to his spouse. The
individual may marry after a love affair when Venus occupies the
sign between oo and 320'. Venus placed between 640' and 10
would rock the marital boat as the individual would have a series
of romantic flings. Venus will not help in matters relating to longevity
when it occupies the sign between 2320' and 2640'. Yavanjataka
of Sphujidhvaja describes an individual with Venus in the ascendant
in Pisces as a person of great wealth whose enemies have been
destroyed. Saravalisays that such a person will be helped by women.
The results of Venus in Poorva Bhadrapada would be similar to
those described above. His profession may be related to music,
dancing, interior decoration, creative expression of talent in
fashionable clothes etc. Venus placed in Uttar Bhadrapada may
create a rift between business partners. Venus in Revati would
induce the spouse of the individual too to have extra marital affairs.
He may be a writer of stories.
136 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mercury in contact with the Moon will disturb health. Mercury
in contact with Venus will give good results. This should improve
his prosperity as well. He may be able to communicate with dead
persons when Mercury is in contact with Ketu.
JUPITER in Aquarius should be good for wealth and income. It
would be the owner of the second and eleventh houses from the
ascendant and itself. If it is strong the individual will be very rich.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam supports this statement but
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvajaspeaks very ill of character and nature
of such an individual. It should ensure a dominant and dignified
husband in a female chart. Jupiter in a sign of Saturn will be
restrained from giving full expression to wealth. There would be
depletion of potential for generation of wealth. The individual will
be more rule-bound and he will remain in a strait jacket. The
Jupiterean creativity would be under restraint. The individual will
be highly traditional in his approach. The marriage of the individual
would be good. He may not be close to his father, He is likely to
face obstacles in his affairs. The individual will do well at his
profession in his 53rd year. Bhattanarayan in Chamatkar Chintamani
says that the individual will be of dignified appearance. The relations
of the individual with his children will also be lukewarm. This position
is excellent for the sucoess of the eldest child of the individual in
his profession and life in general. Jupiter will help promote the
profession of the individual when it occupies Dhanishtha. Its good
effect would be diluted when it occupies Satbhishaka. Jupiter will
give results similar to those described above when it is placed in
Poorva Bhadrapada.
Jupiter in contact with Mercury will give rise to a verbose
individual with no content in what he says; in contact with Venus it
will give much wealth in jewellery and gold to him. Jupiter in contact
with the Moon will give a happy state of mind and a pleasant
home. In contact with Mars it may give rise to family disputes over
wealth.
VENUS in Aquarius should be considered well plaoed as Venus
is a yogakaraka planet for this ascendant. The individual will be
good looking, comfortable and fortunate. His marriage may have
some pin-pricks. His parents may stay with him. He may get a
vehicle. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra the individual
may lead a life of respect and comfort. Luck will favour him granting
The First House 137
much wealth and luxuries. He will have support in material form
from his father. He will try to have a well appointed home. The
individual will have much suocess and happiness in his 25th year.
Venus in contact with Rahu may see him going and staying abroad.
Venus in contact with Mercury may take the individual abroad for
his education. Jatakabharnamsays that the individual will dispose
of the property he had gained earlier. He may derive authority
when Venus is plaoed in Dhanishtha. This placement is conducive
to getting property through good fortune. The individual may have
a career in sophisticated machines. Venus in Satbhishaka would
create situations for either study or stay abroad. Venus in Poorva
Bhadrapada. will be good for the children of the individual. They
will be good looking and fortunate, and would do well in their lives.
They may not stay at the plaoe they were born. The individual will
be fortunate and lead a prosperous life. The individual will be happy
and fortunate. The influence of gurus of the Devas and Daityas
together on the asoendant would tend to produce a wise and learned
individual who may be sought after for his advice.
Venus in contact with the Moon shows sucoess at competitions
in a fortuitous manner. The individual may have a break in his
romanoe in his 26th year that may cause mental pain. Venus in
contact with Mercury may give a succession of romantic affiliations
arising through social networking that may have prominent sexual
content.
SAlURN in Aquarius would give a healthy physique to the
individual. He may lead a comfortable life. He may be shifted to a
new plaoe in his 1st year, The individual may do well at his career in
his 39th year. The individual will not have warm relations with his
colleagues and neighbours. His relations with his younger siblings
may not be happy. According to Jatakabharnamthe individual may
not be inclined to pursue a job that he takes up to its logical
conclusion. He will unfortunately have a bad marriage that is likely
to break down into a divorce, There will hardly be any compatibility
between the married partners. The individual will face serious
problems in his profession. He may have to change jobs several
times. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that a person with Saturn
in Aquarius would be a great man but he will have all the vioes in
life. Matters would not improve if Saturn occupies Dhanishtha. It
will cause change in job when it is placed in the sign between oo
138 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
and 320'. Saturn in Satbhishaka could place him under physical
restraint. In Poorva Bhadrapada he will be richer and better adjusted
in his job. Saturn may separate the individual from his children if it
occupies the sign between 2640' and 30.
The individual will not be happy with his father when Saturn is
in contact with the Sun. He will be very happy being at home or
with his mother when the Moon contacts Saturn. He will face trouble
from his enemies or rivals when Mars is in contact with Saturn.
The person will not be a good orator in case Mercury contacts
Saturn in the chart. Such a person may have some speech disorder
or inadequacy. He will be good looking and wealthy when Venus
contacts Saturn. The female of Chart II-11 underwent surgery to
arrest growth of malignancy in her 37th year. Saturn was ruling at
that time. Mars is placed in Aquarius in the navamsha chart where
Saturn is placed in the birth chart. Saturn is in Taurus navamsha.
Venus is placed in the sixth house from the ascendant in the birth
chart. Taurus has Rahu and Jupiter in the birth chart. The eighth
house from Rahu is in Sagittarius. Saturn is in Poorva Bhadrapada
constellation. Detection of malignancy and surgery to remove it is
seen during the years ruled by Saturn,
RAHU in Aquarius will make him hard working, mentally adroit
and smart in his dealings. He will gain from contact with foreign
countries and his journeys to foreign countries will be productive
of much benefit. His rivals will be apprehensive of him. He will be
long lived. The individual will face trouble in the form of threat of
arrest in his 42nd year. Rahu is a fake. He is an interloper. He is a
manipulator. Here in Aquarius he will develop potential to manipulate
networking and social movements to his advantage. The good
results would be watered down when Rahu occupies Dhanishtha.
It may not give good results for his profession. Certain deviousness
in dealings will be noticed when it is in Poorva Bhadrapada. Rahu
may however give good income in this constellation,
Rahu in contact with the Sun would give rise to unhappy
marriage; and with Mars it would impart a. tendency to be at
loggerheads with the younger siblings. Rahu in contact with Venus
may cause the individual to go abroad and stay there. It would put
the individual alongwith his family under restriction on their
movement.
The First House 139
KE1U in Aquarius would make the individual a rule bound
disciplinarian in his work. It is a headless entity and therefore the
individual would not be able to apply his intellect to give shape and
direction to the trends that he is caught up in. On the other hand,
he will be a pliable follower. The individual may make a determined
bid for success at spiritualism in his 48th year. Ketu in Dhanishtha
should be better than Satbhishaka. Ketu in the sign between oo
and 320' will be good. It would develop interest in religion and
related matters. Ketu in Poorva Bhadrapada would be able to shun
most of the adverse results stated above but all his efforts for
success in spiritual life would come to a naught. Ketu in contact
with the Moon may attract trouble through supernatural forces.
The individual may be born with a congenital defect. Ketu in contact
with Mercury should persuade the individual to write on occult l
topics.
Pisces: Pisces on the ascendant produces short, pale and
plump people. They have stocky round shoulders. They have dark
hair. Their disposition is indolent. They like to drink. They look
down or stoop while walking. Prosperity would favour him. The
individual will be happy with his children. He may have highly placed
rivals with whom he may keep good relations. His wife could be of
nagging nature. He will be fortunate and happy with his profession.
He would abhor relocation and be always worried over his income
and success.
Ket
Sun
Ven
Mer Man
Lagna Chart II-12
Jup
Mar
Sat
Rah
140
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Navamsha
Mer
Mon
Rah
Sat
r---r--
L_'
L __
Ket
~ a r
Sun
Jup
Female, 5 January 1978, 1115 hours, 26N55', 80E59', 0530
hours East of Greenwich.
Her father was a highly placed officer in a government
undertaking. Her mother, a teacher, has always been concerned
over her weight. The individual is working for a financial institution.
She is married into a wealthy business family. Her marriage has
brought much prosperity to her.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 8s2058'59" Venus Venus 8sl654'50" Venus
Moon 6s2556'23" Jupiter Saturn 4s626'24"R Ketu
Mars 3sl417'38"R Saturn Rahu 5sl642'28" Moon
Mere 7s2852'0" Mercury Ketu 11sl642'28" Mercury
Jupiter 2s546'6"R Mars Ascdt 11s849'50"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in this sign is well plf!Ced but it is not energetic as
this is a water sign. The individual will have an imposing personality.
According to Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja this will produce a
meritorious person who will have several friends and many enemies.
He would be able to keep his rivals under check. His marriage
would carry on well but business partnerships may always be under
stress. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakamfeels that he will be successful
in business of sea products. It is not good when placed between
1 oo and 1320'. Good results of the Sun in this sign may diminish.
It may also be an adverse factor for good longevity. It is likely to
cause humiliation to the individual. He may not get along well with
The First House
141
his superiors. The Sun in Poorva Bhadrapada would cause results
similar to those described above. He will hold a high position. In
Uttar Bhadrapada the Sun would be troublesome. The 57th year of
the individual will be one of physical trouble and disappointments
when the Sun occupies Uttar Bhadrapada. It could cause ailments
in the feet, bones or spine or it could bring about high fever. It may
also promote indebtedness. When the Sun is in Revati the individual
may be thrown in close contact with his maternal uncle. It could
cause a business partnership with the uncle which may face
impediments.
The Sun in contact with the Moon would cause some worry
for the individual. This is a good position for the wealth of the
eldest child. The Sun in contact with Mars may be good for wealth
in Poorva Bhadrapada but in Uttar Bhadrapada it may cause minor
surgical intervention. The Sun in contact with Mercury may not be
good for academic performance and business. The Sun in contact
with Venus would tend to cause physical impediments in the daily
life of the individual.
The MOON in the ascendant would cause a rajyoga. It would
bring about much wealth and happiness. The individual will have a
positive view of life. He will be even tempered and friendly. His
spouse would be good looking and an affable person. Varah Mihir
in Brihajjatakam says that a person with the Moon in this sign
would have a dominant wife. The eldest child of the individual,
may be a daughter who would be very fortunate and she will fare
very well in life. The number of children will be restricted in Uttar
Bhadrapada but there will be more than one birth in the period of
the Moon in Revati. The spouse of the individual will be intellectually
inclined and very emotional. She should be good looking. The spouse
of the individual will help in his success in his 59th year. Yavanjataka
of Sphujidhvaja says that a person with the Moon in Pisces would
have power, property, and knowledge. His work may be related to
rivers and oceans. He will be wealthy. According to Saravali he
may serve the government. The results would be similar to the
above when the Moon occupies Poorva Bhadrapada. He may be
engaged in a sea faring profession like merchant navy. The Moon
in contact with Saturn in this constellation would separate the
individual from his daughter. The Moon in Uttar Bhadrapada will
make the individual more sober. He may be an expert in legal
142 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
matters. He may be inclined to relocate himself at a short distance
from his place of birth. The relocation will not cause any upsurge
in his fortunes. The Moon in Revati shows a person and his spouse,
both, of high intellectual calibre. The person will study the business
world very carefully and he may be an expert at it.
The Moon in contact with Mars shows that the individual
belongs to a well to do family.
MARS in the ascendant would also be in a friendly sign but its
aspect to the seventh house would not be good for the marital life
of the individual. This person may not have good relations with his
female colleagues or younger sisters. He may meet with a highway
mishap. He will not have a happy and peaceful home. Yavanjataka
of Sphujidhvaja says that such a person will be quarrelsome and
he may live abroad. The individual will make energetic efforts to
amass money and he would succeed to a large extent through his
good fortune, but he will be unlucky in matters relating to property.
Jatakabharnam says that the individual goes abroad in the major-
period of Mars placed in Pisces. This position of Mars does not help
the individual have good longevity. The elder sibling of the individual
may generate good income through his own efforts, but it would
not be favourable for the prosperity of the younger siblings. It may
be very good for the professional success of the eldest child. The
spouse of the individual may undergo surgery for a physical ailment
when Mars occupies Uttar Bhadrapada, Mars in Poorva Bhadrapada
will give results similar to the ones described above. He could be
put in charge of finance or banks. The individual may face a difficult
situation when Mars is in Uttar Bhadrapada. He may do well
financially in his 28th year but there would be some trouble and
dispute at work. This position of Mars would create obstruction in
the free flow of his good fortune. Placed between 320' and 640'
it would create trouble through rivals. Mars in Revati will be
troublesome since the individual will speak without thinking thus
causing much trouble for himself. He will make many enemies in
this manner.
MERCURY is debilitated in the ascendant. The individual will
therefore not be very handsome and physical felicity would be
limited. His education may not be of the best standard, and if
Mercury is in contact with Mars, he may have some trouble relating
to property. He may be a hydraulic engineer. Mercury in contact
The First House 143
with the Moon would cause unhappiness to the individual through
his mother. However, it would promote marital happiness. Marital
happiness and domestic peace may be disturbed in his 34th year.
The individual will prosper in his business but as per Jatakabharnam
he will travel extensively on business in the major-period of Mercury
in Pisces. He will be worried on account of his domestic affairs.
Horasara says that the person will be mentally disturbed in the
period of Mercury. He will be interested in intellectual pursuits and
would spend much time and energy over it. The results of Mercury
in Poorva Bhadrapada would be similar to the general results given
above. The individual may be a teacher. Mercury in Uttar Bhadrapada
may cause breaks or failures in education. The individual may have
speech handicap. The individual may face ups and downs in his
business. Mercury in Revati gains strength and gives much better
general results described above.
A male individual will have a difficult marriage if Venus is in
contact with Mercury. In such a situation, the individual will have a
loose sex life. The individual will show much involvement in vehicles
and may take up business relating to automobiles. This contact
develops interest in music and dance. Mercury in contact with Saturn
will make agriculture an unsuitable vocation for him. Mercury in
contact with Rahu will cause losses to the individual through his
business since he will rely on the word of strangers. Mercury in
contact with Ketu would make him a devotee of Lord Vishnu.
JUPITER in the ascendant would add corpulence to the
constitution of the individual. He will be happy, fortunate, affluent
and comfortable. According to Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja the
individual will be a heavy but handsome man who will be wealthy.
Bhrigu states that the individual will be learned, happy and long
lived. Phaldeepika says that he will be happy on account of his
children. His eldest child will be very fortunate and learned. His
spouse too would be a studious person or he will do well at business.
Jatakabharnam is of the opinion that the individual will be of good
conduct during the major-period of Jupiter in Pisces. Bhattanarayan
in Chamatkar Chintamani says that he will spend on religious rites
and pilgrimages. The aspect of Jupiter on the ninth house would
help improve his fortune. Mars would be instrumental in improving
his wealth. The Moon would rule matters relating to children. These
results would only be further intensified when Jupiter is in Poorva
The First House 145
He will enjoy frequent journeys in the vicinity and refreshing
sleep when the Moon contacts Venus. He will be a successful
businessman dealing in luxury goods and fine apparel when Venus
contacts Mercury. He will have beautiful and successful children
when Venus is in contact with Jupiter. He will be long lived when
Venus contacts Saturn in the chart. Venus in contact with Ketu is
an indication of much success in religious practices.
SAlURN in the ascendant would be an indication for relocation.
The individual may change his job or profession. It would also be a
sign for heavy expenditure but according to Jatakabharnam the
individual will gain wealth and become a ruler of a small principality
during the period of Saturn. The younger siblings of the individual
should do well in life. There may be some dissatisfaction in marriage.
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that the individual will be wealthy
but would suffer misfortunes later. Bhrigu says that Saturn in the
sign of the owner of the tenth house would give excellent results
pertaining to the status of the individual, Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam supports this statement. This position could cause
childlessness. The location of Saturn in Pisces may depress the
status of the individual for a while. He may take up a responsible
position in public service sector but there would be job or position
changes in career. The individual may face financial stringency in
his 38th year. The individual will marry at a mature age a woman
who would be from a place unfamiliar to him. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam predicts a good death for the person having Saturn
in Pisces. The Sun in contact with Saturn would be dangerous
from the point of view of health and longevity. The individual may
fall sick in the 1 st year of his infancy. Saturn in contact with Jupiter
would cause reverses and failures in profession. Venus in contact
with Saturn would produce a debauchee. The results of Saturn in
Poorva Bhadrapada Would be similar to those described above.
The individual may have passed his early years in straitened
condition. The results would be more or less similar to the above
when Saturn is in Uttar Bhadrapada. Saturn in Revati would turn
returns from individual's business sluggish. There could be changes
in his business and ifthere is a partnership it may come to an end.
RAHU in Pisces will not be helpful since it would be in an
inimical sign. The individual may not be good looking and may not
have physical felicity. He may appear sober but he will be sly and
146 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
manipulative. This is a place of exaltation of Venus and debilitation
of Mercury. The individual will enjoy sex in marriage when Rahu is
in Poorva Bhadrapada; he will buy sex when Rahu is in Uttar
Bhadrapada; and, he will have multiple partners when Rahu is in
Revati. Rahu in Uttar Bhadrapada will cause losses through poorly
drafted documents. Rahu placed in the sign between 320' and
640'would make the individual deceitful. Rahu placed between
10 and 1320' would incline him to have sex outside marriage
surreptitiously. He will have no interest in religion if Rahu is placed
between 1640' and 20. It may cause some worry on account of
children. According to Sarvarth Chintamani a person with Rahu in
Pisces will get married; a child will be born to him; he will attain a
good position, and will acquire vehicles but he will lose all of it at
the close of the period. Rahu in Poorva Bhadrapada would give
similar results to those stated above. Rahu in Uttar Bhadrapada is
dangerous as it may take away the liberty of the individual. The
individual may commit a fraud when Rahu is in contact with the
Sun and occupies Uttar Bhadrapada. He may go to jail for this act
of his. Rahu in Revati may see the spouse of the individual face
slanderous attack in written media.
KETU in the ascendant would turn the individual to spiritual
pursuits. Ketu placed between oo and 320' in the sign or between
1320' and 1640'would be good from the point of view of religious
pursuits. The individual will find his father playing a prominent role
in his life when Ketu is in contact with the Sun and occupies the
sign between 1640' and 20, This would be further intensified
when Ketu occupies Poorva Bhadrapada. In Uttar Bhadrapada the
individual would take to spiritual austerity. Ketu in Revati would
not be so good. He would be worried and would not be very
comfortable. His business may be the cause of his worry as is true
for Chart Il-12 wherein Ketu is in Revati. Jupiter in the chart is in a
sign of Mercury and in the navamsha chart it is in Scorpio where
Mercury is placed in the birth chart. He is therefore working in a
financial institution.
Chapter Three
The Second House
The second house represents the face (as the Moon), mouth
(as the Moon), teeth (as Saturn), throat (as Venus), and nose (as
Mercury). It represents the right eye (as the Sun for a male and
the Moon for a female). In a male chart the Sun represents the
right eye, in a female it is the Moon.
This house represents accumulated wealth like Jupiter.
Jewellery and poetry are studied from this house. These are
represented by Venus.
This is the house of speech which Mercury represents,
This is also the house of family. Mars represents blood
relationship. The Moon represents the family.
This is a marak house. This corresponds to the signification of
Saturn.
This is an adverse house for the seventh and ninth houses. It
is also adverse for the third house.
The matters represented by this house are exalted in the
eleventh.
The affairs of the sixth house flourish in the second.
Yogas: Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra has given certain
fundamental combinations for this house.
The individual will be prosperous if the owner of the second
house is in the second or in an angle or trine,
When the owner of the second house is in the eleventh from
the ascendant or vice-versa, or both are placed in angles or trines
even then the individual will be rich.
The individual will be wealthy if the owner of the second house
is in an angle and the owner of the eleventh is in the fifth or ninth
house from it associated with or under aspect of Jupiter or Venus.
148 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One {1 to 6 House)
The individual will be wealthy if, according to Jatakabharnam,
the owner of the second house occupies it and it does not have
aspect or association of Saturn. The same result will be seen if
only naturally beneficial planets are placed jn the house.
The individual will suddenly turn wealthy according to
Jatakatatva when naturally beneficial planets are placed in the third,
sixth, tenth or eleventh houses from the Moon.
The individual will come by much wealth suddenly when the
owner of the navamsha sign in which the owner of the tenth house
from the ascendant is placed is associated with the owner of the
eleventh house. The same result would be experienced when the
owners of the second and tenth houses are associated in an angle
or trine.
The association of the Moon and Mars in a chart is an indication
of wealth.
All the naturally beneficial planets in angles help the individual
turn wealthy.
The individual will hit upon a treasure if the owner of the
second house is in the eighth.
A naturally beneficial planet in the eightti house promises wealth
but Mercury in the twelfth threatens depletion of wealth due to
litigation with relatives.
A naturally beneficial planet in the second house will bestow
wealth, but a naturally malefic planet there will destroy it.
The owner of the second house in the sixth, eighth or twelfth
house will destroy wealth.
According to Jatakabharnam Mercury in the second house
under aspect of the Moon will destroy wealth. Similarly, a waning
Moon in the second house under aspect of Mercury will destroy
patrimony received by the individual and wilt hinder his earnings.
The owners of the second and eleventh houses associated in
the sixth house and these two houses occupied by or receiving
aspects from naturally malefic planets will cause poverty.
Combust owners of the second and eleventh houses associated
with naturally malefic planets are highly detrimental to wealth.
Such an individual will always remain in penury.
The Second House 149
The Sun in debilitation in a trine and Mars in the eighth is a
sign of poverty in life.
The individual should fear loss of his wealth through thieves
or fire if Mars is in the second house.
The owner of the second house under influence of naturally
beneficial planets related to a house or its significator will indicate
gain of wealth through the concerned relative. For example, such
an owner related to Venus, the seventh house or its owner will
indicate gain of wealth through wife or wornen. If the owner is
under influence of naturally malefic planets, there will be loss of
wealth through the sarne source.
The individual will gain wealth through medical profession when
the owner of the second house is in the sixth, or is related to
Saturn or to the owner of the sixth house under influence of naturally
beneficial planets.
A weak owner of the twelfth house related to a house or its
significator will indicate loss of wealth through the concerned
relative. For example, such an owner of the twelfth house related
to Mars, the third house or its owner will indicate loss through
younger siblings.
The owner of the second house in exaltation or in its own
house under aspect of Jupiter will turn the individual popular and
well known.
A strong owner of the second house will ensure good eyesight.
When the owner is placed in the sixth, eighth or twelfth house the
individual will have eye trouble. However, according to Suka Nadi
all eye troubles will be obliterated when a strong Moon is placed in
a trine frorn Venus.
According to Sarvarth Chintamani the individual will have
trouble in his teeth when the owner of the second house occupies
the sixth with Rahu or with the dispositor of Rahu. Even the
association of the owners of the second and sixth houses will cause
dental trouble.
The second house and its owner associated with or under
aspect of naturally malefic planets will rnake the individual
untruthful.
150
TheP!ayofP!anetsinHouses: Part One (1 to6House)
The owner of the second house in the sixth, eighth or twelfth
house from the ascendant with Venus or Mercury will cause speech
defect according to Suka Nadi.
Naturally beneficial planets in the fifth and eleventh houses
ensure full measure of welfare in the life of an individual.
The second house under influence of a naturally beneficial
planet will make the individual like to support his family and be
with family members.
The individual will enjoy good food when the second house
has a naturally beneficial planet, or its owner is associated with or
it receives aspect from such a planet. This is the view of Sarvarth
Chintamani.
Aries: When Aries is in the second house, Mars, the owner of
the house will also be the owner of the ninth house. The affairs of
the second house would flourish in the major-period of Mars.
However, taking the seventh house as the ascendant Mars will
then own the third and eighth houses from the seventh. Therefore
Aries in the second house is not a good indication for the spouse,
second child, partnership or business of the individual. This sign
would be a pointer to possible injury to the father or the third child
of the individual in the major-period of Mars. The presence of Aries
in the second house will be an excellent augury for the eldest child
of.the individual, The individual will be impulsive in his investments
and harsh and forthright in speech.
Lagna Chart III-1
Sun Yen Mar
Mer
Ket
Sat
Rah
Jup
Mon
The Second House
Jup
Sat
Sun
Ket
Mar
Ven
151
Navamsha
Mon Mer
Rah
Male, 4 April 1961, 0630 hours, 02N30', 102E49', 0730 hours
East of Greenwich.
This person's mother was killed in a train accident the day she
flew into India from abroad. It happened on 13 September 1990.
This was the 30
1
h year of his life ruled by Mars.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 1152037'56" Mercury Venus 051 46'2"R Ketu
Moon 652326'59" Jupiter Saturn 95531'9" Sun
Mars 2521 22'17" Jupiter Rahu 451219'33" Ketu
Mere 1052641'3" Jupiter Ketu 1051219'33" Rahu
Jupiter 95952'41" Sun Ascdt llsl736'11"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN is the owner of the sixth house. It is in the seconcl
house. It will therefore adversely affect the affairs of the second
house. According to Jatakabharnam this Sun will tend to have an
adverse effect on the wealth of the individual. Under influence of a
naturally malefic planet it will create tension in family life due to a
bad marriage. This is an adverse position for the longevity of the
individual. The father of the individual may have a good career.
The Sun in Aswini would generate interest in yoga and black magic
and the individual may talk on these subjects. When the Sun is in
Bharani it may disturb marriage in a male chart. In Krittika it will
give results similar to the above. The life may turn tough for the
father of the individual in case the Sun occupies the .sign between
20 and 2320'.
152 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
The Sun in contact with the Moon under adverse influence
could cause trouble in the abdomen due to faulty eating habits of
the individual. He will be fond of hot spicy food that may give him
trouble in his 22nd year. The family of the individual may face tension
during the period of the Sun. The Sun in contact with Mars would
give prosperity to the eldest child of the individual. The Sun in
Bharani in contact with Mercury may not be good for the welfare
of the spouse of the individual. The individual may be a government
servant when the Sun is in contact with Jupiter. The spouse of the
individual may not be happy when the Sun is in contact with Venus.
He may experience financial losses and heavy expenditure when
the Sun is in contact with Saturn. The Sun in contact with Rahu
could lead to loss through swindling. There could be congenital
eye trouble when Ketu is in contact with the Sun.
The rvlOON here will promote wealth of the individual according
to Saravali. Horasara states that the gain of wealth will be through
fair means. He will have harmonious family life. Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastra suggests that the individual may be liked by women
and he may look after his family. The Moon in the sign beyond
2640'will be good and productive of much affluence. The individual
may be a well liked poet when the Moon occupies Bharani
constellation. A waning Moon may not give such good results. The
Moon in Aswini constellation will incline the individual to travel
frequently for pleasure. He may not be close to his mother but he
will be intellectually inclined. When the Moon is in Bharani the
individual may find his relations deteriorating with his daughter. He
may be good looking. In Krittika constellation the individual will be
mostly occupied with his children. If the Moon is waxing and it
occupies a position between 1640' and 20 in the. sign, the
individual will gain substantially from business dealings in liquids.
The Moon in contact with the Sun may create distance between
the individual and his son. This may cause some tension in the
family. Any contact with Mars would be favourable for gain. The
Moon in contact with Mercury should be good as it gives rise to a
rajyoga but it may not be favourable for wealth. In contact with
Jupiter, the Moon should ensure close ties and happiness from
children. It is very fortunate for the children of the individual. A
contact with Saturn may produce a patrimony. The individual goes
on a troublesome journey overseas with family when the Moon is
The Second House 153
waning and in contact with Rahu. The Moon in contact with Ketu
would be excellent for development of devotional attitude in the
individual.
MARS in the second house will be in its own sign. It will project
an aspect to the other sign that it owns. Hence the second and
ninth houses will be strong. It will project an aspect to the fifth
house where its sign of debilitation is placed. The individual will be
wealthy but he may not be happy with his children. As a result the
family may remain disturbed. He will be fortunate and his father
may also do well in life. This is not a good position for longevity.
Mars placed in the sign between 320' and 640' could disturb
relations with his younger siblings perhaps due to money matters.
According to Mansagari the individual may get land from the
government. Mars placed between 640' and 10 shows much
wealth in the form of property. It also shows that the individual will
always remain uneasy on account of complications arising out of
these property matters. Mars placed in the sign between 1320'
and 1640' shows that he will emerge successful in competition.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam also expresses a fear that such an
individual, inspite of his wealth, may still be a thief.
In Chart III-1 Mars is in Gemini in the fourth house and it
occupies Punarvasu constellation of Jupiter. Its dispositor is Mercury
which is placed in the twelfth house. Thus a contact between the
fourth and twelfth house is formed. Mars is in Aries with retrograde
Venus in the navamsha chart. This sets up a contact between the
eighth and fourth houses. The contact between the fourth, eighth
and twelfth houses is a dangerous one potent to kill the mother
through a fatal accident. From the Moon the fourth house is
Capricorn. The eighth house from Saturn is Leo. Jupiter owns the
twelfth house from Saturn. Jupiter occupies Pisces in the navamsha
chart where the Sun is placed in birth chart. The Sun occupies
Capricorn in the navamsha chart where Jupiter is placed in the
birth chart. This points to end of longevity. Mars as we have seen
is in a constellation of Jupiter. Thus from the karakas too Mars
shows death due to an accident. When we take Gemini, the place
of Mars, as the ascendant we find the same conclusion. Hence
Mars shows a dangerous accident that would cause death of the
mother of the individual. This happened in a year ruled by Mars.
154 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One ( 1 to 6 House)
An individual with MERCURY in the second house will face
worries relating to his family. He may speak fast and sometimes
harshly. Mercury is likely to predominantly give results of the seventh
house. Business matters may not run smoothly. His marriage and
partnership may remain disturbed. He may face difficulties relating
to his property. This position of Mercury is good for longevity.
According to Jatakabharnam he will be cultured but Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja does not have a good word for him. According to
Yavanjatakathe individual may acquire property after much effort
and may lose it easily. He will be articulate. He may earn through
writing or speaking. He may start writing in his 34th year. When
Mercury is under influence of a naturally malefic planet the individual
would tend to misguide people by his artful talk. Mercury in Aswini
will not be good for wealth. Placed between 1320' and 1640' it
may cause difficulties in business. Mercury in Bharani would enable
the individual to write well. He may have jewellery. The influence
of his maternal uncles would be felt in his financial matters and
family when Mercury is placed in Krittika.
The individual may take up business with his maternal uncle
when Mercury is in contact with the Sun. His family may have
dominant influence of his mother when the Moon is in contact with
Mercury. He may be wealthy if Jupiter is in contact with Mercury. A
contact with Venus will not be goop from the point of view of
longevity: Separation from family and loss of wealth may be the
effect of contact between Mercury and Saturn. Rahu produces a
tendency to manipulate to gain in the world and to rise in social
status. When the karaka of speech is in the house of speech in
contact with Rahu it would make the individual an artful talker and
a manipulator.
JUPITER in Aries in the second house will be very good.
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja calls such a person a mighty man
with much wealth and extraordinary powers of oratory. He will rise
high in life and should have a very good career. Jupiter is likely to
give results mostly of the tenth house. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra
says that the individual will be wealthy and his father will be
prosperous. His rivals and enemies too will be wealthy and powerful.
His mother may come from a good family. The individual is expected
to have a good patrimony. The eldest child of the individual may
get a good job through competition. The spouse of the individual
The Second House 155
may have a happy disposition. According to Saravalithe individual
will acquire gold and jewellery through his own efforts. Horasara
feels that the individual will attain a high position in the period of
Jupiter. In a female chart the husband will be good looking and
cultured. The individual will have an optimistic view of life. The
period of the Moon may give much wealth if Jupiter is in contact
with the Moon, The individual will be generous and spend his money
over charities when Jupiter is in Aswini. He will be very happy with
his children. Birth of a child may be predicted when Jupiter occupies
the sign between oo and 320'. He will be of a religious bent of
mind! Jupiter in Bharani may produce a good looking person. Jupiter
would give much wealth in this position. Jupiter in Krittika will
produce a very high status. The individual will be impressive in
bearing and aristocratic. He will have successful children. Jupiter
in contact with Mercury will produce a banker or a person who
earns through wealth. Jupiter in contact with Rahu will lose much
of its benevolence.
VENUS in Aries in the second house may get the individual
jewellery as heirlooms. This is a good position for longevity but
according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra it will limit the wealth of
the individual. Such a person may not be close to his younger
sisters. His younger siblings may not do too well in life. He may not
get along with females well and Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja feels
that the individual may lose his income through women. Some
gain through vehicles is possible for him. The individual may face
reverses on account of his romantic nature. Mansagari states that
the individual will be fond of going on outings. Venus in Aswini will
produce worse results than the ones indicated above. Venus in
Bharani would improve the results but when placed between 1320'
and 1640'therewould be danger of kidney trouble. This statement
is valid for Venus in Krittika too. Venus placed in the sign between
1640' and 20 will multiply sexual partners and create trouble in
marriage.
Venus in contact with the Sun may cause trouble to the
individual vis-a-vis his younger siblings and in his marriage. The
individual may suffer from inflammation in throat. Venus in contact
with the Moon may turn him into a poet. Venus in contact with
Mars would induce the individual spend over vehicles. Venus in
contact with Mercury will produce a sophisticated orator. He may
have interest and talent in music. Venus in contact with Jupiter is
156 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
good for wealth through profession. Venus in contact with Saturn
will increase incorne as well as expenditure.
SATURN in Aries in the second house rnay be viewed as trouble
for the farnily and wealth. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states
that the individual will be poor and mentally disturbed. He rnay live
away frorn his farnily. It rnay also give eye or dental trouble. Saravali
says that the individual will not be good to look at. Substantial loss
of wealth rnay be expected unless Saturn is in contact with Jupiter
when the loss rnay be rninirnized and there rnay also be sorne gain.
The individual rnay have a spell of prosperity in his 37th year but he
will be mentally disturbed in his 38th year. Yet, this person will be a
spendthrift. There rnay be rnore than one change in residence in
case Saturn is in contact with the Moon. The individual rnay separate
frorn his rnother. Saturn in contact with Mars is indicative of loss
through property. When in contact with Venus it rnay cause losses
through vehicles. Similarly, in contact with Mercury it would create
obstruction in pursuit of education. The individual rnay develop
defects in his speech. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja describes such
a person as a reviled penniless individual. Saturn will however,
give good longevity and in contact with Jupiter rnay ensure a legacy.
The elder siblings of the individual rnay do rnuch better in life than
hirn. Saturn in contact with the Sun is likely to cause eye trouble.
Saturn in contact with Jupiter rnay also give a steady incorne. Saturn
in Aswini rnay be still rnore dangerous. It rnay cause disease in the
throat, head or teeth. When it is in Bharani the adverse results
rnay be diluted to sorne extent. It will still be bad for the younger
siblings. Saturn in Krittika would cause rnuch trouble. There rnay
be disease in the farnily and rnuch unhappiness.
RAHU in the second house in Aries too would be a troublesome
factor. The individual is likely to face poverty. His farnily life would
be disturbed. Sarvarth Chintamani states that the individual will
lose wealth, take bad food and will tell lies. His younger siblings
however would be comparatively better off than hirn. He rnay suffer
loss of wealth through theft and when Rahu occupies the sign in
Aswini constellation between 1320' and 1640' the loss rnay be
through enernies. Rahu in Bharani will produce slander for the
individual through illicit sex relations. In Krittika the individual rnay
face financial trouble through the government. Rahu in contact
with the Sun rnay cause loss through deception. Rahu in contact
with the Moon would rnake the individual very careful and guarded
The Second House 157
in his speech. Rahu in contact with Jupiter may cause loss of liberty
of the individual abroad. Rahu in the sign between 2320' and
2640' would be detrimental to prosperity and would make the
individual unfortunate in money matters.
KETU in the second house in Aries should confer better results
than Rahu though the family life and wealth would remain disturbed.
Ketu in its own constellation Aswini should become milder even
further. Ketu in Bharani would be in inimical constellation. It may
harm longevity and drive the individual to adopt nefarious occult
procedures for procuring material benefits. Ketu placed between
2320'and 2640' should give good results with respect to finances
and in the of the sign beyond 2640' it would give some authority.
Ketu in Krittika would destroy persons inimical to the family of the
individual.
Taurus: The owner of the second house is also that of the
seventh. The individual is expected to have a rich wife who may
own much jewellery. Mansagari says that the individual will have
gain of much wealth and jewellery. The wife of the individual, or
his second child if a female, may not have good morals, if Venus,
or either of the second or seventh house has influence of a naturally
malefic planet. In such a situation, the individual could also have
trouble in his throat. The mother of the individual may lead a
comfortable life. She may own vehicles and luxuries of life. The
eldest child of the individual may have a steady job but he travels
much. The individual earns well from his profession later in his life.
Lagna Chart 111-2
Jup
Ket Mar
Mon Sat
Sun
Mer Ven
Rah
158
Mer
Jup
Ket
Mar
Ven
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mon
Rah
Sun
Sat
He was married on 22 November 2004 in his 30* year when
Mars was ruling the year. It was an inter-caste marriage. This
marriage later failed on the ground that the bridegroom was duped
into this marriage and it was heading for a divorce.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 6s2654'44" Jupiter Venus 5s1028'S1" Moon
Moon 10s2623'11" Jupiter Saturn 3s927'3" Saturn
Mars 2s847'34"R Rahu Rahu 6s2816'46" Jupiter
Mere 6sl753'18" Rahu Ketu Os2816'46" Sun
Jupiter lls2227'S4"R Mercury Ascdt Os556'01"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in the second house in Taurus would link the fifth
house with the second. It will be in an inimical sign. Therefore
there could be some worry on account of children when the Sun is
in contact with Jupiter. The children may squander wealth of the
individual and the family may remain disturbed on their account
according to Jyotish Makarand. The individual may not have a happy
home. According to Saravali the individual may not have many
sons. In such a situation the individual is unlikely to come by wealth
through his creative talents. The Sun would be conducive to a long
life. The eating habits of the individual may lead to gastric disorder.
It would be difficult for him to reach a high position. The father
may not have an easy time during the period of the Sun. The
The Second House 159
position of Venus in the chart becomes important both in the birth
chart and in transit. A strong Venus will give the individual physical
and financial felicity. This Sun is not good for married life of the
concerned person. According to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam he
will not like company of his wife. He may have to undergo much
exertion in his 22nd year. The Sun in contact with Saturn placed
between 640' and 10 would cause separation from children and
family. It will not show much adverse results when it is placed
between 10 and 1320'. The Sun in Krittika should reduce the
adverse results. When it is in Rohini the individual will have to
travel over short distances much. The mother of the individual
could be a source of tension in family. The Sun in Mrigshira would
subject the individual to physical discomfort.
The l'vlOON in Taurus in the second house would be exalted.
The individual will be attractive to look at. The position of the
Moon in this sign and house is not good for the longevity of the
individual, When the Moon is waning the good results would get
subdued to some extent. The Moon in contact with Mars would
generate much valuable property and in contact with Venus it should
give many expensive vehicles. Kashyap is also of the view that the
individual will have gems and wealth. The owner of the fourth
house shows relatives and friends, Its exaltation in the house of
wealth and family indicates that the individual will earn through his
friends and relatives, and they would have a good welcome in the
family. Jyotish Makarandst.ates that the individual will be wealthy
and he may have a beautiful wife. The Moon in contact with Jupiter
placed in the sign between oo and 320' will give a profession
relating to banking. Such a Moon placed in the sign between 320'
and 640' will generate income through water and liquids. The
individual will be wealthy and should have a good career but his
rivals too should do well in life. The Moon in this position denotes
a happy family. His mother will be a guiding person for the family
and she will look after the family well. The Moon in contact with
Mercury could make the individual an entertaining talker and when
the Moon is placed between 2320' and 2640' and in contact with
Venus, a fine actor. The Moon in Krittika will give a big appetite
according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam. The good results promised
by the Moon would get further magnified in Rohini. When the Moon
is in Mrigshira it would make the individual rich according to Varah
160 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mihir in Brihajjatakam. Venus in 8th or 20th degree in Ubra will
show that the individual will come by wealth in his 25th year.
MARS in Taurus in the second house would find itself in an
inimical sign. It may promote chances of surgery in the throat.
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that the individual will promote
violence and enmity in the family. According to Phaldeepika the
individual may not have a good face or he may not be able to talk
well. This authority also says that he will be poor. The disposal of
wealth and property of the wife of the individual could be a source
of trouble when Mars is in contact with Jupiter. The individual will
gain in longevity when Mars occupies this position but it is not
conducive to a good bank balance. The individual may get patrimony
when Mars occupies the sign between oo and 320'. It may give
more male children. The father of the individual is unlikely to have
a very good life. Mars becomes potent to cause injury to the
individual or his father when it is in contact with Venus or Jupiter.
Mars in Krittika could cause trouble in the abdomen. It would also
portend trouble to the father. Injury to the right eye in a male
chart is indicated. Mars in Rohini would cause trouble in the right
eye for a female. The individual may have a bad temper and he
may remain in a mentally unsatisfactory state. Mars in Mrigshira
will give better general results stated above.
Mars was the ruler of the year when the individual of Chart
111-2 got married. It is related to the seventh house from the
ascendant and Venus very strongly. Mars is in Ardra constellation
of Rahu and Rahu occupies the seventh house from the ascendant.
Rahu is in Vishakha constellation of Jupiter which is in the seventh
house from Venus.
MERCURY in Taurus in the second house would be placed in a
friendly sign. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra the
individual will be well known in his family and he will be very
articulate. This is not a good position for longevity. Mercury in
contact with the Moon is not good for the prosperity of the individual.
Jatakabharnam states that the individual may face heavy
expenditure and disease in the throat in the period of Mercury.
Horasara supports the possibility of trouble in the throat.
Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja ascribes musical talent to the
individual. When Mercury is in contact with Jupiter the individual
may earn through his pen. It would cause disputes in family through
The Second House 161
younger siblings when it is in contact with Mars otherwise as
Mansagarisaysthe individual will be happy with his younger brother.
Mercury in contact with Mars is likely to cause injury to the eye or
face. Mercury in contact with Venus will give rise to tension in the
family due to machinations of the wife of the individual. Mercury in
contact with Saturn will cause disease in the eye or face. Mercury
in contact with Rahu will incline the individual to mislead and deceive
people. Mercury placed in the sign between 2640'and 30 would
bring the maternal uncle of the individual in close contact with his
family. The family may have many children if Mercury is in Krittika.
The individual may be a teacher if Mercury is in Rohini. Mercury
may not give good results if it is in Mrigshira. It may cause injury in
the face, mouth or eye.
JUPITER in Taurus in the second house would work to make
the individual wealthy since his income providentially will be very
good. This is a good position for the longevity of the individual.
Jupiter placed in the sign between 320 and 640' would be very
good for wealth and success. The individual will flourish at a place
other than his plaoe of birth. If it is in contact with Saturn there
may be opposite results. He will placate his enemies with money
and keep them quiescent in this manner. This position of Jupiter is
not good for the career of the individual. He may face difficulties in
it. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra feels that the individual will be
wealthy and will have a happy family life. Parashar also says that
such a person will spend on good causes and will have pleasant
manner of talking. Saravalifeels that the individual may have ability
to cure. The father of the individual will play a dominant role in the
family of the individual which will not be liked by his wife. Jupiter
beyond 2640' in the sign will promote raising funds through loans.
Jupiter in Krittika will give children in its period. It will give a wealthy
mother when it is placed in Rohini. Jupiter in Mrigshira may be
good for wealth. It will however make the individual of expensive
nature. The individual will be fortunate in his 16th and 51st years
when Jupiter occupies the 2nd or 14th degree in the sign. Jupiter in
contact with Mercury may give birth to daughters in its period who
may prove troublesome.
VENUS will be in its own house in Taurus. It indicates very
good financial status for the individual. The individual may marry
more than once. His spouse may contribute well financially. Still
162 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
there may be some tension in family life. According to Saravali the
individual may have good jewellery. Horasarafeels that this person
may rear. cattle and pursue animal husbandry during the period of
Venus. It also says that the individual may get female issues.
Jatakabharnamstates that the individual will be a truthful person.
Venus placed in the sign between 640' and 1 oo could make the
individual sensual and he may have relations outside wedlock. He
will be very good looking and attached to his wife when Venus
occupies the sign between 1 oo and 1320'. Venus in Krittika would
impart ability in fine arts. When Venus is placed in Rohini the
individual would own expensive and luxurious cars. He will have a
well appointed home. Venus in Mrigshira would ensure a handsome
person who does not have good longevity. Venus at less than 4 in
the sign in this constellation will cause discord and injury in the
26th year of the individual. Venus in contact with the Moon will give
beautiful eyes to the individual. He will have good eye-sight. The
family of the individual will lead a happy and luxurious life. Venus
in contact with Mars will cause marriage of the individual in its
period. The individual may get married in his 25th year. Venus in
contact with Mercury will impart musical talent to the individual.
He will speak persuasively and pleasantly. He may earn his wealth
through business. Venus in contact with Jupiter is an indication of
much wealth that the individual will possess. There may be break
in romance in the 27th year of the individual when Venus is placed
in the sign between ooand 3.
SAlURN in Taurus would be beneficial for the affairs of the
house since Saturn would be in a friendly sign and also since it
owns the eleventh house from the ascendant. Saturn is likely to
give results predominantly of the eleventh house. The beneficial
results would appear somewhat late in life. The individual will be
sober and responsible in nature. This position of Saturn is not
good for longevity. Saturn placed in the sign between oo and 320'
would ensure a good position in society and gain through it. He
will be successful in life. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra supports
this statement and says that the individual will be rich. According
to Horasara the period of Saturn would be marked by attainment
of a high position and doing of good deeds by the individual. The
good effects of Saturn will be diluted to some extent if it is placed
in inimical Krittika. The status of the individual may still reach a
The Second House
163
high level. Saturn in Rohini rnayturn the individual into a successful
farrner. When Saturn occupies Mrigshira the good effects would be
severely limited. The individual would be well advised to avoid
water bodies as there would be a possibility of accident with water.
Saturn in contact with the Sun would create difficulties in having
children and there could be trouble on account of children. Saturn
in contact with Mars when the latter planet occupies an odd sign
will create setbacks and breaks in the career of the individual.
Saturn in contact with Mercury will produce disease in teeth or
face. Saturn in contact with Jupiter will give wealth and success
but in Krittika it will cause worry due to children. Saturn in contact
with Venus should be good for the marriage of the individual. Saturn
in contact with Rahu rnay cause sorne trouble in speech and farnily
life of the individual but when it is contact with Ketu Saturn will
give worse results and the trouble would be exaggerated.
RAHU in Taurus is considered exalted. The father of the
individual rnay keep poor health and suffer frorn deception. The
individual rnay not have a pleasant marriage since he rnay be
unfaithful. He will speak in a calculated and duplicitous rnanner.
According to Mansagari a person with Rahu in the second house
would earn his livelihood through sale of rneat and fish. Rahu here
is not favourable for a long life. Rahu in Krittika would give poor
results, According to Phaldeepika the individual rnay suffer frorn
disease in the face or rnouth. The individual rnay lead a life of
disinterest in farnily matters. He rnay also give away his wealth.
Rahu in Rohini rnay give the rare ability to be a demagogue. The
individual rnay not have physical felicity. Rahu in Mrigshira will rnake
the individual short tempered. Loss of wealth through fraud is
possible.
KETU in the second house would be debilitated in Taurus. The
individual rnay not have rnuch wealth according to Phaldeepika.
Jatakabharnam supports this statement and goes on to say that
the loss of wealth would be occasioned by the ire of the government.
This authority is also of the view that the individual will not have
pleasant farnily relationships. Ketu in Krittika rnay cause trouble by
promoting drying up of incorne and depletion of wealth. Ketu in
Rohini will irnpart knowledge of religious classics to the individual.
164 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
The individual will be interested in tantra or spiritual and occult
matters when Ketu is placed in Mrigshira.
Gemini: The individual will have a happy childhood. He will
be articulate and talkative. He will be able to talk well on a variety
of subjects. He may have several children and his eldest child may
take up a job that involves speaking or writing. He may have a
large family. His father might have had numerous rivals. His elder
siblings may own a number of properties. One of them may have
changed branches of study more than once. His mother may have
a good looking younger sister. His wife may have a job where she
may exercise authority. His spouse's elder sibling may take up a
teaching job. The individual may have several sources of wealth
but it would fluctuate and financial status may have many ups and
downs. His rivals will also prosper. Mansagari states that the
individual will be wealthy and he will come in contact with spiritually
exalted persons. In the following chart the romantic relationship of
the individual broke up in January 2001 when he was in his 29th
year. Mars was ruling the year. The 29th year has Virgo as the
ascendant. The fifth house from this ascendant is in Capricorn.
Close aspect of the Sun on Saturn and involvement of Venus has
caused this trouble in the concerned year. When we examine the
transits in January 2001, we find Saturn passing over its natal
position.
Mon
Rah
Jup
Ven
Sun
Mer
Lagna Chart 111-3
Sat Ket
Mar
The Second House
Sun
Rah
Mar
Ket
Mon
Jup
Navamsha
Sat
Ven
Mer
165
Male, 14 December 1972, 1437hours, 40N44', 73Wl3', 0500
hours West of Greenwich. His romantic relationship broke up in
January 2001.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
sun 7s2927'5" Mercury Venus 75135'40" Jupiter
Moon llsl236'42" Saturn Saturn ls238'33" Moon
Mars 6s2547'25" Jupiter Rahu 8s2331 '50" Venus
Mere 75819'13" Saturn Ketu 252331'50" Jupiter
Jupiter 852023'30" Venus Ascdt ls031'9"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in the second house in Gemini should produce a well
read individual who is capable of giving learned discourses. He
could also be a demagogue. He may build or manage a temple. His
digestion may not be satisfactory. He may have much property. He
could be a financial expert. His father may be a gregarious person
always ready to take up common causes. He should be prosperous
and long lived. Saravali says that such an individual will be an
astrologer. Mansagarihas a feeling that an individual with the Sun
in Gemini will be good at mathematics. The individual is capable of
generating much property. A contact between Jupiter and Saturn
in the chart may produce an individual with high status in life. The
Sun in Mrigshira should give good results but when it is placed
between oo and 320' the individual may not have a happy family
life. The Sun in Ardra would be prevented from doing good to the
individual. His father is likely to have a tough life. The individual
166 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
may suffer from a heart ailment. He may be a small and unknown
functionary. The Sun would be capable of giving better results only
when it occupies the sign between 1640' and 20. The individual
may have better income and satisfactory wealth. He will be
successful in academic field. The Sun in Punarvasu would be
excellent. A person with the Sun in the sign between 20 and
2320' would be successful and wealthy at a place other than his
place of birth. He will prosper away from his native place. Otherwise
he will stay where he was born and have a prosperous existence.
He may have a good looking wife.
The rv100N in Gemini will give the individual pleasant speech.
He will be good looking as well. According to Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam he will be of persuasive speech. He will be good
looking. He may have more than one means of livelihood. He should
be reasonably rich. He may undertake short journeys in connection
with his profession. He will be intellectually inclined. He will change
his residence in his 24th year. The period of the Moon would be
good for longevity. The Moon in Mrigshira according to Varah Mihir
in Brihajjatakam would produce an epicure. This person could suffer
from diseases in the mouth or face if the Moon occupies oo to
320' in the sign falling in Mrigshira constellation. The Moon will be
weak when it occupies the sign between 320' and 640'. It may
impinge adversely on the marriage of the individual. In contact
with Saturn the Moon may cause a separation in marriage in this
constellation. The younger siblings of the individual will participate
in his wealth. The Moon in Ardra would be precluded from doing
much good to the individual. He may also be vicious according to
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam. When the Moon occupies Punarvasu
the person will be wealthy and happy. He will be close to his younger
siblings who will be prosperous and well placed in life. The Moon in
contact with the Sun may tend to cause change in residence. The
Moon in contact with Mars may turn the speech of the individual
harsh. He may leave his family and go on short journeys. The
Moon in contact with Jupiter may give good income and develop
interest in the occult. The Moon in contact with Venus in Mrigshira
will develop much interest in the opposite sex. The individual will
be a traveler. The Moon in contact with Saturn will make the
individual a person of few words. He will go away to a place at a
short distance from his family when the Moon is in Mrigshira. This
position may also cause more expenditure than the normal.
The Second House 167
MARS in Gemini would be occupying an inimical sign. The
individual may not be wealthy and there would be heavy
expenditure. The person should be decisive in word, apt in phrase
and quick in repartee. He may speak sarcastically. His relations
with his younger siblings may not be good and there could be
break from them. In certain circumstances there could be death of
a younger sibling; loss of property is also a likelihood. If Mars is in
contact with Saturn and if the karaka is also involved there could
be setback to the family due to break in marriage; if, Mercury is
involved there could be setback to finances through dissolution of
business partnership. The individual may be concerned over his
children though nothing untoward should happen to them. There
could be some danger to longevity during the period of Mars. Still
he should be fortunate in life and should gain from places unknown.
Horasara says that a person with Mars in Gemini would live abroad
in its period. Mars in Mrigshira will give general results as stated
above. In Ardra Mars could be troublesome. The individual may
travel and live abroad. Mars in Punarvasu will be better but this is
not good for the children of the individual. He may be concerned
over their welfare. He may get unexpected gains in his 28th year.
There may be birth of a child in his 32nd year.
In Chart 111-3 above, Mars is the ruler of the year in which
breakdown of romance has taken place. It is the owner of the
twelfth house from natal Saturn. It is therefore the agent for loss,
change and break. It has exchanged signs with Venus. Mercury is
the owner of the fifth house. It is associated with the Sun and
Venus. Thus the fifth and twelfth houses from the ascendant are
related through Mars. The twelfth house from the fifth house is
also involved. Saturn is in sambandha with Venus. The karaka for
break is related to the karaka for romance. The fifth house from
Venus is in Pisces. The Moon is placed in this sign. The twelfth
house from Saturn is in Aries. The Moon and Jupiter are in the
same sign in the navamsha chart where Mars is placed in the birth
chart. Therefore romance will suffer while Mars is ruling the years.
The 29th year is represented by Virgo in this chart. Saturn owns
the fifth house from Virgo and the Sun is the owner of the twelfth.
They are in sambandha. The Sun is with Venus.
MERCl.FlY in Gemini would strengthen the second house and
impart much ability in spoken word. He will be intellectually sound.
168 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
The individual will be quick witted and humorous. He will also be
good looking. Both Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam and Saravalitestify
to much wealth when Mercury is so placed. It is the owner of a
Lakshmi sthan (place of wealth) and occupies the house of wealth.
He may set up a business in his 35th year. Mansagarifeels that the
individual will have a happy family life. Mercury placed in the sign
between oo and 320' will bring the younger sister of the mother
close to the family. The individual will have a paying business when
Mercury is placed between 320' and 640' in the sign. Mercury
placed in Mrigshira would not be considered so well placed as in
other constellations of the sign. The individual will be very fond of
intellectual pursuits. He may have some speech handicap. He may
earn through business. Mercury in Ardra should take him abroad
several times. Mercury in Punarvasu is a sure indication of good
prosperity through business. His children will be partners in his
business and they will do well in life. The individual will have much
creativity in several fields and he will be a well known intellectual.
He may take up banking or insurance as a profession.
JUPITER in Gemini indicates excellent financial status but he
may face financial constraints too in life since Jupiter is the
mooltrikona owner of the eight house. According to Jatakabharnam
when Jupiter is under influence of a naturally beneficial planet the
individual will have full financial felicity. However, Jupiter placed in
the sign between 1 oo and 1320' will not help the finances of the
individual. Jupiter placed in the sign between 1640' and 20 will
give excellent income and much accumulation of wealth. If Saturn
is related to Jupiter the individual should gain a legacy of some
magnitude. He may feel financial constraint. He will talk in a very
impressive and balanced manner and should be able to convince
others of his point of view. Jupiter will cause setback to his rivals.
There will be no danger to his longevity during the period of Jupiter.
He may have a large family. Jupiter in Mrigshira could separate a
female individual from her husband. His eldest child will have
unexpected success in the 52nd year of the individual. Jupiter in
Ardra loses some of its excellent effects. Placed between 1320'
and 1640' he may work as a chartered accountant, auditor or
banker. He may face loss of wealth through a fraud. Jupiter in
Punarvasu will give the best of the general results stated above.
He may write on little known subjects and aspects of human
The Second House 169
existence. Jupiter in contact with Venus produces a very good
looking and wealthy person.
VENUS in Gemini would be in a sign of Mercury which imparts
multiplicity to the significations of the planet. Venus with respect
to the second house denotes wealth in the form of jewellery and
other precious material. In Gemini, it would give an array of such
material to the individual. The individual will be attached to his
wealth. He may therefore be a very careful spender. Mercury being
the ruler of speech and having its sign in the house of speech
would imbibe the suavity and sophistication of Venus in speech.
This is a friendly sign for Venus. According to Sarava/iVenus would
produce a handsome person who would be knowledgeable and
learned. He will have skill in poetry and writing. Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja says that the individual would be eloquent and
articulate. Venus in Mrigshira will ensure that the individual has a
beautiful wife. He will have a very strong sex drive. Venus in this
constellation would tend to affect the affairs of the seventh house
where a sign of Mars would be placed in the chart. Being in a
friendly sign, the effect on the house of marriage would be minimal
but certain degree of unhappiness in marriage would be discernible,
Under influence of a naturally malefic planet marriage may show
signs of disintegration. Venus may also act as an agent for multiple
injuries to the neck or throat in this constellation. Venus is inclined
to create waywardness in sexual behavior particularly when Venus
occupies Ardra constellation. This may be easily noticed when Venus
is placed in the sign between 640' and 1 oo. He may be duped by
females and suffer financial losses, Venus in Punarvasu constellation
could induce the individual to take loans.
SATURN in Gemini should be good since it is a yogakaraka
planet for the ascendant and it would be placed in a friendly sign in
Gemini. The individual will be a man of few words. He will earn
well through his profession perhaps later in life. According to Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra the family of the individual will lead a
comfortable and happy life. The family may be small. He may not
have been good at studies. His mother might have had a tough
life. He may spend much money on agriculture and may not be
able to get satisfactory returns from it. Saturn in Mrigshira will
disturb family life. There may be disagreements and discontent
that may even lead to disintegration of family, The spouse of the
170 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
individual may not be good looking and she may not keep good
health as well. Saturn placed in the first navamsha of the sign
between oo and 320' may cause separation from spouse on account
of disagreement. Position of Saturn between 320' and 640' in
the sign is not good for the health of the spouse. The individual
may face heavy expenditure and outgo of money during the period
of Saturn placed in this constellation. There could also be reduction
in income and change in residence. Saturn in Ardra will produce
adverse results in the beginning of the period which will subside
later. Saturn tends to lose its inclination to do good to some extent
in this constellation. The individual may travel abroad with family
when Saturn occupies the sign between 1 oo and 1320'. He may
not succeed at public life. The period of Saturn will be moderately
good when it occupies Punarvasu. It does not give peace and
happiness of mind though there may be adequate income and
wealth.
RAHU in Gemini for a Taurus ascendant should apparently be
good since it would be in its mooltrikona sign in the second house
but according to Mansagari being placed in the second house it
would not produce a good person. The individual may not be
religious. The impact of Rahu would be seen in his speech and
family. The individual will be unreliable and manipulative and he
may earn through thievery. Still he may not succeed at public life.
He may face trouble through strangers. This position of Rahu is
not good for the longevity of the individual. Rahu in Mrigshira will
give even worse results. His tendency to steal and deceive would
be prominent. He may face a period of restraint on his liberty.
Rahu in Ardra would give general results stated above. Rahu in
Punarvasu will tend to source the wealth of the individual from
illegal and unsavoury origins. He would be inclined to amass wealth.
KETU when is in Gemini the individual will be frank but may
suffer from disease in the mouth, upper throat or face. It would be
in an inimical sign. Sarvarth Chintamani is of the opinion that
individual will face loss of wealth, he will have curt way of talking,
and he will eat bad food. This position of Ketu may also cause
trouble to the family of the individual. If Ketu is in contact with
Saturn the health of the individual may be disturbed in his 14th
year. Ketu in Mrigshira would deplete wealth and bring trouble for
the family. The married life of the individual may not be happy in
The Second House
171
his 49th year. When Ketu occupies Ardra the individual may lose his
means of livelihood and face financial trouble. Ketu placed in the
sign between 640' and 1 oo will be particularly bad. With Ketu in
Punarvasu the individual may develop interest in the occult and
lead a reasonably prosperous life.
Cancer: This sign in the second house points to inconstancy
in wealth. The individual may find his wealth waxing and waning.
He may talk fast but in an agreeable manner. His family may consist
of more number of female members. Mansagari states that a person
having Cancer in the second house would be susceptible to the
danger of drowning. The first child of the individual may take up a
profession in which caring for people is required. He may be in
nursing or medical profession. He could be in restaurant business,
in architecture or art collecting. The first child could also be
interested in historical studies. The spouse of the individual too
stands in danger of drowning. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja
states that the individual may earn through water, liquids or timber.
The father of the individual may suffer from disease in his chest or
thoracic reg ion.
Ket
Jup
Rah
L.agna Chart Ill- 4
sun
Mon
Mar Mer
172
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Rah
Sun
Jup Mer
Sat
Ven
Mar
Ket
Mon
Male, 19 August 1974, 0212 hours, 13N05', 80El7', 0530
hours East of Greenwich
A daughter was born to the individual in January 2008 when
Mercury was ruling the year.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 4s20'22"
Ketu Venus 3sll
0
13'5" Saturn
Moon 451713'54" Venus Saturn 2s2053'52" Jupiter
Mars 4s2031 '32" Venus Rahu 7s2320'41" Mercury
Mere 4s3307" Ketu Ketu ls2320'41" Mars
Jupiter 10s21 39'38"1< Jupiter Ascdt 2s935'54"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in Canoer in the second house will not be good for
person's relations with his younger siblings. He may have trouble
on account of them. The Sun in this house will not support the
longevity of the individual. The individual will earn his wealth through
his own efforts. He may not be very wealthy. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam says that the individual will have abundanoe of wealth
but the State may take most of it away. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja
says that the individual will not have good relations with his father.
He will lead a tough existence. The Sun in Punarvasu will raise the
status of the individual. It is not a good element for the married
life of the individual. It may be tense as the spouse may be
dominating and the family may suffer on that account. He is
expected to gain through his profession. The Sun in Pushya is bad
for longevity. This position.will have an adverse effect on his wealth.
The Second House 173
Much expenditure is expected on younger siblings. A person with
the Sun in Pushya in the second house may not be fortunate. His
life may be one of struggle and sporadic failures. His father is also
likely to have a tough life. He could have a heart ailment if the Sun
is placed between 640' and 10 in the sign. The Sun may cause
difficulties due to trouble in digestive system when it occupies the
sign between 1 oo and 1320'. The Sun in Aslesha would produce
an impressive speaker who may be learned. This position is better
than the previous one. The Sun would be inclined to give favourable
results. This causes the individual to be involved very closely with
his means of livelihood. His education may have breaks.
The MOON in Cancer in the second house will strengthen the
house by its presence. The person will be good looking and affable.
His will be a happy family. He will be very closely involved with
matters relating to his wealth and means of livelihood. He will look
after his family well. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says that a person
having the Moon in the second house in Cancer will marry more
than once but he may not have a son. He may be proud and
wealthy but according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam his wealth
may fluctuate. He may be interested in journeys overseas. Horasara
says that the period of the Moon will bring wealth, knowledge and
success but also disease in the rectum. The individual will have a
fine domestic life, good friends, excellent relations with his relatives,
and he will be happy with his mother in his 59th year. The Moon in
Punarvasu will make the individual optimistic, happy and well
behaved. This will bring much wealth to him. He may have several
daughters. A profession relating to catering, liquids, travelling and
caring would yield excellent returns. When the Moon is in Pushya
according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam it will produce a person
who has mental quietude since his senses are under control. He
may be prosperous. His life style may be spartan. Still, he may be
fortunate. He may travel much if the Moon is placed between 320'
and 640' in the sign. The Moon placed between 1320' and 1640'
may cause trouble in the teeth and mouth. The Moon in Aslesha
produces a treacherous and unreliable person according to Varah
Mihir in Brihajjatakam. However, the period of the Moon will still
produce good results. His mother will play a prominent role in his
family. He may be a well liked teacher. The Moon placed between
20 and 2320' could be a cause of speech handicap in the individual.
1 74 The. Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
MARS in Cancer in the second house will be debilitated. It may
cause trouble in the right eye of a male individual and in the left of
a female. There could be surgery on the eye. Minor gain of matters
signified by the second house is possible. The exact nature of
material involved will be determined by the karaka. This person
may be forthright in his speech and very firm in his dealings with
his family. This may not be appreciated by the members of his
family. Trouble through enemies ought to be expected. This is a
good signification for longevity. The reason is that Mars has its
mooltrikona sign in the house of gain and its aspect to the eighth
house will be to a place where it is exalted. Mars is not a helpful
planet for children. Its aspect to the fifth house will be to an inimical
house and therefore its effect will respond more to its ownership
of the sixth house. Delay and obstruction in birth of children, their
health and general well being may cause concern to him. However,
Mars will not deny children to the individual owing to its other
house ownership. Relations with the children may cool down and
the individual may have some dissatisfaction in this regard. The
effect of Mars on the fortune of the individual could also be
obstructive, It may suddenly put a spanner in a well developing
event. Saravali supports this statement. An individual with Mars in
the second house in Cancer is unlikely to succeed in his quest for
the Divine. Mars in this position is a troublemaker for younger
siblings of the individual. The elder siblings may grow into wealth
but their lives would not be wholly without trouble. Still, Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra is of the view that the individual will be
known among his people and will be adventurous. He may not live
in his own house and may live at a place away from his place of
birth. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja feels that such an individual
would suffer from lack of resources in his youth. Mars in Punarvasu
would improve finances at once. It would however strain
relationships at workplace and with the spouse. The spouse of the
individual will be svelte. Worry and trouble on account of the eldest
child would appear. Success may elude him once in a while. Some
trouble in the gastric region, in thighs and knees is anticipated.
Mars in Pushya would be good for longevity but would cause disease
or even surgery in the abdomen, knees, eyes and face. It is likely
to promote indebtedness. Mars in Aslesha would be in an inimical
milieu. Much would depend on the location of Mercury in the chart.
The members of his mother's family could be a source of trouble to
The Second House 175
him. Mars placed in the sign between 1640' and 20 could be
source much trouble in marriage. He may alienate people by his
harsh speech. The education of the individual may run into
difficulties.
MERCl.FlY in Cancer would involve the individual much in the
affairs of his family. The family may have many members. He will
work hard for his wealth. He will be of agreeable speech. He should
have good education. He may succeed in business after much effort.
According to Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvajathe individual is likely to
have several enterprises. Saravaliapprehends loss of wealth through
enmity with females. According to Horasara he will be troubled by
his relatives in the period of Mercury. However, Mercury placed in
the sign between 640' and 1 oo would bring suocess to the relatives
and friends of the individual. The individual is likely to have an
ailment in chest in his 35th year. Mercury in Punarvasu shows more
than one spouse. The individual may take up one job after the
other in succession. He would be known to be a scholarly speaker.
In Pushya, Mercury may deplete family. The eldest child of the
individual may change jobs or may hold more than one at a time.
The spouse.of the individual may face a dangerous situation in the
period of Mercury. Mercury in Aslesha will give the general results
given for the planet above.
In Chart 111-4 Mercury is placed in Leo with the Sun, the Moon
and Mars. Mars projects a very close aspect to Jupiter. This is the
karaka for children. Mars is the owner of the eleventh house of
gain and suocess. Mars occupies the sign Libra in the navamsha
chart. This is the fifth house from the ascendant. A daughter was
born to the individual in January 2008.
JUPITER will be exalted in the second house. The individual
and his eldest child will do well at their professions and earn
substantially through them. Saravali states that such an individual
will have long living children. This may be particularly true when
Jupiter occupies the sign between 1 oo and 1320'. He may have a
large family. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra states that such an
individual may have more than one wife. His rivals will also be well
placed in life. This is not a good position for longevity of the
individual. His father will have good income but he may have to
spend substantially on items that are beyond his control. Horasara
has distinguished between an exalted Jupiter and one that has
176 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
passed its point of exaltation but yet it is in Cancer. Jupiter in
exaltation should give in its period a high position and wealth but
when it has crossed its point of exaltation in Cancer it would cause
unhappiness to his parents and induce him to do away with his
wealth. The individual may do well academically in his 16th year.
He may get much wealth in his 54th year. Jupiter in Punarvasu will
be only further strengthened to do good in its period. Jupiter in
Pushya will be very good for the profession of the individual. He
may earn through agriculture as well. However, Jupiter in this case
becomes an agent for trouble and disease too. The individual can
anticipate some trouble to his family or minor ailment in his colon
or rectum. His father may experience financial setback. Jupiter in
Aslesha would promote education and intellectual achievement of
the individual. He may have more than one business partner and
his business may do well. The mother of the individual may be
overweight. Jupiter in contact with Mars is a good augury for wealth.
Jupiter in Aslesa in contact with Venus is likely to cause birth of a
child in the major-period of Jupiter.
VENUS would not be happily placed in Cancer. Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastra states that the individual will be wealthy and may
have several children. The children are likely to be females. Some
dissipation of wealth on women or entertainment can be expected
in Venus period. According to Saravalithe individual will be troubled
on account of women and wine and will be miserable with family
troubles. The individual will be very good looking and comfortable
in life. He will have ability to emote well and should be of a romantic
nature. Venus is good for the longevity of the individual. Venus in
Punarvasu will bring matters relating to wealth and children to the
fore in its period. It also points to a love affair turning into marriage
in due course. The individual may do well at a profession that is
related to entertainment or speculation. This points to possession
of substantial jewellery, gems and gold. There could be separation
from children. They may go and live at new places. Venus in Pushya
would incline the individual to extra-marital sex. It may separate
him from his children. There could even be untimely death of a
child. A break in romance is possible. This is a good position for
wealth. Venus in Aslesha would produce an entertaining and
pleasant speaker. The individual and his mother would both be
good looking. He may own more than one vehicle. Placed between
1640' and 20 Venus would multiply the number of wives or sex
The Second House 177
partners of the individual. This makes the spouse of the individual
good looking, The individual will experience many of these results
depending on the constellation that Venus occupies in his 25th
year. He will acquire a vehicle in his 26th year.
SATURN in Cancer in the second house will take away from
the looks of the individual. According to Saravali it shows that the
individual started his life with financial constraints. He may turn
prosperous later in life. He may have a small family. This position
of Saturn is good for the longevity of the individual. Vriddhayavan
Jataka of Minaraja states that the individual may lose his mother
early. The position of Saturn in Punarvasu however promises much
wealth in later life. The individual could be fortunate in financial
matters. He may take up a job in financial or banking sector. His
married life however will not be smooth. He will earn well through
his profession. Saturn in Pushya will give results that have been
described above. It is not good for the health of the mother of the
individual when it occupies the sign between 1320' and 1640'.
Saturn in Aslesha would make the individual taciturn. The individual
will give an impression of being standoffish. He will not have many
friends and his relatives would not be close to him. He will be
disturbed by the clandestine activity of his relatives against him.
He may have bad health in his first year. Jatakabharnam states
that the individual will suffer from trouble in his eyes in the major-
period of Saturn.
RAHU in Cancer would be adverse more for wealth than the
family of the individual. He will suffer mental agony over wealth
matters. The source of the wealth of the individual will be in the
north. It will produce a tactless person. He will talk first and think
later. His wealth may suffer from deception. Jatakabharnam calls
such an individual an impecunious vagabond. Rahu in Punarvasu
would be in an inimical constellation but in the constellation of a
naturally beneficial planet. Its adverse results should remain within
bounds but the malefic effect of placement of Rahu in the second
house would be seen in financial sphere. Strangers would harm
the financial interest of the individual. Rahu in Pushya would be
placed in just the reverse way here. It would be in a friendly
constellation but in one of naturally malefic planet. Such an individual
will always lose money if he gives it out on loan particularly if Rahu
178 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
occupies the sign between 1320' and 1640'. The individual may
take illegal gratifications and may earn through illegal means. Rahu
in Aslesha would produce a person who takes to public life through
the use of his oratory.
KETU in Cancer will be.highly beneficial if the Moon is waxing.
Otherwise Ketu will cause trouble to female members of the family
and would obstruct wealth if the source is through business related
to liquids. The family would travel from place to place. Ketu in
Punarvasu would produce good results and gain of wealth and
precious stones and metal is expected. Ketu in Pushya would bring
out the adverse aspect of the impact of Ketu. In case Ketu is placed
between 1320'and 1640' it may cause disease in the mouth.
Ketu in this constellation may give extra-sensory powers. Ketu in
Aslesha may promote prosperity of the family of the mother.
Leo: The individual will be very concerned about his financial
status since he would feel that his prosperity would determine his
status. Mansagarisays that the wealth of the individual would come
from wild life and forest produce. His mother may be involved with
social and community activities. She may have had limited number
of children. His eldest child may take up a job that involves enterprise
and independence of action. The individual will be very ambitious
with respect to his profession. He will be an authoritative figure at
work place. His father might have had a history of gastric and
digestive troubles.
Lagna Chart Ill- 5
Ket
Mar
Mon
Rah Sun Mer
Sat Ven
The Second House
Mon
Ket
Mer
Sat
Ven
Navamsha
Rah
Jup
Sun
Mar
179
His mother died on 1st July 1975 in his 21st year ruled by
Jupiter.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet
Longitude Owner/C
Sun 75739'27"
Saturn Venus 6s2426'16"R
Jupiter
Moon 6s1810'47" Rahu Saturn 6s21 4'31" Jupiter
Mars 9s29 16'56" Mars Rahu 8sl243'12" Ketu
Mere
6s204 7'29"
Jupiter Ketu 2sl243'12" Rahu
Jupiter 3s638'20"R Saturn Ascdt 3s2524'51"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in Leo in the second house would strengthen the
house and promote the welfare of its various significations. It will
ensure a highly placed family and good status owing to sound
financial condition of the individual. Jyotish Makarandstates that
the individual may be miserly. However, it is not good for his
longevity. Sarava/i feels that this position of the Sun is an indication
_of his preference for non-vegetarian food. The eldest child of the
individual may attain a high status in life. His father may have very
highly placed rivals. The Sun in Magha constellation would develop
an attitude of use of influence to promote financial status. The Sun
in this constellation sometimes brings about sudden and unexpected
deaths in the family. This may happen if the Sun is placed in the
sign between 640' and 1 oo. The Sun in the sign between 320'
and 640' would promote wealth and may bring success to the
180 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
family. It may raise the status of the family if the Sun occupies the
sign from the beginning of the sign till 320'. The Sun in Poorva
Phalguni constellation tends to bring up animosity of females, but
it is good for material suocess and gain of jewellery and precious
metals. The mother or elder sister of the individual will be a dominant
person who would have much say in the family. In Uttar Phalguni
the results would be similar to the general results stated above.
The MOON in Leo in the second house would produce a self
reliant and independent person. He would be deeply involved in
efforts to improve his financial status. Classical literature states
that the individual may acquire much wealth in his 27th year. He
could be dignified and strong but he may speak softly and if the
Moon is full he will be according to Sarava/iverywealthy. Phaldeepika
states that an individual with Moon in the second house will suffer
from some speech disability. Saravalifeels that there may not be
any disability but he will not be talkative. Bhrigu Sutram says that
the individual may get recognition from the government in his 18th
year. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that he will prefer to stay
among mountains and forests. The individual will change his
residence in his 59th year. The individual will be happy, friendly and
interested in poetry. He will have a happy family and his parents
may be long lived. The Moon in Magha will produce much wealth
according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam. The individual may be
interested in metaphysics when the Moon occupies the constellation
between 640' and 10. The Moon placed in Poorva Phalguni will
produce a handsome and dignified person. He will be of friendly
disposition and will have a very good looking mother. He will be
fond of acquiring latest and sophisticated household assets. He
will have a well appointed home and a well developed sense of
aesthetics. The Moon in Uttar Phalguni would produce results similar
to the general results stated above. The Moon in contact with Mars
will give happiness from children and wealth through profession.
The children will be good looking. The first child may be a daughter.
MARS in the second house would be considered well placed
since Leo is a friendly sign to it. If the Sun is within the first two
signs ahead of Mars or in the same number of signs behind it, Mars
should be able to give very good results since Mars is a yogakaraka
planet for the ascendant. The individual will have a high status. He
will be very rich and prosperous. When Mars is in contact with
The Second House 181
Jupiter in the chart it would ensure highly placed and long lived
children for the individual. The individual may get much wealth in
his 28th year. This is not a good position for the longevity of the
individual. The individual may be highly sexed. His speech may be
acerbic. The individual will be very fortunate. Mars will be indicative
of fire and when it adversely influences a house it may damage it
with fire. It may cause trouble to children when it projects an
aspect to the fifth house in the span of Anuradha. It may similarly
cause trouble to the father of the individual or his preceptor when
Mars projects an aspect to the ninth house in the span of Uttar
Bhadrapada. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that such an
individual would hunt for his food. Mars in Magha could portend
some trouble for the family and children of the individual. He may
take to recitation of mantra of a fierce deity. Mars in Poorva Phalguni
would help the individual obtain much beautiful immovable property.
His elder sibling will be of muscular build. Mars in Uttar Phalguni
would give the general results stated above but if it is under influence
of a naturally malefic planet the individual may suffer from eye
trouble.
MERCl.FlY in Leo in the second house may make the individual
good looking. It may tend to cause separation from family time
and again. He may be an effective orator. The individual will be
abte to earn wealth through his own enterprise, or through orator
or story and novel writing. Bhattanarayan in Chamatkar Chintamani
says that the individual may be fond of good living. He may have
some expertise in mathematics. Mercury in contact with Saturn
could produce wealth through business. This is a good position for
longevity. When Mercury has adverse influence the academic career
of the individual may suffer. His family will have good contact with
the family of his mother. He would be good at business. According
to Bhrigu Sutram he will get distinction in academic field in his 15th
year. Horasara states that the individual will lose his wealth in the
period of Mercury and he will have no happiness from his younger
siblings. One could get a job in the period of Mercury if it occupies
Leo between oo and 320'. Mercury in Magha would impact the
education of the individual adversely. He may however have some
ability in mathematics. He may falter in his speech and may fall out
with his younger siblings. Mercury in Poorva Phalguni would help
the individual pursue his education successfully. He may also have
182 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
musical talent and ability in dance. Mercury in Uttar Phalguni would
give results similar to the ones stated above as general results for
its placement in Leo in the second house.
JUPITER in Leo in the second house would be a very effective
source of wealth but under influence of Mars it may cause trouble
to or through the family, and under influence of Saturn the individual
may suffer from trouble in knees and legs. Horasara says that the
individual could be a religious head in the period of Jupiter and
may get wealth through the government. Bhrigu Sutram makes a
very interesting statement. It says that when Jupiter occupies the
second house whatever the individual foretells would come out to
be true. Jupiter is the owner of the ninth house. This is the house
of future. The second house is that of speech. The connection
between the two could result in the statement that Bhrigu has
made but apparently it would not be true for every such chart. The
role of karakas will also have to be seen. The individual will be
fortunate in his children if Jupiter occupies the sign between 2320'
and 2640'. Jupiter in Magha would be inclined to promote the
wealth of the individual but it may also give him a harsh speech. It
is not good for the family of the individual, They may face adversity.
Jupiter in Poorva Phalguni is a good indicator for prosperity. The
individual will enjoy success through his good fortune. The individual
will be in a happy state of mind. His mother may be good looking
and a religious person. Jupiter in Uttar Phalguni would give general
results of Jupiter in the second house in Leo as stated above.
In Chart 111-5 above Jupiter occupies the ascendant and owns
the sixth house from the ascendant. It is in Pushya constellation of
Saturn. The latter occupies the fourth house from the ascendant.
This relates the fourth house of mother to the sixth house of injury.
Saturn owns the eighth house. Thus it relates the fourth house to
the eighth house. The fourth house is also related to the twelfth
house as its owner Mercury is also placed in the fourth house close
to Saturn. Death of the mother through an accident is closely
established. Taking the event from the karakas, we notice that the
fourth house from the Moon is Capricorn. Saturn owns it. The sixth
house from natal Mars is Gemini. Mercury is associated with Saturn.
The twelfth house from Saturn is also owned by Mercury. The
eighth house from Saturn indicates longevity. Venus is with Saturn.
The karakas too state the same story.
The Second House 183
VENUS in Leo is in an inimical house. The individual will have
a happy family and he will be successful in his ventures. His wealth
would be derived from his vocation. He will speak well. He may
own vehicles. He may not have peace of mind and quietude. Both
Bhrigu Sutram and Saravali say that such an individual will have
access to good food. The period of Venus will be good for his
longevity. Jatakabharnam states that the individual is likely to get
wealth through his wife or through a woman. Vriddhayavan Jataka
of Minaraja opines that the individual will be good looking and he
will be happy with his family. A contact is setup between the fourth
and second houses of the chart. If Mars is related to the combination
the individual may have much wealth in the form of property.
Mercury in such a situation would promote wealth through academic
excellence. There is a possibility of loss of vocation or job in the
27th year of the individual. Venus in Magha would lose its
benevolence to a substantial extent. Venus placed in the sign
between 320' and 640' would still help the individual have a
good income. Venus in Poorva Phalguni and in Uttar Phalguni would
give general results stated above.
SATURN in the sign of the Sun in the second house would
tend to cause trouble to the individual. It would disturb his marriage.
The spouse may be of expensive habits and may prove to be a
drain on the finances of the individual. This would be the cause of
trouble in marriage. It would be highly adverse for his professional
affairs if Saturn occupies the beginning of the sign between oo and
320'. He may lose his job or face demotion during the period of
Saturn. This period however would not be adverse for his mother,
education and his longevity. The period of Saturn would be tough
for his younger siblings but his elder siblings may escape the wrath
of Saturn. An individual with Saturn so placed may not be considered
fortunate. He may talk slowly and badly. According to Yavanjataka
of Sphujidhvajathis individual will take pleasure in vile deeds and
he may not be able to attain his objectives. Bhrigu Sutram says
that the individual will face financial difficulties and may lose his
first wife. He may suffer from eye trouble. Phaldeepika, Saravali
and Chamatkar Chintamani are unanimous in their opinion that
this individual will leave his place of birth later in life and will turn
rich at the new place. Saturn in Magha will be even more
troublesome. The adverse results stated above will be multiplied.
It would cause much trouble to and on account of younger siblings
184 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
and in the marriage of the individual. He will also face trouble from
the government. Saturn in Poorva Phalguni will be much better. Its
adverse stance in Leo would be mollified to a large extent. The
effect of Saturn in Uttar Phalguni would be similar to the general
results of Saturn in Leo stated above.
RAHU in the second house in Leo would again be troublesome
since it would be in an inimical house. This is not a good position
for wealth and speech of the individual. Bhrigu Sutram says that
the individual will be poor and the family of the individual may face
adversity. Phaldeepika says that the individual will speak in a manner
that would imply two meanings. Chamatkar Chintamanicalls him a
liar. The individual will have an urge to power and he would use all
methods to attain to it. He may go abroad in his 42nd year. There
may be a situation in which he may face calumny in his 43rd year.
Rahu in Magha would only be worse. The adverse results stated
above would be intensified further. Rahu in Poorva Phalguni would
be much better but it would impart an indiscreet attitude in sexual
matters to the individual. He may be connected to public life. His
mother, vehicle or education could be a source of trouble in the
family. Rahu in Uttar Phalguni would give results similar to the
general results stated above.
KETU in Leo would be in a compatible sign. Wealth may not
be obtained through fair means but yet the individual would be
wealthy. His family may not lead a happy life but they would not
lack in resources. Bhrigu Sutram says that the individual would
have trouble from the government and from this family. Ketu in
Magha would be able to show somewhat better results than the
general ones provided it is not under influence of naturally malefic
planets. Ketu in Poorva Phalguni would indicate losses to the
individual through women. He may develop enmity and may be a
show off in financial matters. Ketu in Uttar Phalguni would be good
as stated in the general results indicated above.
Virgo: The individual though articulate will have a critical
manner of talking. He may be of fault finding nature. When Jupiter
gets related to the house or Mercury the individual may come
about wealth otherwise this sign in the second house would indicate
felicity with words. Though his finances will fluctuate, he would be
able to handle his financial matters rather well. The eldest child of
the individual will have a job that deals with communication of
The Second House 185
ideas. He may be a writer, orator, linguist or mathematician. He
may be a secretary, interpreter, teacher or a publisher. The spouse
of the individual may take an intellectual interest in the occult. His
father may be prone. to digestive and intestinal troubles. Mansagari
feels that the individual's father may not have enemies but he may
be inclined to squander his wealth in gambling or over women of
easy virtue. The elder sibling of the individual may study
mathematics, languages, linguistics, or finance.
Lagna Chart 111-6
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Sun
Ket
Ven
Mer
Mar
Man
Jup
Sat
Man
Mer
Ven
Rah
Sat
Jup
Ket
Sun
Mar
Male, 22 March 1960, 1717hours, 22N25', 85EO', 0530 hours
East of Greenwich. The individual was married and two children
were born to him in the major-period of Rahu.
186
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 115833'47" Saturn Venus 1051435'50" Rahu
Moon 95738'41" Sun Saturn 85244'51" Venus
Mars 952823'39" Mars Rahu 551 20'47"
5un
Mere Rahu Ketu
115120'47"
Jupiter
Jupiter 8593'15" Ketu Ascdt 4s293'28"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in the second house in Virgo may cause a separation
in the family. He may be able to express himself very effectively.
This is a good position for longevity. Jatakabharnamsays that the
individual will gain wealth from the government. The individual will
earn through his own efforts and he will guard his wealth closely.
The Sun in Uttar Phalguni will give good general results stated
above. It would disturb marriage if it is placed between 320' and
640' in the sign. With the Sun in Hasta the individual would be
inclined to be closely related to matters of a temple. The Sun in
Chitra shows gain of wealth from the father who may be a
dominating character. The mother of the individual may have a
strong say in family matters. The Sun in Chitra is good for the
individual for ownership of immovable property. The Sun in contact
with Mercury will give effective speech. The Sun when in contact
with Jupiter will give well placed children. A child may be born in
the period of the Sun. The individual may get money through a
death. The Sun in the sign between 1 oo and 1320' connected to
Jupiter will bring the good fortune of the individual to bear on
matters relating to his second house. He will be a professional
speaker who would earn well from his vocation. The Sun in contact
with Venus is an indication of superior status in society. His father
too will have a strong bearing on his family. When the Sun is in
contact with Saturn the individual may suffer from trouble in the
eyes. This is not good for the married life of the individual. His
spouse may create tension in the family.
The MOON in Virgo will produce a soft spoken individual.
Yavanjatakaof Sphujidhvaja says that the individual will be eloquent
and courteous. He will be good looking. Horasara states that the
individual may earn through women in this period. The Moon in
Uttar Phalguni may remove the individual in his infancy from the
place of his birth. The individual may earn from unfamiliar places.
The Second House 187
The Moon in Hasta would give the same general results that have
been stated above. The Moon in Chitra is not good for the mother
of the individual. The Moon is a planet here that represents mother
of the individual and any adverse influence on it will be a source of
trouble to her. She may face surgery or injury. She will be good
looking. The Moon in contact with Jupiter may cause separation
from the eldest child. The Moon in contact with. Venus will make
the individual travel in connection with his job. The individual may
go to a new place leaving his family behind for his profession. He
may have an artistic bent of mind. The Moon in contact with Saturn
would separate the individual from his family and it may not be
good for his longevity. Journeys will be tedious and unproductive.
It could disturb the career of the eldest child who may be a research
scholar. The individual may suffer from trouble in his face and
insomnia. The Moon will cause much travelling in the 24th year of
the individual.
1\ilARS in Virgo would be in an inimical sign however all the
three constellations in the sign are friendly to it. Horasara states
that the individual may have some trouble in the eye. Mars, is a
yogakaraka planet for Leo ascendant. It may help the individual
turn wealthy though his manner of speaking may offend others.
He may be good at mathematics and engineering. He may earn
property in his 30th year. He may face difficulties in his profession
in his 31 st year. The eldest child of the individual may change jobs
in his 65th year. His father would be fond of his children who may
be missed for from their early childhood they may go away from
the family for their education. Mars in contact with Jupiter would
promote the general well being and fortune of the individual.
Jatakabharnam feels that the individual would be happy with his
children and wife during the period of Mars and would also be
prosperous. Mars in Uttar Phalguni would give wealth and happiness,
The individual may have property but he may inordinately be fond
of the opposite sex. He may be injured when Mars occupies oo to
320' in the sign. Mars in contact with Rahu may take the individual
abroad. Mars in Hasta may cause disposal of property. Plaoed in
the sign between 20 and 2320' the individual may face losses on
account of alienation of property. Mars in Chitra would give results
similar to those mentioned as general results above. The individual
may acquire property when Mars is in contact with Jupiter. The
188 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
younger siblings of the individual may be troublesome when Saturn
is in contact with Mars. He may get injured in the eye. The individual
may live abroad with his family when Mars is in contact with Rahu.
Mars in contact with Ketu is likely to develop interest in spiritual
practices.
MERCURY in Virgo would be exalted but in most part of the
sign it would be in inhospitable terrain as the constellations in the
sign are not congenial to it. The individual is a very successful
scholarly orator. His elder sibling is an intellectual of varying degrees.
The Mercury period may see concern for his longevity particularly
when Mercury occupies the sign between oo and 320'. The
individual is likely to do well in the academic field in his 35th year.
His loose talk may bring trouble for him. The individual would be a
persuasive talker according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam. The
individual may earn through speaking or writing. Mercury in Uttar
Phalguni could bring losses to the individual through his maternal
uncle particularly when it is placed in the sign between 1 oo and
1320'. Mercury in Hasta would make the individual prone to
travelling leaving his family behind. Mercury in Chitra would make
the individual inclined to learn and to take up teaching as a
profession. Bhrigu states that Mercury in contact with Jupiter will
make the individual a competent mathematician. It appears that
such a combination would cause the"individual to be an accountant.
He will be wealthy. The individual may have several children. The
individual may be an intellectual. He may take up business as a
vocation. Mercury in contact with exalted Venus could make the.
individual an astrologer.
JUPITER in Virgo in the second house would make the individual
very rich. He will earn his wealth through banking, accountancy,
writing, or intellectual activities. He may have several children and
a large family. Pha/deepikafeels that the individual will be handsome
and eloquent. The period of Jupiter would be good for his longevity.
He may not do too well at his job. His mother's family may also be
prosperous. His father may be a lucky man insofar as his enemies
are concerned. He may not have any or may not suffer from their
machinations. According to Chamatkar Chintamanithe individual
will be an able administrator. Jupiter in Uttar Phalguni will make
the individual versatile, scholarly and able. He will be a scholar of
note and an orator of no mean ability. It may disturb marriage of
The Second House 189
the individual if it occupies the sign between 320' and 640'. Jupiter
in Hasta will produce good children. The individual will have an
innovative mind and he will be highly creative. Jupiter in Chitra is
an indication of a fortunate person. He would study financial
management and business accountancy. He could be a management
information system expert. Jupiter in contact with Mercury gives
much wealth. In contact with Venus it will give rise to a good yoga
indicating prosperity and status.
VENUS will be debilitated in Virgo in the second house. His
younger siblings may find life difficult during the period of Venus.
They may relocate. The individual will not be able to do financially
well through his profession, though he may take up more than one
professions at a time. He may be good looking. His eldest child
may encounter difficulties in his profession. His elder sister may
change residence or may suffer losses on account of a vehicle. His
family may face much trouble when Saturn occupies Taurus or
Sagittarius. Jatakabharnam says that the individual will not be
wealthy. He may be a jeweller. His parents may not have a happy
married life. Saravalisays that the individual will speak softly but
he will be inclined to liaise with women of poor repute. Venus in
Uttar Phalguni would give the individual ability to talk on computer
software and robotics. He will be good looking. When placed
between oo and 320' in the sign Venus may disturb family life due
to tension in individual's marriage. In the next navamsha between
3 2 ~ and 640' the individual may attempt business without much
success during the period of Venus. Venus in Hasta could cause
breaks in profession and income. The individual may travel for his
profession and leave his family behind. There could be break with
a younger sister over a document. Venus in Chitra may impel the
individual to seek female company in circles of ill-repute. Marriage
of a younger sibling may break up after much marital discord. The
younger siblings may find finances in a constricted state.
SATURN in Virgo would be placed in a congenial ambience.
The individual will be a person of few words but he may speak
unpleasantly. Saturn may cause disease in the eye, face or mouth.
The married life of the individual would suffer. The individual may
not have a happy, comfortable and peaceful home. Indebtedness
could also be an outcome of this position. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam says that a person with Saturn in this sign may be
190 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
poor, ill-educated, may commit mistakes in writing but he would
still be a chief officer. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja feels that such
an individual could be lazy and inattentive in discharge of his duties.
BV Raman has on the other hand ascribed prosperity and high
position to the individual in the period of Saturn. Saturn in Uttar
Phalguni would be an agent causing disease in the chest and heart,
face, mouth, teeth and eyes. The individual may feel pain in the
legs on walking. This position is bad for marriage and its continuity.
This position is also not good for the father of the individual who
may keep bad health and may suffer through his enemies. Saturn
in Hasta would cause losses and relocation for the younger siblings.
The individual may face damages on account of his careless dealing
with documents. The mother of the individual will lead an
unsatisfactory life. The individual himself will have an irritable and
gloomy mind. Saturn in Chitra could be a failure in farming. He
may be injured in the chest, knee or thigh. There would be much
bickering and unhappiness in the family. He may meet with a serious
accident if Saturn occupies the sign between 2320' and 2640'.
Saturn will cause much trouble and damage to the children of the
individual when it is in contact with Mars. It will also generate
disputes in the family and over wealth. The individual will get a job
in the period of Saturn when it is in contact with Mercury. Saturn in
contact with Jupiter may earn wealth for the individual through
agriculture.
RAHU in Virgo is in its own sign according to one point of
view. In any case it is in a friendly sign. It is believed that Rahu in
Virgo in the second house will give much wealth through the efforts
of the individual concerned. It may create some tension in the
family. The individual will talk in an involved manner according to
Phaldeepika and it may be difficult to decipher as to what he is
trying to convey. Rahu in contact with Jupiter in this house would
give a career to the eldest child of the individual that would get
him public recognition. Rahu in Uttar Phalguni may make the
individual indebted. He may also be inclined to defraud others. In
some cases there could be a restriction on the liberty of the
individual. When Rahu is between 320' and 640' the individual
will be prone to seek sexual gratification among mercenary females,
Rahu in Hasta would be a factor to take the individual abroad. It
would give some authority to the individual. Rahu in Chitra would
The Second House 191
induce the individual to settle abroad with his family particularly
when the planet is between 2320' and 2640' in the sign.
In Chart 111-6 Rahu occupies Virgo. The individual had got
married and had two children in the major-period of Rahu. The
dispositor of Rahu occupies the seventh house from the ascendant
in association with Venus and Rahu is in a constellation of the Sun
which is the owner of the ascendant Further, taking the position
of Rahu as the ascendant we notice that the Sun is in the seventh
house from Rahu. Venus is in a constellation of Rahu. All this shows
that the individual would get married in the major-period of Rahu.
A similar analysis would show that the individual will also have
children in this major-period.
KETU in Virgo would be placed in an inimical sign and would
not support its significations. According to Phaldeepika the individual
will be poor and would speak in a manner that would alienate
people. It is said that Ketu occupying the sign between oo and
320' could confer ability on the individual to cast spells and recite
incantations to harm others. Ketu in Uttar Phalguni may not be
good for the health of the individual. Between 320' and 640' it
would be an adverse element for the marital happiness of the
individual. Ketu placed in the second house in Virgo would be a
trouble maker in the career of the eldest child of the individual.
The family of the mother of the individual may face tough time.
The father of the individual would vanquish his enemies. Ketu in
this constellation is capable of giving the individual the ability to
talk on mystical subjects. Ketu in Hasta would incline the individual
to spiritualism though without much success. It would not be good
for the physical well being of the father of the individual. Ketu
placed in the sign between 1320' and 1640' would create major
setback in the career of the individual. Ketu in Chitra may be slightly
better. Still, it is likely to cause pain in the head. Ketu in contact
with Saturn would give the individual the ability to cause trouble
through incantations to others. Ketu in contact with Mars could
empower the individual to talk to disincarnate beings.
Libra: The individual will be good looking. He will have a
balanced approach and he will consider pros and cons of a financial
decision in detail. He will be fortunate in financial matters and in
matters relating to his family. The individual may like to be with his
192
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
family. The eldest child of the individual may take up an assignment
that involves entertainment or aesthetics. The debilitation of the
Sun in Libra would appear as a classical rajyoga for the spouse of
the individual since the owner of the sixth house from the seventh
would get debilitated in the eighth from the house of spouse.
According to Mansagarian individual with Libra in the second house
may earn well through trading in stones, clay or corn. The individual
may start business in collaboration with his wife.
Sat
Ven
Rah
Sun
Ven
Sun
Ket
Jup
Mer
Ket
Rah
Mer
Jup
Lagna Chart Ill- 7

Navamsha
Sat
Men
Mar
Winston Churchill, 30 November 1874, 0130 hours,
1 Wl5', 0005 hour west of Greenwich. He became Prime Minister
of Great Britain in the major-period of Jupiter.
The Second House 193
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 751536'52" Saturn Venus 7529557" R Mercury
Moon
45733'4" Ketu Saturn 951729'9" Moon
Mars 552426'36" Mars
Rahu
05344'38" Ketu
Mere 6s2529'12" Jupiter Ketu 65344'38"
Mars
Jupiter 651 27'36" Mars Ascdt Ss846'48"
ONner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in Libra will be debilitated in the second house. It Will
not be good for the wealth of the individual and happiness of the
family. He may face heavy expenditure according to Saravali. Bhrigu
says that the individual will lose due to wrath of the government in
his 25
1
h year. The individual may spend on a place of worship.
Bhaskar Deep Chandrika says that the individual may suffer from
eye trouble. The Sun may not cause danger to the longevity of the
individual but it is not good for that of the eldest child. It may also
create complications in the marriage of the younger brother of the
mother. Horasara says that when the Sun is at 1 oo in the sign it
would be detrimental to the wealth and family of the individual
and an arohi Sun (the Sun that has moved beyond 1 oo in Libra)
would give wealth through the government. The Sun in Chitra
would cause trouble for the younger siblings of the individual. They
may face heavy expenditure, loss and separation. The individual
will be pompous and quick to take umbrage. He will be a source of
irritation to his neighbours. The Sun in Swati would be equally
troublesome. The physique may suffer on account of his excesses.
The Sun would cause financial losses through deception when it
occupies the sign between 1320' and 1640'. The Sun in the sign
between 1640' and 20 would be a serious threat to the
continuation of marital status or peace in married life of the
individual. When the Sun occupies Vishakha it would change tack
though the expenses on good causes would remain high. The Sun
placed in the sign between 2320' and 2640' may help the individual
turn prosperous.
The MOON in Libra shows gain to the family and improvement
in financial status of the individual. He will be good looking. He will
speak softly and the speech would be pleasant. He may like company
of females. According to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam he would be
under their influence. Jatakabharnam says that such an individual
194 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
will have high status and much wealth. If the Moon is waning it
may hinder growth in prosperity of the individual. Such a Moon
may cause trouble in the family and is capable of causing a speech
defect. There may not be any danger to the longevity of the
individual. The eldest child of the individual may find his wife through
his profession. She may be good looking. The individual may improve
his status through favour of the government in his 59th year. The
Moon in Chitra may impart firmness to the speech of the individual.
He may undertake short journeys regularly during the period of
the Moon. The individual may get involved in a scandal on account
of his relationships with women when the natal Moon is waning.
The Moon in Swati may produce a merchant according to Varah
Mihir in Brihajjatakam. He may acquire residential property abroad
when the Moon is placed between 640' and 10 in the sign. He
may earn his upkeep through acting and emoting when the Moon
is placed between 10 and 1320'. The Moon in Vishakha would be
excellent for prosperity of the individual. According to Varah Mihir
in Brihajjatakam the individual will speak persuasively and amicably
to gain his ends. When it is placed in the sign between 2320' and
2640'the Moon would give much ancestral wealth to the individual
or he may get prosperous through a stroke of luck.
MARS in Libra would be in inimical position. The individual
may not be very prosperous. Mansagarisaysthat such an individual
will face trouble from his spouse. Jatakabharnam goes further and
says that he will be of expensive habits and will find trouble through
property and spouse. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says that the
individual may covet other's wealth. His eldest child may acquire
property and may become an interior designer or an architect. The
child may take to politics. The individual may like to live in a lonely
place. He will love his family and will possess self earned wealth.
There would be no threat to his longevity in the period of Mars.
Females may cause difficulties in his affairs. A child may be born to
the individual in his 28th year. Mars in Chitra would give results
similar to the ones described above. Mars placed in the sign between
320' and 640' will push the younger siblings away from their
place of birth. Mars in Swati will incline the individual to talk of
scandals and sexual escapades. Placed between 640' and 10the
individual may be inclined to keep a live-in partner. When occupying
the sign between 1320' and 1640' it may cause dissensions in
the family and tension with the eldest child. Mars occupying Vishakha
The Second House 195
will give much wealth and property and able children. This may
however create tension in marriage and trouble from spouse in a
male chart. The eldest child of the individual or his father may get
injured.
MERCURY in Libra would cause a close involvement of the
individual in his family affairs and his efforts for accumulation of
wealth. He will be good looking. His family will lead a happy and
comfortable life. He may be able to earn well from his profession.
Bhrigu says that the individual may turn wealthy early in life. He
will talk well and will be liked by others for his way of speaking.
Horasara says that the individual may be good at sculpturing and
may take to business. He may take up designing work either of
textile or of the web. Chamatkar Chintamanisays that the individual
will be a good orator and intelligent. The period of Mercury may
not be good from longevity point of view. Mercury in Chitra will not
give very good results. He may try to take to writing but the results
will be unsatisfactory. Mercury in Swati may give good education.
Mercury placed in the sign between 1320' and 1640' gives an
ability to dupe others through sweet talk. A person with Mercury
placed in the sign between 1640' and 20 may have more than
one wife or paramour. Mercury in Vishakha will involve the individual
in banking affairs. He may speak on financial matters. Between
20 and 2320' Mercury may bring to the individual sudden financial
gains or a legacy. Much wealth will accrue when Mercury occupies
the sign between 2320' and 2640' or between 2640' and 30.
In the first case wealth will come as a matter of good fortune. In
the second case the individual will earn very well through his
profession.
JUPITER would not be considered well placed in Libra. This is
an inimical sign to it. However, it would produce a sober, balanced
and well reasoned speaker. He may be prosperous and may have a
profession that helps him earn reasonably well. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam says that he will always be in possession of wealth.
This period will not be a threat to his longevity. Jupiter projects an
aspect to the sixth house from the ascendant. Jatakabharnam says
that he will be able to win over his friends. There may be some
irritants in his relationship with his mother and spouse. The spouse
may not be happy. Birth of child to the individual may be delayed.
A female individual may not have peaceful married life. The
196 The PlayofP/anetsinHouse's: Part One (1 to6House)
individual will be happy and successful in his 16th and 52nd years.
Bhrigu supports this statement for the 16th year. Jupiter in Chitra
may give a well built younger brother. Jupiter in Swati would be
troublesome for the mother. Placed between 640' and 1 oa Jupiter
indicates a prominent role that the mother of the individual may
play in the affairs of his family. However, the individual may turn
wealthy. The individual may face worries over his children when
Jupiter is placed in the sign between 1 oo and 1320'. Jupiter in the
sign between 1640'and 20 may not be good for marital relations ..
There could be some tension in marriage. Jupiter in Vishakha will
give good general results stated above.
In Chart 111-7 above Churchill became the prime minister in
his Jupiter rnajor-per,iod. Jupiter is associated with Mercury and its
dispositor is with the Sun. Mercury is the owner of the ascendant
and tenth house, the Sun owns the tenth house from itself and
therefore is inclined to cause elevation of a high order.
VENUS in Libra would be in its own sign and therefore strong
but all the three constellations are not supportive to it. The individual
will be good looking and will speak well but could be dilatory. His
family will be happy and comfortable. This position of Venus will
link the ninth house of good fortune with the second of wealth.
Much wealth including jewellery and gold is expected. The children
of the individual will prosper in the period of Venus. The elder
sibling of the individual may acquire a vehicle. A younger sibling
may have trouble in his marriage. The 25th year of life is good for
this purpose. It would project an aspect.to the eighth house where
an inimical sign would be found but stilt-as Venus is the owner of
the ninth house, its aspect to the eighth would be conducive to
long life. He may meet with an accident or face calumny in his 26th
year. There may be separation from spouse in his 27th year.
Jatakabharnam feels that such an individual will travel much. Bhrigu
states that the individual may get to have expensive food
preparations. Venus in Chitra may-not be helpful to the younger
siblings of the individual. Venus in Swati could allow the individual
to travel abroad and his wealth may either be kept abroad or its
source may be in a foreign country. The individual may have an
active sex life particularly when Venus is placed in the sign between
1640' and 20. Venus in Vishakha would be a cause for much
wealth. The individual may get a legacy when it is placed in the
The Second House 197
sign between 20 and 2320'. Venus placed in the sign between
2.320' and 2640'would perhaps be the finest since it would grant
huge wealth and luxuries in its period. A person having Venus in
the sign between 2640' and 30 would have several sources of
income as he may have more than one profession. One of these
professions could be delivering talks on literary themes.
SATURN in Libra would be at its place of exaltation.
Unfortunately, it would be projecting an aspect to its place of
debilitation in the eighth house from the ascendant. Therefore, we
cannot expect Saturn in this position to safeguard the longevity of
the concerned person having Virgo ascendant. However, Saturn
should be good for the prosperity of the individual. According to
Horasara the individual will have happiness and wealth. Brihat
ParasharHora Shastrasays that such a person will be famous but
he may live in an alien country. The aspect of Saturn on Cancer will
cause some obstruction in the life of the elder brother of the
individual. The eldest child of the individual will turn wealthy in the
period of Saturn. The individual may change his residence and
move to a place close by in his 39th year. Saturn in Chjtra may not
give very good results and it is not conducive to good longevity
particularly when it occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'.
Saturn in Swati would impart a tendency to deceive. Saturn may
cause birth of children in its period. Saturn is the owner of the
sixth house from the ascendant. Its placement in the second house
in Vishakha may cause sickness in the family and obstruction in
the flow of wealth. It may also not be good for the health of the
mother of the person concerned. This position of Saturn is also not
conducive to peaceful married life of the individual. He may find
his spouse falling sick or facing other troubles from time to time.
Saturn in contact with the Sun will cause heavy expenditure. Saturn
in contact with Mercury will give good prospects in profession.
Saturn in contact with Jupiter will cause trouble in marriage. Saturn
in contact with Ketu may cause physical defect in one of the children
of the individual.
RAHU in Libra would be in a friendly sign. It may cause income
through a foreign source. The individual may be a victim of a
fraudulent marriage. According to Mansagarithe individual may
associate with people drawn from the lowest sections of society to
earn his wealth. Rahu in Chitra may incline the younger siblings of
the individual to take to nefarious acts. Rahu in Swati would give
198
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
general results stated above. When placed between 1640' and
20 Rahu may disturb marriage of the individual. It may also rock
any partnership that the individual had started. Rahu being inimical
to Jupiter, would be worse in Vishakha. It may cause danger to the
individual from snakes in its period when Rahu occupies the sign
between 20 and 2320'.
KETU in Libra would be in an inimical sign. The individual may
have no attraction for devotion to the Divine or for matters spiritual.
He would also have no interest in black magic and tantra. However,
Ketu here will separate him from his family since he would travel
incessantly. The individual may face financial stress. Mansagari
says that his wealth may be appropriated by the government. He
could also suffer from disease in the face and mouth. Ketu in Chitra
may give better general results stated above. Ketu in Swati would
be troublesome. Ketu in Vishakha would nurture the wealth of the
individual and if it occupies the sign between 2320' and 2640'
the individual may develop taste for metaphysics.
Scorpio: The individual will be cautious with his money. He
may get financial supplement through his spouse or partnership.
However, there would be a tendency to earn. money through easy
or unscrupulous methods. He may be prone to addiction to alcohol
or drugs. He will be direct in his expression. His eldest child may
take up a job that requires outdoor activity and short travels. His
father may be worried by the. machinations of his rivals. The spouse
of the person having Scorpio in the second house is likely to face
dangers and suffer from severe injuries or diseases.
Lagna Chart Ill-SA
Mar Mon
Rah
Ket
Sun
Jup Ven Sat
Mer
The Second House
Sat
Ven
Rah
Mar Mon
Mer
Sun
Ket
Jup
199
Male, 5 January 1925, 0215 hours, 26N47', 79E02', 0530
hours East of Greenwich. A child was born to hirn on 1 June 1951
when he was in his 27'h year. Venus was the ruling planet at that
tirne.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 8s21 12'39" Venus Venus 7s2438'29" Mercury
Moon Os247'0" Venus Saturn 6s1933'45" Rahu
Mars lls1712'25" Mercury Rahu 3s21 21'21" Mercury
Mere 8s417'53" R Ketu Ketu 9s21 21'21" Moon
Jupiter 8s11 13'34" Ketu Ascdt 6sl617'13"
Owner/C rneans owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
Lagna Chart 111-88
~ ~ ~ r ~
Jup
Rah
Mar
Sun
Mon
Mer
Ven
Ket
Sat
200
Jup
Ven
Mon
Sun
Planet
Sun
Moon
Mars
Mere
Jupiter
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Navamsha
Rah Sat
Mer
Ket Mar
Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
052947'SO" Sun Venus l56SS'S9" Sun
7s2036'45" Mercury Saturn 45618'25" Ketu
051715'47" Venus Rahu 05218'46" Ketu
152049'0" ' Moon Ketu 65218'46" Mars
95857'23" Sun Ascdt 6521 15'36"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in Scorpio in the second house would be inclined to
promote the prosperity of the individual and would give suooess in
his efforts to improve his financial status. The individual may belong
to an influential family. His elder brother may help him in his pursuit
of wealth. Jatakabharnam feels that a person having the Sun in
Scorpio would be cantankerous, he may promote dissensions and
he may be miserly. He will talk roughly. The individual will not be
long lived according to Jyotish Makarand. The individual may face
setbacks in life. Mars placed in Capricorn would be an indication of
much wealth in the form of property. The wife of the individual
may find difficulty in child bearing. The spouse of the eldest child
may help him in his profession. The younger brother of the individual
will be a forceful personality when the Sun is in Vishakha. The Sun
in Anuradha would find itself in an uncongenial situation. It would
portend trouble to the younger siblings. It will cause financial losses
The Second House 201
to the individual when it occupies the sign between 640' and 1 oo.
However, otherwise the individual will have above average ability
to organize his finances in the right direction and maximize his
income since Anuradha constellation is marked by its ability to
impart such skills. The Sun in Jyeshtha would bring wealth to the
individual from new and unknown places and from foreign countries
particularly when Rahu is connected with the Sun or Mercury. The
individual will be very protective of his family since both the Sun
and the constellation have these characteristics.
The MOON in Scorpio will be debilitated and if it is also waning
it would be highly detrimental to the finances and family of the
individual. He will find that his professional income is not adequate
to meet his requirements. The individual may face trouble from his
boss or superiors in service. Mansagari says that an individual with
the Moon in Scorpio will lose his wealth through gambling or to the
government. Sarvarth Chintamani does not speak well of this
position of the Moon. Bhaskaracharya in Bhaskar Deep Chandrika
says that the individual will be fair in complexion. The mind of the
individual will be disturbed on account of money and family matters.
The individual will be unhappy in his 59th year if the Moon occupies
Vishakha. He may have to change his residence or his mother may
pass away in his 59th year if the Moon occupies Anuradha. This
Moon will support the longevity of the individual. One of the best
positions for the Moon in Scorpio would be when it occupies the
sign in Vishakha. This would rid him of financial difficulties to a
large extent but he may still face trouble at work. The Moon in
Anuradha would not be good. His mother may be a source of
trouble for him, even in his profession since the constellation also
has the tendency to cause trouble relating to the mother. The
Moon in the sign between 640' and 10would create a situation
in which the individual would change or lose his job time and again.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that the Moon in Anuradha would
produce wealthy persons who live in foreign countries. The Moon
in Jyeshtha could create trouble for the individual through his
speech. His academic performance in his early years may not be
satisfactory.
MARS in Scorpio would be in its own sign. He will get wealth
though his spouse or partner. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra is of
the opinion that the individual would have little wealth but here
202 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mars occupies its own sign. The quantum of wealth should be
adequate unless Mars is in the first navamsha of the sign between
oo and 320' as it is debilitated there. Its aspect to the ninth house
from the ascendant would be unhelpful and adverse. Therefore
fortune will not favour him in matters of wealth. In fact setbacks
can be foreseen relating to wealth. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja
says that the individual may be a person who kills and injures to
earn wealth. Saravali supports this statement. The individual is
likely to acquire property in his 28th year. Mars in Vishakha would
cause much disputes relating to wealth or family during the period
of Mars. The individual may get injured in the face or eye. He will
make persistent efforts to earn riches. This is not good for the
longevity of the spouse of the individual. Mars in Anuradha could
ensure that the individual sets up and runs a successful enterprise
in partnership which may relate to property. The constellation
imparts' unique organisational skills. Success should be assured if
Mars is placed between 320' and 640' in the sign but losses and
failure could be expected if Mars moves to a position between
640' and 1 oo in the sign. Mars in Jyeshtha could change the job of
the younger sibling of the individual when it occupies the sign
between 1640' and 20. His spouse may succeed to a position of
authority due to a death when Mars occupies the sign between
20 and 2320'.
MERCl.FlY in Scorpio would be in an inimical sign. It is the
owner of the twelfth house from the ascendant where its
mooltrikona sign is placed. These are not indications for the
prosperity of the individual. He may not be wealthy. The individual
may have a speech impediment. Horasara says that the individual
may face trouble in the household and financial constraint in the
period of Mercury. He may have to separate from his family for a
while. Phaldeepika says that the individual will try to earn his
livelihood through his learning and intellect, Since Mercury is badly
placed in Scorpio, the learning and intellect will be limited and
flawed. The earning would also therefore be limited. Mercury in
Vishakha will persuade the individual to try hard for prosperity but
the success would be miniscule in comparison to efforts put in. He
may get alienated from his relatives, friends and neighbours, He
may not do well at writing. Mercury in Anuradha would be bad for
wealth as it would promote expenditure. It may also cause
disappointments owing to setbacks received in his efforts. The
The Second House 203
individual will make efforts in collaboration with others but may
not be sucoessful. Mercury in Jyeshtha will inculcate a sense of
protectiveness towards his family. This being own constellation of
Mercury the results would be partially better. Fortune may favour
the person to some extent. He may also develop interest in the
occult and some extra-sensory powers. When Mercury is placed in
the sign between 1640' and 20 he may try to put down his extra-
sensory experiences on paper. Mercury will give better education
to a person who has it in Scorpio between 20 and 23':'20'. It will
cause much trouble with the maternal side of the family when it
occupies the sign between 2640' and 30.
JUPITER in Scorpio will be in a friendly sign. It may cause
some trouble in the family over money matters. The maternal side
of the family could be a contributor to his wealth. Jupiter will help
the person for a sucoessful career. There may be certain cooling
off though in the relations with his younger siblings. He may also
be easy going and may not make much effort for his livelihood and
career. Horasara says that the person may be engaged in divine
work during the period of Jupiter. Jupiter will give much wealth to
the eldest child of the individual through his profession. The
individual may move to a new plaoe in his 16th year. Kashyapstates
that the individual may earn through timber or garments. The
individual may not have enemies. A child may be born to him in
the period of Jupiter. Jupiter in contact with the Sun or the Moon is
excellent for wealth and good income. Jupiter in contact with Venus
is not good for the married life of a female individual. Jupiter in
Vishakha will be in its own constellation and it will extend much
help to the individual for a first rate career. Jupiter in Anuradha
should make the individual an excellent manager. He will be happy
and should have good children. He may not be as prosperous when
Jupiter occupies the sign between 640' and 10 as when it is
plaoed between 320' and 640'. The individual may turn corpulent
when Jupiter occupies the sign between 10and 1320'. Jupiter in
Jyeshtha will make the individual wise and a financial wizard. He
will travel abroad frequently when Jupiter is connected with Rahu.
VENUS in Scorpio would tend to show its unhappy side. Being
the owner of the eighth and first houses when placed in the second
it will support the longevity of the individual and help him avoid
disappointments but he will be highly sexed. and may go beyond
204 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
the marital confines to assuage his desires. Mansagari suggests
that the individual may suffer from venereal disease. This may
cause unhappiness in the family. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja
describes him as a rogue who is rejected by his own brother. The
wealth of the individual will get a boost through a death in the
family. Venus in Vishakha would get the discretion of Jupiter and
the impulse for overindulgence in luxuries and passions would be
checked to some extent. The individual would then turn to affability
and generosity. He may be of a helpful and sensitive nature as
Venus would be in a navamsha of the Moon. The sign Cancer
occupies the tenth house in the chart. His prosperity would also
improve. Venus in Anuradha could not be good for wealth. When it
is placed in the sign between 320' and 640' it may create trouble
through an elder sister. It will severely deplete wealth when it
occupies the sign between 640' and 10. Venus in Jyeshtha too
would not be very helpful for wealth but when it is between 2320'
and 2640'the individual would be driven from one romantic liaison
to the next with only. bad name accruing from each.
In Chart Ill-SA a child was born to the individual in his 27th
year when Venus was ruling. Venus occupies the second house of
family in Scorpio. It is in Jyeshtha constellation of Mercury. The
latter is associated with Jupiter. Therefore Venus is related to the
karaka for child birth. Venus is the owner of the ascendant. It is
related to the Sun through Mercury. The Sun occupies its sign in
the navamsha chart. The fifth house from karaka Jupiter is in Aries
which is related to the Sun since Mars occupies Sagittarius in the
navamsha chart. The Moon is placed in Aries in a constellation of
Venus. Vem,Js is in Aquarius navamsha. This sign is in the fifth
house of children in the birth chart. Hence birth of child is indicated
in the year of Venus.
In Chart 111-88 above the female was murdered when Venus
was the ruling planet. Venus is the owner of the eighth house from
the ascendant and it also occupies the house. It is the owner of
the ascendant and it is associated with the owner of the twelfth
house. Saturn from the eleventh house projects a very close aspect
on natal Venus. This is a very clear indication of death. Mars is in
Bharani constellation of Venus. The eighth house from Mars is in
Virgo, Mercury as we have seen is associated with Venus. This
points to death by murder,
The Second House 205
SAlURN in Scorpio would be in an uncongenial position. It is a
yogakaraka planet for Libra ascendant. It may lose most of its
inclination to do good. Saturn being in an even sign will mostly
give results of its odd sign. It will therefore give results relating to
the fifth house. The matters relating to children of the individual
may create worry for him. He will also be lucky inasmuch as
disappointments and setbacks in life are concerned. He will be
saved of most of these experiences. Still his income may be meager
and his finances may remain inadequate. Bhrigu says that the
individual may be heavily in debt. According to Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja a person with Saturn in Scorpio will be harsh and
miserable. Phaldeepika says that he will not be wealthy for most of
his life but at a later age he will quit his place of birth and will
become prosperous at a new place. There may be birth of a younger
sibling in the 2nd year of the individual. He may suffer losses in
agriculture or mining in his 37th year. Saturn in Vishakha would
produce a livelihood that is related to liquids or water. The individual
may suffer from trouble in his teeth. Saturn in contact with Rahu
may cause financial losses through deception. Saturn in Anuradha
would give better general results stated above. Saturn in Jyeshtha
would be a disciplinarian as far as dealing with his family is
concerned. He will also be very careful with his money. When placed
in the sign between 2640' and 30 it may cause indebtedness,
There would be unsatisfactory professional career when the Sun is
in contact with Saturn. Saturn in contact with Mars could cause
disease in the face or mouth of the individual.
RAHU in Scorpio is considered debilitated. Such a Rahu in the
second house would severely afflict the aspects of wealth and family
in the life of the individual. Jatakabharnam opines that such a
person would destroy whatever wealth he had and would take to
vagrancy. Bhaskaracharya in Bhaskar Deep Chandrika says that
the individual may be fond of non-vegetarian dishes. According to
Sarvarth Chintamani the wealth of the individual may be stolen in
the period of debilitated Rahu. Phaldeepika says that he would be
insincere and his words will carry more meanings than one. The
maternal uncle of the individual may travel abroad. The individual
206 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
may face trouble through a mob in his 47th year. Rahu in Vishakha
could cause severe trouble in finances of the individual. Rahu in
Anuradha may be slightly better. Rahu in Jyeshtha could cause
sudden financial loss.
KETU in Scorpio is considered exalted. It is friendly to the sign
in the house. It should give much help to the spouse of the individual
in her research both in material matters and the Divine. The
individual will have harsh speech. Bhaskaracharya in Bhaskar Deep
Chandrika states that the individual will incite quarrels. According
to Sarvarth Chintamani the individual may experience good
prosperity. It is stated that Ketu placed in the first six houses from
the ascendant would promote prosperity with the advance of age.
An exalted Ketu therefore should do so noticeably. Ketu in Vishakha
should have a highly positive influence on the wealth of the
individual, Ketu in Anuradha would feel constrained to produce
good results. His home life and matters relating to children may
not proceed satisfactorily, Ketu in Jyeshtha may be no better. The
individual may have to travel much. He may give discourses on
spiritual matters.
Sagittarius: The mooltrikona sign of Jupiter on the second
house shows a balanced and sober expression. The second house
has affinity with the fifth since both have the same ruler. The second
house becomes inherently a house that governs wealth and family.
Since the fifth house is one of creativity, the wealth of the individual
would be sourced through his children and creativity. The individual
may also be interested in entertainment, stocks, speculation and
gambling as sources of wealth. Unfortunately there is a mismatch
between the house of income and one of accumulated wealth. The
eleventh house has Virgo, a sign that is incompatible with Sagittarius.
Mansagarisays that the individual accumulates wealth for religious
purposes. The eldest child of the individual may take up a job
related to management, banking, philosophy or finance. The father
of the individual may not have many opponents. His mother may
be close to the family as a well wisher, supporter and guide.
Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states that the individual may
earn well through religion or fruit juices,
The Second House 207
L . a ~ n a Chart Ill- 9
Ven.
Ket
Mer
Sun
Jup
Sat
Ket
Jup
sat
Mar
Mer
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Mar
Mon
Rah
Mon
Female, 31 January 1961, 0241 hours, 38N54', 77W2', 0500
hours West of Greenwich. A younger sister was born to her on 12
January 1964 when Saturn was the ruler of the year.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 951753'51" Moon Venus 115449'26" Saturn
Moon 351253'46" Saturn Saturn 852950'2" Sun
Mars 25653'42" R Rahu Rahu
451258'44"
Ketu
Mere 105420'59" Mars Ketu 1051258'44" Rahu
Jupiter 852747'4" Sun Ascdt
75928'42"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in Sagittarius in the second house would be placed in
a compatible sign and being the owner of the house of profession
..
208 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
it will help the individual make a good bank balanoe through it.
Saravali and Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja support this conclusion.
Horasara says that the period of the Sun gives plenty of wealth.
The period will also cause much mental anxiety arising out of a
matter relating to intellectual pursuit. The Sun is not supportive of
the longevity of the individual. The Sun in contact with the Moon
could be highly beneficial to the individual. The individual will be
known in the society when the Sun is in contact with Mars. He
could be an impressive orator when the Sun is in contact with
Mercury. The individual may spend on places of worship when
Venus is in contact with the Sun. Saturn in contact with the Sun
brings to the fore the professional aspect of the Sun. The individual
will have a highly rewarding career. The Sun in Moola may cause
heavy expenditure on religious and spiritual causes. On the other
hand the Sun in the sign between 1 oo and 1320' would be excellent
since the individual would be born fortunate in matters relating to
money. The individual may have a religious experience in his 22nd
year. The Sun in Poorva Asadha would be under restraint sinoe the
constellation it occupies is inimical to it. There could be heavy
expenditure due to women or spouse. There could be income from
plaoes other than where the individual is born. The spouse of the
individual may be dominant. The Sun in Uttar Asadha would be
vargottam in its own constellation and would be very well
empowered to give riches to the individual.
The MOON in Sagittarius would be in a friendly sign and in
second sign in the natural horoscope and therefore inherently
strong. It rules the ninth house in the chart with Scorpio asoendant
and its placement in a sign of Jupiter in the second house would be
the surest indication for wealth and prosperity of a very high order.
Its location in the sixth house from its sign is a negative factor and
therefore the intensity of the fortunate aspect on wealth would
lose some of its impetus. Jatakabharnam says that the individual
will be wealthy but thrifty. The individual may acquire some home
appliances in his 59th year. The Moon in contact with Jupiter will
tend to give an overweight mother. He will not like to travel when
Saturn is in contact with the Moon. The mind of the individual will
be inclined to intellectual excavation of long lost ideas and concepts
particularly when the Moon is in Moola. The Moon in the sign
between oo and 320' may not be good for the eyesight of the
individual. Possible distrust is also to be predicted among family
The Second House 209
members when the Moon is. so placed. The spouse of the individual
gets a legacy when the Moon occupies the sign between 320' and
640'. The Moon in Poorva Asadha would make the individual good
looking. He may also look for outlets for carnal gratification beyond
the marital fold. He may have luxuries and jewellery in the period
of the Moon. The Moon in Uttar Asadha would give a good and
rewarding career.
l'v1ARS in the second house would be cause for disagreements
and litigation in the family over wealth and property. The individual
would play a prominent role in this. The individual may get injured
in the face or eye. Mars would bring the individual close to his
children and he will make all efforts to help them sucoeed in life
but in addition to this aspect of its effect will also cause
disagreements with them and injuries and accidents to them. Mars
in this house will not promote good fortune for the individual. He
may face difficulties in life during the period of Mars. According to
Saravalithis person will have harsh speech. He will also tell the
truth even if it is unpalatable. The contact of Mars with the Sun will
be highly beneficial for the profession and financial status of the
individual. Mars in contact with Mercury will cause financial
difficulties. The individual may acquire property when Mars is in
contact with Jupiter. Mars in contact with Venus may bring about
surgery or injury to the individual but the individual may also gain
wealth through his spouse. Mars in contact with Saturn may cause
birth of or close contact with his younger siblings. The individual
may be a physician. Mars wiil energize the intellect to delve deep
into obscure fountains of knowledge. The individual will not be
fortunate in money matters. He may get wealth from his father in
his 29th year. His father may get injured in his 30th year and the
individual may be injured in his 32nd year. Mars in Moola may propel
the individual towards spiritualism but when it occupies the sign
between 320' and 640' both the individual and his spouse would
create difficulties for the family over wealth. Mars in Poorva Asadha
would help the individual talk alluringly to members of the opposite
sex. In this case too, the spouse of the individual would be a cause
of trouble for the family. Mars in Uttar Asadha would be better. The
individual gains much wealth through his profession at which he
would work very hard.
MERCURY in Sagittarius would be in an inimical sign but in the
natural horoscope it would be in the second sign of Taurus and
210 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
therefore in a friendly place. The first impact would be on the
speech of the individual. He will talk pleasantly and convincingly.
Others will find him interesting. Mercury will strengthen the eighth
house by its aspect and thus add to the longevity of the individual.
It is the owner of the eighth and eleventh houses from the
ascendant. It should support the finances of the individual and he
may gain through his researches. He will write well. Mercury suffers
from two flaws, viz., it is in an inimical sign and it owns the eighth
house. Placed in the second house therefore it may cause some
setback to the family of the individual. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja
says that the individual will be prominent in his family for his
knowledge and skill in writing. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja
states that such an individual will be a good orator. The individual
is capable of earning wealth through business. Mercury in Moola
would lose some of its benefioence since the constellation would
be adverse to it. There could be some reduction in the level of
wealth and expenditure may also rise. His profession may relate to
banking when Mercury is in contact with the Sun. It is generally
taken that Mercury under aspect of the Moon would be harmful for
the financial stability of the individual. Plaoed in the sign between
oo and 320' he may face some trouble from the side of his maternal
uncle. He may take up business if Mercury oocupies the sign between
320' and 640'. Mercury in Poorva Asadha would be in a friendly
constellation. He may start a business at a place other than where
he was born and should do well at it. When plaoed in the sign
between 1320' and 1640' the individual may take up a job that
may involve speaking and writing on finances of the government
but he will do well at it. Mercury in Uttar Asadha would again be
not as good since it would be in the constellation of the Sun and
navamsha of Jupiter.
JUPITER in Sagittarius would be in its own mooltrikona and
very strong in the second house, It would give excellent prospects
for wealth to the individual. He will spend on religious and intellectual
items. The individual will be born in a wealthy family. The rivals of
the individual will also be prosperous. The children of the individual
should also do well in life and the individual himself would be
considered a scholar who could match up to his rivals. Jupiter so
placed would indicate good support from the profession of the
individual to his wealth. He will be very sucoessful in financial matters
in his 16th year according to Bhrigu and also in his 40th year.
The Second House . 211
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that Jupiter in Sagittarius would
produce wealth for the individual through women, travels and animal
husbandry. Bhaskaracharya in Bhaskar Deep Chandrika says that
the individual will be happy with his wife. Jupiter in contact with
the Sun gives a highly remunerative profession. His eldest child
may be a doctor. Jupiter in contact with the Moon would ensure
easy inflow of wealth through international trading. Jupiter in contact
with Mars may give rise to disputes relating to money matters.
Jupiter in contact with Mercury should give excellent education to
the elder siblings of the individual. Jupiter in Moola would proceed
to produce high degree of prosperity. The individual would have
prosperous and powerful rivals. He will be very wealthy when Jupiter
occupies the sign between 1 oo and 1320'. His career would also
progress very well. This makes for worldly prosperity of the enemies
too. Jupiter in Poorva Asadha would not be so good especially
when it is in the sign between .20 and 2320'. There could be
depletion of wealth, and profession may splutter and head for
trouble but the only consolation to him would be that his enemies
would do no better in life. Jupiter in Uttar Asadha would be inclined
to raise the status of the individual. His father may be successful
against his rivals. This position however sometimes causes disputes
to develop in the family over wealth.
VENUS in Sagittarius would be in an inimical sign. The individual
will be attractive to look at. He would have the tendency to cause
dissipation of wealth over women and luxuries. The individual will
not do well at a profession that ministers to the happiness or
entertainment of others. Venus would be helpful in promoting
longevity of the individual unless it occupies the sign between
320'and 640'. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that the individual
will be wealthy. Jatakabharnam supports this statement but we
must keep in mind that Venus is the owner of the twelfth house
and it is likely to deplete the bank balance of the individual or bring
about disintegration of the family. This may appear so in his 25th
year. Venus placed in the sign should be favourable for the longevity
of the individual. Venus in contact with Mercury should give an
earning spouse. Venus in contact with Jupiter may give a profession
to the individual that is related to public entertainment. Venus in
contact with Saturn will increase expenditure and reduce his good
looks. The individual may try to earn through fine arts. Venus in
212 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Moola cannot be considered favourable particularly between oo
and 320'. Venus between oo and 320' in contact with Saturn
should cause disease in the throat or eye. Venus in Poorva Asadha
would be in its own constellation and should give those results
stated above generally that are favourable. Between 1640' and
20 it shall be debilitated in the navarnsha and may create
obstruction in the way of gains. In the span of the sign between
20 and 2320' Venus may act as an agent for loss and separation,
Venus in Uttar Asadha too would be lukewarm in its support for a
good career and wealth. It may cause tension and worries to the
father of the individual. He may also face antagonism.
SATURN in Sagittarius may cause dislocation to the younger
siblings of the individual. We cannot say the same thing for the
individual as Saturn would project an aspect to its own sign in the
fourth house. The individual may live at a new place when Saturn
occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'. Saturn should support
the longevity of the individual while it is in Sagittarius. It may not
promote gains and good income to the individual. The individual
may not have a normal married life if Saturn is placed in this, sign.
He may face troubles on account of his marriage. He will be worried
and disturbed and may face sorrow. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja
says that individual will speak little and may turn wealthy at a late
stage in life. The eldest child of the individual may take up legal
profession wherein he should do well as he would show much
discipline and hard work. The individual may lose his job in his 41st
year. Saturn in contact with the Sun will give a low paying job. The
father of the individual may be a drain on his resources when
Saturn is in contact with the Moon. Saturn in contact with Mars
may develop disease in the teeth. The elder sister of the individual
may be very slim but comely. The individual may be taciturn. Saturn
in contact with Venus is likely to increase expenditure. Saturn in
Moola will be troublesome. It may put hurdles in the way of wealth
and may cause indebtedness when it occupies the sign between
oo and 320'. Saturn in the sign between 1 oo and 1320' would
stand in the way of success for the individual. He will rue his bad
luck. At this location the income would be slender. Saturn in Poorva
Asadha should be better. It should help the individual gain when it
is between 1640' and 20. His expenditure would also be heavy
and his spouse may not be thrifty. Saturn in Uttar Asadha would
The Second House 213
not be good since it would be in an inimical constellation. It may
see trouble relating to the job of the individual.
In the above Chart 111-9 Saturn is the owner of the third house
from the ascendant and it is placed in the second. Mars joins Saturn
in the navamsha chart. Mars is the karaka for younger siblings and
it is the owner of the ascendant. The third house from natal Mars
is Leo. Saturn is in Uttar Asadha constellation of the Sun. There
was birth of a younger sister to the individual while Saturn was
ruling the years.
RAHU jn Sagittarius is well known for its unfavourable effects.
His eldest child will have a poor career. The individual may be a
convincing liar. He may face financial constraint. Sarvarth Chintamani
says that the individual will lose wealth in the period of Rahu and
he will partake of bad food. Rahu will support longevity. Rahu in
contact with the Sun may make the individual lose money abroad.
Rahu in contact with the Moon may damage the speech of the
individual, His speech may not be palatable. The individual will go
abroad in his 42nd year if Rahu is in contact with Mars. Rahu in
contact with Mercury may cause financial trouble to the individual
through a stranger. Rahu in contact with Venus will give rise to
duplicity in dealings of the individual. He may incur expenditure
over loose females. Rahu in Moola will not be good. It will cause
major financial difficulties that would have bearing on the welfare
of his family when Rahu occupies the sign between oo and 320'.
It would cause much trouble to his father when it is placed in the
sign between 1 oo and 1320'. Rahu in Poorva Asadha is a sign for
trouble in marriage, particularly in a male chart. Placed in the sign
between 1320' and l640'the individual will face much trouble at
his work place. Rahu in Uttar Asadha too would be dangerous for
the profession of the individual.
KETU in Sagittarius will be placed congenially. It should help
the individual to prosperity. Jatakabharnam supports this conclusion.
He will appear as a sincere person through his talk. The individual
will be able to succeed against opposition in his 48th year. The
good results will be further intensified when Ketu occupies Moola.
It would however be bad for marriage when it occupies the sign
between 320' and 640'. It would not be good for longevity when
214 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
it occupies the sign between 640' and 10. Ketu in the sign between
1 oo and 1320' would help the individual secure substantial wealth.
Ketu in Poorva Asadha would lose its beneficence to some extent.
It would have an adverse impact on marriage of the individual.
Ketu in Uttar Asadha should ensure wealth through a good career
when it occupies the sign between 1320' and 1640'. It will depress
income when it occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'. Here it
would also cause trouble to the elder siblings of the individual.
When Ketu is placed in the sign between 2320' and 2640' the
individual will squander his wealth over religious responsibilities.
Capricorn: The individual will be very conscientious about
his financial commitments. He began life in a family that is not well
off. He therefore has a sense of financial insecurity. He would be
very careful with his money and would make efforts to improve his
financial status. The second and third houses belong to Saturn.
The individual will have self earned wealth. His younger siblings
would be close to the family. His spouse would help him in his
efforts to earn wealth and save it but the children would be
spendthrifts who would be drain on his resources. So would be his
father but his mother would be very balanced with regard to his
wealth. He may be able to setup a good income with his efforts
and he could be successful in earning well from sources abroad.
Mansagari says that the individual could earn from several sources
including government, and foreign countries.
Lagna Chart III-10
r r r . . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Jup
Sun
Ven
Mer
Mon
Ket Mar
Sat
Rah
The Second House
Jup
Sun
Rah
Ven
Navamsha
Mer
Mon
Sat
Jup 12
215
1
Ket Mar Rah
Ven Mer
Female, 25 February 1976, 0402hours, 26Nl4', 78E10', 0530
hours East of Greenwich. A younger brother was born to her on 18
August 1977 when Saturn was ruling the year. She went abroad on
29 September 2001 when Venus was the ruler. A daughter was
born to her in her 35th year when Mercury was ruling.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun
10511 55'21"
Rahu Venus 951255'21"
Moon
Moon 8sl353'38" Venus Saturn 35324'14" R Saturn
Mars 152741'9" Mars Rahu 652159'11" Jupiter
Mere 951656'22" Moon Ketu Os21 59'11" Venus
Jupiter 1152953'0" Mercury Ascdt 852326'59"
Owner/Crneans owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in Capricorn would be in uncongenial surroundings.
It is the owner of the ninth house and should be able to give good
riches without much effort but since it is in a sign of Saturn, the
good results would be severely curtailed. The degree of restraint
on the Sun would also depend on the placement of Saturn in the
chart. If it is also a temporal enemy matters could then literally
take a nosedive. A younger sibling of the spouse could create much
unhappiness. Horasara says that the individual will be deprived of
his wealth in the period of the Sun. However, the Sun should be
helpful to the maintenance of the longevity of the individual but
we notice that the Sun would be substantially helpful only in the
first 320' of the sign Capricorn as for the remaining part of the
sign in the eighth house the constellations are inimical to the Sun.
216 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Hence the aspect of the Sun on the eighth house would be received
in inimical segments. The position of the Sun from 10to 1320'
and from 20 to 2640' would be really unhelpful. An explanation
of this analysis would be in order here. The Sun would project an
aspect to the eighth house from Capricorri which is Cancer. If the
part of the sign Cancer that receives the aspect of the Sun has a
constellation and navamsha friendly to the Sun the influence of
the Sun would go to a section of Cancer that has a friendly sign,
friendly constellation and a friendly navamsha. The influence of
the Sun on the eighth house would then be well received as it
would be compatible and would go to strengthen the house, thus
supporting the longevity and other significations of the house, but
in case the section of Cancer receiving the aspect has an unfriendly
constellation but a friendly navamsha, the influence of the Sun
would be neutralized to an extent and full benefit would not be
available to the eighth house. In the last case, If the constellation
and the navamsha receiving the aspect are both inimical to the
Sun, its influence transmitted to the eighth house through aspect
would be fully negated and the eighth house would not get any
support from the Sun during its period. We notice that in the first
320' ofthe sign Cancer the ruling constellation is Punarvasu. This
is a constellation of Jupiter which is friendly with the Sun. The first
navamsha in Cancer is that of Cancer itself owned by the Moon.
Therefore when the Sun is placed in the first navamsha of Capricorn,
its aspect to Cancer would be projected to a spot which has
Punarvasu constellation and Cancer navamsha. The aspect would
be well received and would go to strengthen the eighth house. In
the rest of Cancer the constellations are of Saturn (Pushya) and
Mercury (Aslesha). Both of these are incompatible with the Sun.
The navamshas in these constellations are from Leo to Pisces.
Only Leo, Scorpio, Sagittarius and Pisces navamshas are friendly
to the Sun. Therefore only partial assistance to the eighth house
would be available from the Sun when its aspect goes to one of
these navamshas otherwise the aspect would be totally neutralized.
There could be loss of or separation from child in his 58th year. The
Sun in contact with Jupiter shows that the mother of the individual
may be a source of tension in the family. The individual may suffer
from eye trouble when the Sun is in contact with Venus. The Sun
in Uttar Asadha would be in its own constellation. It should improve
the effect of the Sun in this house. The incapacity of the Sun to
The Second House 217
give wealth would be reduced to some extent when the Sun occupies
the sign between 640' and 10. The Sun in Sravan would be
much better. The individual will talk very little. The Sun in the sign
between 10 and 1320' should give a position of power to the
eldest child of the individual. He will be fortunate. The Sun will be
handicapped to do much good when it occupies the sign between
1320' and 1640'. It will cause unhappiness to the spouse when it
occupies the sign between 1640' and 20. It may cause much
hardship to the father of the individual when it occupies the sign
between 20 and 2320'. The individual would be interested in
study of history and may travel extensively. The Sun in Dhanishtha
would, within the limitations of its placement in an inimical sign,
give wealth and property owing to the characteristics of the
constellation that it occupies.
The MOON in Capricorn would also not be very happily placed.
This is a place of debilitation for Jupiter. Hence this house is not
conducive to good financial prospects. More than the individual it
would help his spouse to turn wealthy. He will earn through
commerce or dealing in liquids but finances would always be a
weak element in his life. His wealth may wax and wane like the
Moon. His family life may also not be up to the mark. The Moon by
aspect to its own house would help promote the longevity of the
individual. The Moon being not so well placed would keep the
individual in a mental state of constant change. Saravali says that
the individual would be miserly. The individual stands to gain
suddenly through a death or a matter related to death. Mansagari
says that the individual would be a singer and would spend his
family wealth. The depletion of family wealth may be an effect of a
waning Moon. As the Moon is also taken as an ascendant for the
analysis of the chart, the second house from it would be a house
of wealth, This is Aquarius. The eleventh from it would be in Scorpio.
These two signs are incompatible. Therefore the elder siblings will
not get along with the family and the income of the individual
would not accumulate. The individual will travel in his 24th year.
The Moon in Uttar Asadha would be in a friendly constellation and
when it occupies the sign between 640' and 1 oo it would be inclined
to confer some wealth through the profession of the individual.
The Moon in Sravan would be stronger and would give better general
results stated above. The Moon in Dhanishtha would make the
speech of the individual take on a harsher tone but his mind would
218 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
turn to speculation and gambling. The individual may be separated
from his family.
MARS would be exalted in the second house. It would project
an aspect to the fifth house from the ascendant and would, being
its own house, strengthen it. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says
that the individual would have several sons and he will be wealthy.
He will spend on fun and his expenditure would be high. The eldest
child of the individual may join the armed forces. The spouse of
the individual has to be careful for she may meet with a severe
accident. The aspect of Mars to the eighth house would be adverse
to the longevity of the individual since the house has the sign of its
debilitation. The constellations in Cancer are those of Jupiter, Saturn
and Mercury. Punarvasu owned by Jupiter covers only the first
navamsha in Cancer but even there the sign is Cancer. The aspect
of Mars to the ninth house is much better since it has Leo, a friendly
sign to Mars. The constellations in Leo are owned by Ketu, Venus
and the Sun. Mars placed in Capricorn between oo to 320'and
2640'tothe end would produce good results and strengthen fortune
of the individual. The individual is likely to come by much wealth in
his 28th year. There may be litigation relating to property in his 33rd
year. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states that the individual
will be good to look at, and his wealth will fluctuate. Jyotish
Makarandstates that the individual will have quick temper. He will
have trouble in abdomen. His wealth will remain limited. He may
have interest in music and fine arts. Mars in Uttar Asadha would be
good. Mars placed in the sign between 640'and 1 oo may help the
individual acquire property. Mars in Sravan would be in a friendly
sign but it would link it to the eighth house of the chart. This is not
a happy state. The individual would be given to loose talk and may
face disappointments early in life. Mars in Dhanishtha should give
good results of the type stated above as general results but when
it is in the sign between 2640' and 30 the individual may find his
career going awry. There could be changes in career and losses
accruing through the profession.
MERCURY in Capricorn would be in a friendly sign. Mercury
owns the seventh and tenth houses in the chart. In the overall
perception one can say that Mercury in its period should produce
good results vis-a-vis his career which would be beneficial for his
wealth. Bhrigu says that the individual is likely to acquire much
The Second House 219
wealth by his 15th year. However, according to Sanwalithe individual
may take up service under somebody. Vriddhayavan Jataka of
Minaraja supports this statement. Horasara supports this statement
and says that the individual may be forced to borrow money in the
period of Mercury. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja too feels that the
individual will be poor and without merit. The adverse results of
Mercury in the second house may not fully accrue here since Mercury
would be in a friendly sign but outstanding results should also not
be anticipated since Mercury would be in inimical constellations
throughout the sign. The individual will not be successful at business.
His maternal uncle may be involved with his profession or wealth.
It should not harm the marriage of the individual but his spouse
may be troubled on account of his mother or education, A person
having Mercury in Capricorn may be a liar. Mercury will not support
the longevity of the individual. A child may be born to the individual
in his 34th year. This would be a favourable year for him. He may
change his residence or sell property in his 35th year. Mercury in
Uttar Asadha would give results of the good fortune of the individual
as it impacts his wealth and livelihood. His mother may not be
happy during the period of Mercury when it occupies the sign
between 640' and 10. Mercury in Sravan would cause financial
difficulties. The individual would hear uncomplimentary reports
about him in response to loose remarks that he is prone to make.
This will hurt him. He may make tedious journeys. Mercury in
Dhanishtha may delay or deny marriage to the individual. It will
not be beneficial to the profession of the individual when it occupies
the sign between 2640' and 30.
She had a child in the year ruled by Mercury in Chart III-10.
Mercury is in association with Venus which has occupied Aries in
the navamsha chart. Mercury, being in a constellation of the Moon
is related to the ascendant. This shows a possibility of birth of a
child in the year ruled by Mercury. Mercury is in sambandha with
Saturn which is placed in the fifth house from natal Jupiter and it
gets related to the Sun sign. Hence birth of a child in the year ruled
by Mercury is confirmed.
JUPITER will be debilitated in Capricorn. Since it is the karaka
for wealth and owner of the ascendant this location of Jupiter will
tend to restrict wealth, comforts and domestic felicity. Yavanjataka
of Sphujidhvaja calls such an individual a weak minded and penniless
220 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
person. Bhattanarayan in Chamatkar Chintamani states that the
individual will find it difficult to earn wealth and he may not be able
to accumulate any balance. He is will likely to lose money at shares
and stocks. Still, the individual will have peaceful domestic life.
The individual may create unnecessary rivalry and trouble in his
effort to earn wealth. Bhrigu states that the individual may be a
drunkard and he may not have children. Though the eighth house
from the ascendant has the sign of exaltation of Jupiter, its aspect
from the second house will not be very beneficial since only
Punarvasu is a constellation that would take the aspect well, the
other two, i.e., Pushya and Aslesha are constellations of planets
that are not favourablly inclined to Jupiter. We can make a similar
statement for the aspect of Jupiter on the tenth house where an
inimical sign IS placed but all the three constellations in the sign
are favourable to Jupiter. Hence Jupiter in Capricorn will give a
poorly functioning profession to the individual which will not help
him turn very prosperous though in the process he may alienate
people and make some of them inimical causing much
disappointment and mental unease to himself. This position of
Jupiter augurs badly for the career of the spouse. She may have
setbacks and breaks in it. Jupiter in Uttar Asadha will perhaps be
the best in the sign as it would bring to bear good fortune on the
financial and family affairs of the individual. Jupiter placed in the
sign between 640' and 10would be occupying the best position
in the constellation. Jupiter in Sravan would tend to create trouble
when it occupies certain positions in the sign. For example, placed
in the sign between 10 and 1320' it would create trouble,
disappointment and. worries on account of children; placed in the
sign between 1320' and 1640' it may cause disputes and
dissensions in the family over financial matters; and when it oocupies
the sign between 1640' and 20 it may cause trouble in marriage.
Jupiter in Dhanishtha should give rise to trouble from children and
due to heavy expenditure. According to Mansagarithe individual
will be highly charitable and would spend his money in giving
donations. The individual will face obstacles and delays in his affairs
when Jupiter occupies the sign between 2320' and 2640'. He
may change or lose his job when Jupiter occupies the sign between
2640' and 30.
VENUS will be in a friendly sign in Capricorn in the second
house. It is the owner of the eleventh house from the ascendant
The Second House 221
and should therefore tend to improve the finances of the individual.
He may also hold jewellery. He may be a good manager of finance.
He will be good looking. According to Saravali the individual may
have musical ability. Sarvarth Chintamanisays that when a sub-
period of a naturally malefic planet runs in the major-period of
Venus the individual is likely to suffer losses through theft or orders
of the government and his income may also dwindle in the sub-
period. Venus projects an aspect to the eighth house from the
ascendant where we have Cancer. This is inimical to Venus. It will
therefore generally not help the affairs of the eighth house but
when it is placed in Capricorn between 10 and 1320' or 2640'
and 30 Venus should be reasonably well inclined to help him gain
through legacies or demise of a close relative. His marriage may
be on an even keel but his tendency to have liaisons needs to be
curbed for marital stability. Bhrigu Sutram says that in case the
owner of the second house is weak or it is placed in the sixth,
eighth or twelfth house from the ascendant, the individual is likely
to suffer from eye trouble. He will have a good 26th year. Venus in
Uttar Asadha should be good for wealth that may come to the
individual easily but his expenses may also be heavy. He may have
several vehicles when Venus occupies the sign between 640' and
10. Venus in Sravan may give soft speech though the individual
may be a man of few words. Legacies and wealth through death
could also be the outcome of this position of Venus. A person with
Venus in Dhanishtha constellation would strive to earn as much as
possible but his efforts would result in Jimited success. He may
earn at a place away from his family and P"race-of birth. Venus
would cause trouble to the individual at his work place through
females when it occupies the sign between 2640' and 30.
Venus is in sambandhawith Saturn in Chart III-10. The latter
is in Leo in the navamsha chart. This sign is placed in the ninth
house in the birth chart. Venus has exchanged constellations with
the Moon. The latter is also in Leo in the navamsha chart. It occupies
the ascendant in the birth chart. Hence it shows that the individual
may travel abroad in the years ruled by Venus. Proceeding further,
we notice that Venus is associated with Mercury which owns the
ninth house from Rahu. Venus is in sambandhawith Saturn which
owns the Sun sign. Hence the individual went abroad in the year
ruled by Venus.
222 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
SAlURN would occupy its own sign in the second house. It
owns the third house. It indicates that the younger siblings of the
person would prosper at a new place away from their places of
birth. Saturn projects an aspect to its sign of exaltation in the
eleventh house from the ascendant. Saturn should give much
success and wealth particularly when it is in contact with Jupiter.
The individual is likely to be a self made person. The Saturn period
would be good for the elder siblings of the individual. They should
have immovable property and good dwelling houses. His mother
may not be too happy in life. He may also be under mental tension
most of the time. The aspect of Saturn on the eighth house would
not support the longevity of the individual. Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja ascribes good results to Saturn in Capricorn. The
individual will be wealthy and prominent. Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam says that such an individual will be immensely rich.
Phaldeepika however says that the individual will not be good
looking. The individual may be removed from the place of his birth
in his 3rd year. The individual is likely to fare well financially in his
37th year. Saturn in Uttar Asadha will be in an inimical constellation.
The Sun rules the ninth house from the ascendant. This position of
Saturn in Uttar Asadha may obstruct free flow of good fortune.
The individual may face difficulties in his affairs. The constellation
promotes integrity of a very high order. Therefore we may expect
the individual to maintain a high level of financial rectitude. Saturn
in Sravan would cause unhappiness to the mother of the individual.
He too would consequently remain mentally perturbed. Saturn
placed in the sign between 1 oo and 1320' may not be good for
the children of the individual. The eldest child of the individual may
not have a good home. Saturn in Dhanishtha is also unsatisfactory.
It would strip the individual of the wealth that he has accumulated
and when Saturn occupies the sign between 2320' and 2640'
regeneration of lost riches may be difficult while the period of Saturn
is operating.
Saturn is in Cancer in Chart III-10. It owns the third house of
younger siblings from the ascendant. Its dispositor is in the
ascendant. Hence prima facie Saturn shows birth of a younger
sibling. Saturn is in the third house from natal Mars and is the
owner of the Sun sign. Hence Saturn is competent to cause birth
of a younger brother to the individual.
The Second House 223
RAHU will be placed in a friendly sign in the second house
when it occupies Capricorn. Rahu would be in three inimical
constellations in the sign. Therefore its placement in the second
house would not help the individual to either have much wealth or
to keep a happy family. It will actually induce the person to take to
unethical ways and riches may flow in through unscrupulous means.
Sarvarth Chintamanisays that the individual may lose his wealth
and he may be given to intentionally uttering factually incorrect
statements. The individual may travel abroad in his 42nd year. He
may suffer from stomach trouble in his 45th year. Rahu in Uttar
Asadha may take the individual on may be difficult or unsuccessful
journeys abroad for earning his livelihood. Rahu will disturb his
home when it is placed between 640' and 1 oo in the sign. Rahu in
Sravan when placed between 1320' and 1640' may help the
individual earn wealth through duping others. It will give a spouse
whose morals may be questionable when it is placed in the sign
between 1640' and 20. This would create much unhappiness in
the family. Rahu in Dhanishtha would be highly troublesome since
the individual may face difficulties through his children. His family
may live in solitude,
KETU will be badly placed in Capricorn. It will be a disturbing
factor for the marriage of the individual. His father may be able to
forge ahead of his rivals. His younger siblings will face losses and
separation time and again and they may experience inadequacies
in life. His mother will be popular. The individual will be successful
against heavy odds in his 48th year. The person having Ketu so
placed cannot be a good conversationalist. He will be dry and sparing
in his speech. He may crave for other's wealth. According to Bhrigu
Sutram such an individual is unlikely to be wealthy. Phaldeepika
supports this statemenr, According to Chamatkar Chintamani the
individual will face trouble from the government. However, we must
keep it in mind that/all the three constellations in Capricorn are
friendly to Ketu. Therefore its location in Capricorn in the second
house cannot be{ln unmitigated disaster for the individual. Ketu in
Uttar Asadha)l'iay actually help the individual improve his financial
status. Ketu in Sravan would develop in the individual an interest
in the occult and psychic phenomenon. Ketu in Dhanishtha should
promote devotion to the Supreme. Some trouble in the stomach is
alsQ/possible.
224 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Aquarius: It relates the first house with the second. The
individual will be deeply concerned over the welfare of his family.
He may be miserly or at least thrifty as it is inculcated in him from
the very childhood that he should not waste money. Mansagari
says that an individual having Aquarius in the second house would
feed mendicants and ascetics. He would be charitable. His spouse
will be long lived but there may not be much warmth in marital
relations. His father may remain disturbed over his progeny. The
children of the individual are likely to do well later in life. His mother's
family may not have an easy life.
Rah
Rah
Lagna Chart III-11
Sat
Sun
Ven
Jup
Mer
. Sat Jup
Sun
Mer
Mar
Mon
Ket
Ven
~ ~ ~ ~
Male, 8 July 1970, 2115 hours, 12N37', 76E24', 0530 hours
East of Greenwich. The individual was facing much trouble over
property in December 2008 in the major-period of Rahu.
The Second House 225
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 2s2236'31" Jupiter Venus 4s27'34" Ketu
Moon 4sl737'30" Venus Saturn 052622'59"
Venus
Mars 3s020'24" Jupiter Rahu 10s1014'12" Rahu
Mere 252440'16" Jupiter Ketu 4s1014'12"
Ketu
,
Jupiter 6s258'8" Mars Ascdt
9s2954'59"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in Aquarius should not be good for the wealth and
family of the individual though it may support his longevity. He
may face setbacks in his effort to acquire wealth and he may face
unhappy situations on account of his insufficient finances. His
income may be from the the government. He is likely to face more
than normal expenditure. Jyotish Makarand states that such an
individual would not even recover money lent. His family may not
be a happy one. Any connection of the Sun with the seventh house
would create much unhappiness in married life. The individual may
suffer from trouble in the eye. Bhrigu Sutram says that the individual
may face the wrath of the government and that could be a cause
of his losing wealth. The individual is likely to get a position of
importance in his 59
1
h year. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja calls such
an individual a miserable man with little wealth. The Sun in
Dhanishtha will be a little better as Mars, the owner of the
constellation is friendly to it. It will improve the finances since the
constellation is one of abundance and prosperity. The individual
may acquire immovable property but the munificence of the Sun
would be kept under strict check when it occupies the sign between
oo and 320'. The Sun would show this trait only thereafter in the
constellation. When it occupies Satbhishaka it would be under severe
disability. The sign and constellation both would be highly
incompatible with the Sun and it would be severely restrained from
doing good in any manner to the individual. It may in fact act as a
drain on resources of the individual when it occupies the sign
between 640' and 1 oo. The Sun in Poorva Bhadrapada may assist
the individual in his quest for wealth but it would also promote
high expenses. He may aspire for much immovable property when
the Sun occupies the sign between 20 and 2320' and when he
fails in his endeavour he may feel frustrated and unhappy in life.
226 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
The MOON in Aquarius may be a little better than the Sun as
in the natural horoscope this is the second house that exalts the
Moon. It indicates an unhappy childhood. His married life may be
troublesome. He may still nurture his family and look after it well.
He may not be successful in earning wealth through partnership.
Like the Sun, the Moon may still help the longevity of the individual.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that the individual may be
adulterous and may face several ups and downs in life. Sarvarth
Chintamanisays that there would be possibility of trouble caused
by the government in the period of the Moon. This is a good position
for the elder siblings of the individual. One of the younger siblings
may face separation from or loss of a child. His eldest child will
take up a touring job. The individual may suffer from trouble in his
throat in his 24th year. The Moon in Dhanishtha would disturb the
temper of the individual. He may be irritable and foul tongued.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam saysthatthe individual may be desirous
of wealth and would be frustrated when he does not succeed in his
efforts. He further says that he may have a dominating spouse. He
may not be successful and may experience dwindling of resources
when it occupies the sign between 320' and 640. The Moon in
Satbhishaka would have harsh speech, he would be difficult to
deal with and will labour under several psychological complexes.
Disease in the eye or face is possible. The Moon in Poorva
Bhadrapada will be better. He may live with his family at a new
place in his early years where life may not be very cosy.
MARS is in an inimical sign in Aquarius. As it is the owner of
the eleventh house from the ascendant its placement in the second
house is significant. Though placed in an inimical sign it is likely to
make the individual work hard for earning wealth wherein he would
eventually be successful. Jyotish Makarand states that the money
may come through unlawful sources. The individual will be reckless
in money matters and he will be highly extravagant. It would be a
trouble causing influence on the affairs relating to his children.
Jatakabharnam supports this. The individual will also be unhappy
with regard to his home, mother and property. His education may
not proceed well. Still Mars will support the longevity of the
individual. Mars will put hurdles in his affairs and he may find
success eluding him. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that the
individual will spread slanderous rumours about others and tell
The Second House 227
lies. Yavanjataka also says that the wealth of the individual may
dwindle towards the end of his life. He may not have satisfactory
experience with property matters. Mars in Dhanishtha and
particularly between 320' and 1 oo will be stronger to give results
of somewhat favourable kind. It however, may induce heavy
expenditure and separation from the family while it occupies the
sign between 640' and 10. Mars in Satbhishaka would be
troublesome and may create serious complications in his marriage.
When Rahu goes to the seventh house while Mars is in its
constellation the individual may rue the day he had got married.
His spouse may have liaisons outside marriage and she may give
rise to slanderous reports. Mars would be mellowed down in Poorva
Bhadrapada. Its inclination to cause unending trouble to the
individual would be curbed and the individual may not suffer at its
hands to the extent he would otherwise do while the planet is in
the sign in the second house. We however cannot say that Mars
would be kind to his younger siblings. Mars occupying the sign
between 2640' and 30 would give rise to disputes and litigation
in the family over wealth. The root of the dispute could be a will.
MERCURY will be in a friendly sign in the second house. The
individual will have a helpful and supportive maternal uncle. He
will also be lucky in financial and family matters, Bhrigu Sutram
says that the individual will be wealthy. Phaldeepika says that the
individual will earn wealth through his intelligence. He may prosper
in business dealings with the government. He would not be able to
succeed in professions relating to writing. He may take up a teaching
assignment in his 35th year, However, if Mercury has contact with
the Moon or Mars in the chart, the individual may face disputes
over wealth. This could also give rise to speech handicap in him.
He may talk less but he will speak well. Chamatkar Chintamani
says that he will be a good orator. Mercury in Dhanishtha will lose
some of its benevolence. His education will suffer. Mercury in
Satbhishaka would turn him into a cheat. Mercury placed in the
sign between 1640' and 20 would bring losses and trouble to
him through written word. He may not be successful as an author.
Mercury in Poorva Bhadrapada would produce a person proficient
at accounting, financial matters and mathematics. The individual
may study engineering when Mercury occupies the sign between
20 and 2320'. He may be happy with his children when Mercury
occupies the sign between 2320' and 2640'.
228 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
JUPITER in Aquarius is considered by Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam to be as good as the Moon in Cancer. The individual
will gain from distant places and he will be wealthy. His eldest child
will do very well at studies but the individual will not have a smooth
career. Jupiter in Aquarius gives a wealthy wife. However, both
Jatakabharnamand Mansagarisay that the individual will be miserly
and poor. If we examine the houses from Aquarius we notice that
the second house from Jupiter is Pisces and the eleventh from it
Sagittarius. Such a location is not likely to make the individual
short of money. On the contrary the period of Jupiter would bring
in big money. However, Jupiter has more than one face here with
. regard to wealth. It is the owner of the twelfth house from the
ascendant. Placed in a sign of Saturn it would certainly impart a
tendency for heavy expenditure. Hence it appears that Jupiter will
give wealth and will also cause much expenditure. He may have
success in religious field in his 52nd year. This is a good position for
the prosperity and well being of the elder sibling of the individual.
The spouse of the individual will face trouble and unhappiness in
the period of Jupiter. A child of the individual will have setback in
his career. Jupiter in Dhanishtha would be further strengthened to
do good and it may produce much wealth in property for the
individual. Jupiter in Satbhishaka would be at a disadvantage since
it would be somewhat disabled to confer its boons owing to the
adverse influence of Rahu. Jupiter in Poorva Bhadrapada would
give very good general results stated above. Jupiter between 2320'
and 2640' should give a good career to his eldest child. The child
may work in a community development project. The individual
would be prepared to use his wealth for public cause.
VENUS would be in a friendly sign in Aquarius. It owns the
fifth and tenth houses from the ascendant. His wealth would accrue
from his profession. He may deal in gems, ornaments and precious
metals. He will be happy with his profession. Sarvarth Chintamani
says that the individual will gain wealth during the period of Venus.
The individual will have pleasant speech. He will be good looking.
He will be a gourmand. His eldest child will be closely associated
with the profession that he takes up and should do well at it. This
is not a good position for the longevity of the individual. The father
of the individual may experience financial difficulties. The individual
may have musical ability. He is likely to enjoy luxurious vehicles.
He may have more than one romantic affiliation. He is unlikely to
The Second House 229
have marital felicity. Dhanishtha is a constellation of affluence.
Venus in this constellation would be in an inimical sign but it would
be energized and as the constellation denotes abundance and
prosperity, Venus would give much wealth and prosperity. Venus in
Satbhishaka would stand polluted and it may induce reprehensible
sexual tendencies in the individual. He may indulge in romantic
liaisons that may just be a cover for contact with and exploitation
of women particularly when the planet is placed in the sign between
10 and 1320'. This is a secretive constellation. The individual will
try to keep his secrets a closely guarded detail. He may get fond of
alcohol. He may be a gambler or he may speculate. Satbhishaka
also represents medical profession. As Venus is the owner of the
tenth house, this position of Venus may permit the"individual to
earn his livelihood through a curative profession. Venus in Poorva
Bhadrapada would again give much prosperity but also a generous
nature giving rise to much expenditure.
SAlURN in Aquarius should be inclined to do good to the
individual as it would occupy its mooltrikona sign in the second
house. He will be very careful with his wealth. Its aspect to the
fourth house from the ascendant would however produce difficulties
relating to home, mother and property. The aspect falling in Krittika
constellation in the fourth house would only go to aggravate the
trouble. Saturn would be a difficult planet for the longevity of the
individual. It may restrict the income of the individual and sometimes
he may find success eluding him. The period of Saturn will not be
good for the marriage of the individual. Saravali says that the
individual will be averse to conversation. Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja says that the individual will have steady wealth but
he will tell lies. The individual may be taken away from the place of
his birth in his 2nd year. He may get professional success in his 41st
year. Saturn in Dhanishtha will be in an inimical sign and would
tend to cause much trouble at home and in the family. Saturn in
Satbhishaka would not be conducive to good effects. It may deplete
wealth when it occupies the sign between 640' and 10. Saturn in
Poorva Bhadrapada should be helpful in money matters except
when it occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'. When placed at
the end of the sign Saturn may bring the individual in contact with
money lenders. Saturn in this constellation could sometimes make
the individual face much trouble when Jupiter is debilitated in the
ascendant.
230 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
RAHU in Aquarius would be in a friendly sign but presence of
a naturally malefic planet in the second house is bound to cause
some trouble relating to the matters signified by it. Jatakabharnam
says that the presence of Rahu in this house would deplete the
accumulated balance of wealth that the individual holds. Sarvarth
Chintamanisays that the individual would lose wealth and would
eat unfit food in its period. It could be non-vegetarian food, stale
food, food prepared on the occasion of obsequies, food unfit for
the social status of the individual, food that he does not like, etc.
However, the losses, depletion or inadequacy shall be limited as
the sign occupied by the planet is favourable to it. Depending on
the constellation occupied, the results may vary. Rahu in Dhanishtha
would tend to give more adverse results than stated so far since
Mars and Rahu are inimical. Rahu would disturb marriage and make
home life of the individual unpleasant. He may gain through
unscrupulous means. Gain and income may be severely obstructed
if Rahu occupied the sign between 320' and 640'. Rahu in
Satbhishaka would be in its constellation arid its results would more
or less remain the same as given above. Placed between 640' and
1 oo in the sign true to the nature of the constellation, it may turn
the individual into a meditative and reclusive character. Rahu in
Poorva Bhadrapada would be in incompatible surroundings and
would basically and adversely affect the aspect of wealth by its
occupation of the second house. The worst results would be seen
when Rahu occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'.
The individual is facing much trouble over property in the major-
period of Rahu in December 2008 in Chart III-11. Rahu is in
sambandha with Saturn in the navamsha chart and Rahu is in a
sign of Saturn in the birth chart. Saturn is debilitated in the fourth
house. Its dispositor is debilitated in the seventh house. The Sun
placed in the sixth house in the birth chart is in Aries in the navamsha
chart. It is the owner of the eighth house from the ascendant.
Taking the position from karakas, we notice that the fourth house
from natal Mars is Libra where we have Jupiter placed in the birth
chart. Jupiter is the owner of the sixth house from Mars and
therefore represents disputes. Mars and Jupiter have exchanged
constellations. It is interesting to see that Saturn is the ruler of the
year.
The Second House
231
KETU in Aquarius would be placed in an inimical sign since
Ketu is like Mars and Mars and Saturn are incompatible. As we
know, Ketu is a naturally malefic planet. Therefore Ketu here would
cause trouble in the marriage of the individual, it would create
obstacles in the free flow of good fortune for the individual and it
may be bad for his father. Still, the father of the individual will be
free of trouble caused by enemies. The individual will face financial
hardship and his family will therefore remain distressed. His speech
will be harsh, incoherent and rambling. The eldest child of the
individual may have a failed career. Ketu will damage the affairs of
the younger siblings of the individual through losses and separation.
Sarvarth Chintamani supports this statement. Ketu in Dhanishtha
will cause trouble to the mother of the individual as well. Ketu in
Satbhishaka will also be bad. The general unhappy results stated
above will continue. Ketu in Poorva Bhadrapada may not impact
too badly on his finances but when it occupies the sign between
2320' and 2640' it should cause much worry to him with respect
to his children.
Pisces: The individual will be very wealthy if Jupiter is strong
and well placed in the chart. Wealth will come easily to him. He will
have a happy family and should be a balanced and careful but
eloquent speaker. Wealth will come from his profession. His eldest
child may work in the field of sophisticated machines, finance or
literature. His elder siblings may have artistic and large homes.
They may study literature and finance. His younger siblings may
prosper in life if they relocate to new places.
Ven
Rah
Sun
Mer
Lagna Chart III-12
Mar
Sat
Jup
Ket
Mon
232
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Sat Mar
Rah Jup
Sun
Ven
Ket Mer
Mon Ket
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Female, 29th April 1955, 0230 hours, 22N51', 88E21', 0530
hours East of Greenwich. She went abroad in the major-period of
Venus.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun Os1433'27" Venus Venus llsll
0
51 '5" Saturn
Moon 3sl040'35" Saturn Saturn 6s2524'50"
Jupiter
Mars 151848'18" Moon Rahu 85425'1'' Ketu
Mere Os21 10'39" Venus Ketu 2s42S'1" Mars
Jupiter 2s2925'16" Jupiter Ascdt 10s2242'7"
Owner/C means owner ofthe constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in the second house would involve the spouse of the
individual closely in. the affairs of his wealth. Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra says that the individual will gain his wealth through his
wife. She will look after his family well and she will have good
relationship with the family. His wealth may come through
partnership or business. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that the
individual will earn through sale of jewels, pearls and sea products.
The eldest child of the individual may have a position of good
status. The individual will be a powerful speaker and would be
commended for his scholarly speech. His 22"d and 23'd years will
be prosperous and happy but his elder brother will face trouble in
sih year of the individual's life. The Sun in Poorva Bhadrapada
would consolidate the good effects of the Sun in Pisces .. This
constellation has the tendency to promote the articulation of the
individual. Therefore when the Sun is placed in this constellation
The Second House 233
the individual will have excellent ability to speak and the Sun being
in the navamsha of the Moon he will be able, by emoting, to
influence the masses. The Sun will be in uncongenial Uttar
Bhadrapada constellation of Saturn when it occupies the sign
between 320' and 1640'. It may cause expenditure and separation
from or disintegration in the family. This position is not conducive
to good relations with the spouse. Placed in the sign between 10
and 1320' the younger siblings of the spouse of the individual will
be a cause of problems relating to finance and family of the
individual. The Sun in Revati will give rise to worry relating to
children. The spouse of the individual may experience sorrow or
disappointment. The individual may amass wealth through business.
The MOON in Pisces would be well placed but being the owner
of the sixth house it may create some minor trouble in matters
relating to wealth or family. Some insignificant ailment in the face
or eye can also not be ruled out. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says
that the individual will earn through products of water bodies. He
may also deal with silver and pearls. He may be fond of eating fish.
The maternal aunt of the individual will be closely associated with
his livelihood and family. His younger sister may get married in his
24th year. The Moon in Poorva Bhadrapada will give good general
results. It will be strong here as it would occupy its own navamsha.
The contact with the sixth house from the ascendant would also
be strong. The Moon in Uttar Bhadrapada would be a constant
source of trouble in marriage. It may even separate the individual
from his spouse. This is also an indication that there could be
indebtedness for the individual and disease. The Moon placed in
the sign between 320' and 640' would be a strong indicator of
separation. When the Moon is placed in the sign between 1320'
and 1640'the individual will face much trouble and obstruction in
his profession. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that the individual
may be a good speaker on religious themes. The Moon in Revati
may make the individual a good mimic, orator or a stage artiste.
Varah Mihir is of the opinion that a person born with the Moon in
this constellation ought to be wealthy.
MARS in Pisces in the second house would be the owner of
the third and tenth house placed in the second. He will speak in a
commanding manner. He would be fond of non-vegetarian food in
good quantities. He may get married in his 28tl1year. He may succeed
234 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
at a competition relating to his profession in his 29th year. His
eldest child will be lucky in the 66th year of the individual. The
younger siblings of the individual may go to another place and
they may prosper there. This also shows that the individual will be
successful at his profession and his wealth will accrue from it, though
most of the classics speak of meager prosperity, perhaps since
most of the sign is covered by constellations that are inimical to
Mars. Mars will project an aspect to an inimical fifth house. It will
therefore create some trouble relating to his children. Horasara
says that he will lose children in the period of Mars. Saravali says
that his children will be indifferent to him. The eldest child of the
individual however will have a good career. He may work in the
field of acquisition of immovable property, financial administration
or he may be a dispenser of justice. The individual may face some
difficulty in matters relating to property. The effect of Mars will not
be favourable on the issue of longevity of the individual. The
education of the individual will suffer in his early years till at the
most 18 years of age. He will be good looking and attractive. Mars
in Poorva Bhadrapada will not be able do much good as it will be
debilitated in the navamsha while occupying the constellation and
it will also be connected to the sixth from the ascendant indicating
indebtedness. Mars in Uttar Bhadrapada would be in an inimical
constellation and through the constellation it would relate the second
house to the twelfth house and first. This shows that he may lose
his wealth through his wrong deeds. Mars is likely to introduce
much unhappiness in the life of the individual on account of his
profession when it occupies the sign in this constellation between
640' and 10. Mars in Revati again would be in an inimical sign.
Mercury is the owner of the fifth and eighth houses from the
ascendant in the chart. It would generate unhappiness on account
of the children of the individual. His romantic correspondence may
cause embarrassment to him.
MERCURY in Pisces would be at its place of debilitation. Some
handicap in speech is possible. Mercury will support the longevity
of the individual. His eldest child should be working in banking or
accounting sector. The 34th year of the individual may be
troublesome with regard to his children. Mercury is the owner of
the third and eighth houses from the ascendant. It is debilitated in
the second. Therefore, the affairs relating to these houses may
The Second House 235
appear in an unsatisfactory state. The individual is likely to make
much wealth through business when Mercury occupies its place of
debilitation in the second house. The main impact of debilitation
should therefore be seen with respect to the fifth house. He will be
unhappy due to his children. He may not be intelligent and his
education may suffer. Sarvarth Chintamani says that the individual
will get bad food during the period of Mercury. Horasara says that
good results would take place during the period of the planet. He
may obtain a prominent position in society and may also become
learned but he will not have mental peace and may not live in his
own house. Mercury in Poorva Bhadrapada should not give any
new results but the ones stated above. Since Mercury will occupy
an inimical navamsha here, the effect of Mercury in this constellation
would be unsatisfactory. Mercury in Uttar Bhadrapada would be a
drain on the wealth of the individual. The expenditure may arise
over ill thought out schemes. Placed in the sign between 320' and
640'the individual may marry a good looking and mature woman
but the marriage would not be wholly happy. Mercury would be
helpful in financial matters when it occupies the sign between 1 oo
and 1320'. Mercury in Revati would get the support of the
constellation. It would be inclined to give better results.
JUPITER will be in its own sign. This is a good indication for
much wealth but there would still be some lacunae in it since though
the second and eleventh houses from the ascendant are owned by
Jupiter the eleventh house from Jupiter would be a place of its
debilitation. His elder siblings would have close cordial relations
with his large family. He will have a happy and satisfying career. He
will be taken to be a successful person. He will choose his words
well and will deliver them with rare. Horasarasays that the individual
will earn through religious discourses and scholarly pursuits. He
will be good looking. He rivals of the individual will also flourish.
Jupiter is not a good indication for a long life. He may have a
romantic affiliation in his 19th year which may not turn out to be a
good one. Jupiter in Poorva Bhadrapada would be strengthened
even more to give good results. The individual will be able to enlist
the help of his competitors to earn wealth. The individual is unlikely
to face any trouble in financial matters from his enemies. Jupiter in
Uttar Bhadrapada would be under a certain amount of constraint
to give good results. He will be free of trouble from enemies. He
236 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
may suffer from chronic digestive derangement owing to over-
eating and eating very rich food. Jupiter placed in the sign between
1 oo and 1320' may reduce its beneficial effects in respect of wealth.
Jupiter in Revati would produce a banker son. His children will be
happy and prosperous.
VENUS will be exalted in the second house producing a person
who would be a very good orator and very wealthy. He would have
much property and vehicles. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra supports
this statement. The individual may get wealth from his father or
elders in the family. Venus in this sign shows that the individual will
have ownership of more than one vehicle. Venus is a yogakaraka
planet for Aquarius ascendant. He will get into trouble over romantic
alliances. His marriage may not be trouble free. He will be fortunate
in money matters, successful and would lead a luxurious life. Varah
Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that the individual will have beautiful
appearance. He may have a long term romance in his 22nd year,
His life may not be long particularly when Venus occupies Uttar
Bhadrapada constellation. Venus in Poorva Bhadrapada will give
results similar to the general results stated above. Venus in Uttar
Bhadrapada could affect a separation in marriage. He may be a
jeweler if Venus occupies the sign between 1320' and 1640'.
Venus in Revati may give daughters more than the sons. Venus
placed in the sign between 1640' and 20 would increase and
improve the prosperity of the individual even further.
In Chart III-12 Venus is in a constellation of Saturn. Henoe it
would give results of the twelfth house and ascendant as well. It
owns the ninth house. The individual went abroad during the major-
period of Venus.
SATURN in Pisoes would raise the level of expenditure and
reduce the wealth of the individual. The individual would turn thrifty
to check the outflow. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakamsays that Saturn
in' Pisoes would give plenty of wealth but he will lose it at some
stage of his life through an edict of the government. Bhattanarayan
in Chamatkar Chintamani states that the individual may leave his
family and go away from his place of birth. Much depends on the
ascendant. It can alter the stated effect of the planet in sign. Some
authors have tried to bring about a via media by stating that Saturn
in Pisoes would first bring in wealth and then the other effect would
take over and expenditure would start rising depleting the corpus.
The Second House 237
Saturn in Pisces would have the advantage of having rnost of the
sign (eight navarnshas out of nine) under constellations that are
friendly to it. Jatakabharnam states that the individual will be
wealthy during the period of Saturn. It can be said that Saturn
would give adverse results of raising expenditure to an
uncomfortable level when it is under influence of a naturally malefic
planet or it is placed in an inimical navarnsha. It would help the
individual maintain a happy horne but it would cause changes in
residence or separation frorn the rnother. It would be good for the
longevity of the individual. Saturn placed in the sign between 10and
132.0' could give the individual ability to foretell the future. Saturn
in Poorva Bhadrapada would give results similar to the general
results stated above but here Saturn would get the ability to cause
disease in the rnouth or face. Saturn in Uttar Bhadrapada rnay
disturb the marriage of the individual. Saturn in Revati would be
related to fifth and eighth houses. Considering the karakatwa of
Mercury would lead us to the conclusion that the individual would
talk in a balanced and limited rnanner. It rnay separate the individual
frorn his children. Saturn could rnake the individual of a serious
nature. Saturn in contact with Mars will produce poor looking
younger siblings. The individual should do well at his profession
and earn substantially through it. Saturn in contact with Venus will
give incorne through agriculture.
RAHU in Pisces in the second house would be placed in an
inimical sign. It would work against the affairs of the house. The
individual is unlikely to be wealthy but Rahu here will also not lead
to penury because it has friendly constellations in rnost of the sign
except, as we have seen earlier, in the very. first navarnsha. Rahu
here would not be conducive to a happy marriage. The indication
is that the individual rnay experience infidelity in marriage or
business. This will depend on the karaka. In a fernale chart,
deception is very likely to occur in marriage as Rahu occupies the
sign of Jupiter. In a rnale chart, when Venus is involved, deception
rnay be a possibility in marriage, otherwise in both the charts when
Mercury plays a role, the individual would be a victirn of deception
in business. His efforts to go abroad and earn there would not
succeed. His eldest child rnay not have a good career. Sarvarth
Chintamanisays that the individual takes up a bad job during the
period of Rahu under the government. Rahu in Poorva Bhadrapada
238 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
would give results similar to the ones described for Rahu in this
sign. Rahu in Uttar Bhadrapada may be better for wealth as.it
would occupy a friendly constellation. Rahu would be related to
the twelfth and first houses from the ascendant. It indicates loss of
liberty for the individual or a member of his family at some stage
during Rahu period. This could mean jail, hospitalization or going
to a monastery. It may turn the individual reclusive. Rahu in Revati
again would be in a friendly constellation. Its relationship with the
eighth house through the constellation may turn the individual to
talk in an unpleasant manner. He may have repeated
misunderstanding with others. It will create unhappiness on account
of children.
KETU would give better results than Rahu in the second house
in Pisoes. It would promote accumulation of income though there
would be expenditure too. The accumulation would be limited sinoe
the two major constellations in the sign are inimical to the planet.
The income would be through legitimate sources. Sarvarth
Chintamani says that when sub-period of a naturally malefic planet
is running in the major-period of Ketu plaoed in the second house
there would be loss of wealth and speech of the individual would
turn curt. Practice of black magic and tantra may not be good for
the individual. Ketu in Poorva Bhadrapada would be good. Ketu in
Uttar Bhadrapada would not be good for the affairs of the second
house. The state of wealth would also be unsatisfactory. We can
say the same to a lesser extent when Ketu is placed in Revati. The
individual may talk of deities and psychic matters.
.1
'
Chapter Four
The Third House
This house stands for short journeys (like the Moon), upper
part of lungs (like the Moon), courage (like Mars), younger siblings
(like Mars), communications (like Mercury), writing (like Mercury),
arms and shoulders (like Mercury), right ear (like Jupiter), lower
neck (like Venus), and drama, music and dance (like Venus).
This house represents separation/expenditure/loss for the
mother as it is the twelfth from the fourth house. If the third house
gets linked to the fifth, the mother may face outgo of wealth as
the fifth is the second from the fourth and therefore it is the house
of accumulated wealth of the mother. Here Jupiter and Saturn will
play a role. It is the house of success and income for the eldest
child of the individual, being the eleventh from the fifth house.
Here Jupiter will play a role. It is the house of religion, higher
studies, good fortune and long journeys for the spouse of the
individual since it is the ninth house from the seventh. Here Jupiter,
Mercury, and Rahu will play a role. It is the house of business and
partnership for the father of the individual being the seventh from
the ninth. Here Mercury and Venus will play a role. It represents
the children of the eldest sibling of the individual since it is the fifth
house from the eleventh. Here Jupiter will play a role. It is the
house of profession and high status for the maternal uncle of the
individual. Here Saturn and the Sun will play a role.
The third house represents neighbours of the individual as
well.
Gopal Ratnakarsays that younger siblings should be considered
from the third house and the elder from the eleventh.
It is said to be a house of longevity since it is the eighth house
from the eighth.
240 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
It is the sixth house from the tenth and could cause obstructions
and trouble in the affairs of the tenth house.
The affairs represented by this house are exalted in the twelfth
house.
This is an upachaya house and therefore also stands for growth.
Yogas: The individual will have good results relating to the
house, according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra if it is occupied
by or it receives aspect from a naturally beneficial planet.
He will be happy with his younger siblings if the owner of the
third house and Mars are either placed in the house or they project
aspects to it.
When the owner of the house and Mars are either placed in
signs of naturally malefic planets or are associated with such planets,
the younger siblings of the individual may not survive or there may
be much unhappiness on their account.
If the Moon or Venus owns the house or if they occupy it the
individual will have sisters or he will be happy with his sisters. In
case this is so with male planets viz., the Sun, Mars or Jupiter, he
will have brothers or he will be happy with his younger brothers.
When both male and female planets influence the house he will
have both sisters and brothers.
When Mars, the karaka for younger siblings, and the owner of
the house are both placed in the eighth house and are under
influence of a naturally malefic planet, the younger siblings will be
destroyed.
When the owner and karaka are placed in angles, triangles or
in their signs of exaltation or friendly signs the individual will get
happiness from his younger siblings. We can say the same if these
two planets occupy their own or friendly vargas (divisions).
The younger siblings will prosper if the owner of the house,
karaka or the house itself is associated with a naturally beneficial
planet or it projects an aspect to the owner, karaka or the house
respectively.
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says that when the Sun occupies
the third house the individual is unlikely to have elder siblings;
Saturn in such a position will ensure that the individual does not
have younger siblings; and, when Mars occupies the third house
he will not have any siblings, whether elder or younger.
The Third House 241
Mansagari amends this. It says that when the Sun occupies
the third house the individual is unlikely to have elder siblings;
when Mars or Saturn is in the house he will not have younger
siblings and when Rahu occupies the house he will neither have
elder siblings nor younger.
Satya Jatakam says that when the owner of the third house is
friendly to the owner of the ascendant and it occupies a triangular
house from the ascendant or from the owner of the ascendant the
individual will have cordial relations with his siblings. In practice,
when the two owners are not inimical to each other nor are they
placed in adverse houses from each other, the relations between
the two would be cordial.
Jatakatatvasays that when the third house is under influence
of naturally beneficial planets, has a naturally malefic planet placed
in it, its owner is powerful or it occupies an angle or a triangle the
individual will be courageous.
When a naturally beneficial planet occupies the third house,
or the owner of the house is exalted or is placed in a friendly sign
the individual, according to Sarwagya Bhooshan, a little known
treaties used in Andhra, will be courageous and of a stable mind.
Satya Jatakam says that the individual will be notorious and
nobody will have, a good word for him if the owner of the third
house occupies the ascendant under influence of a naturally malefic
planet.
Again, Satya Jatakam says that the owner of the third house
in a movable sign in the seventh would ensure that the sibling of
the individual would live at a distant place.
The question of determination of number of siblings has been
best settled by Jatakaparijat. Having determined if the individual is
likely to have siblings at all, Jatakaparijat says that the number of
strong planets that occupy the third house or associate with or
project aspects to the owner of the house, its karaka or the house
would be the number of siblings. This is the most practical method
and gives good results. This method is universally applicable. It
can be as efficiently applied to the case of determination of number
of children or other relatives as well. There are however other
methods also that are being given below.
242 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Vaidyanath says in Jatakaparijatthatthe number of planets in
the eleventh and twelfth houses would be the number of elder
siblings and the number of planets in the second and third houses
that of the younger siblings.
Bhav Chandrika has given a unique way to determine the
number of elder and younger siblings. We should first determine
the strongest planet among Mars and the owner and occupant of
the third house. The number of dwadasamsas it has traversed in
the sign that it occupies would indicate the number of siblings the
individual should have. Suppose Jupiter is the strongest planet of
the three and it is in Sagittarius at 6. A dwadasamsas is of 230'
length. Here Jupiter has completed two dwadasamsas. The
individual should have two siblings,
Satya Jatakam has given another method to determine the
number of siblings. It says that we should first determine the cusp
of the third house. We should then see as to how many navamshas
the cusp has crossed. The number of crossed navamshas will be
the number of siblings. For example, if the cusp is at 1144: the
cusp has covered three navamshas and it is in the fourth. The
individual should have three siblings. This is applicable to the fifth
house also for determination of number of children .
. A reference is invited to Chapter Six where some methods to
determine number of children likely to be born to the individual are
given. These mutatis mutandis apply to the third house as well.
Aries: When Aries occupies the third house it will relate the
house to the tenth from the ascendant as the other sign of Mars
will be found there. The younger siblings of the individual will be
prominent and will hold good status in life. If Mars is strong and
connected with Jupiter the eldest child of the individual will be
successful in life and have good income. The father of the individual
will have aggressive partners though they will be energetic and
efficient. The elder sibling of the individual will have sons if Mars
occupies a male sign and male navamsha. The individual will
undertake many short journeys. Mansagari says that the individual
will find support and approbation from the government. The
neighbours of the individual will change frequently and if Mars is
adverse his relations with them may be troublesome. We will now
consider various planets in the house.
The Third House
Mar
Ven
Mer
Sun
Rah
Man
Ket
Jup
Sat
Man
Sat
Ven
L.agna Chart IV-1
Ket
Navamsha
Rah
Mer
Sun
Mar
Jup
243
Male, 6 February 1953, 0705 hours, 22N50', 86El0', 0530
hours East of Greenwich.
5on born to him 6 September 1980 in the major-period of
Jupiter placed in the third house from the ascendant.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet LonQitude Owner/C
Sun 952346'16"
Mars Venus
1151033'51" Saturn
Moon 65111'23"
Rahu Saturn 6545'31" R
Mars
Mars 115517'29" Saturn Rahu
9sl98'4" Moon
Mere 95265'0"
Mars
Ketu 35198'4" Mercury
Jupiter 051927'2" Venus Ascdt
105519'29"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is olaoed.
244 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
The SUN in the third house would set up a relationship between
the seventh and third houses. It will be exalted here. The individual
will arrange his own marriage and the spouse will dominate over
his younger siblings. She will be good looking, dignified and of a
high moral fibre. Unfortunately his spouse will not have happy
relations with his father. The individual will face difficulties in his
affairs and some may develop complications owing to policies of
the government. Horasara says that the government will create
trouble for the individual in the period of the Sun. Still Sarwagya
Bhooshan says that the presence of the Sun in the third house will
denote success for the individual. He will be highly courageous.
His spouse will travel over short distances. The presence of the
Sun in the house should produce younger brothers in place of
sisters. The individual may set up a partnership with his elder brother
in his 57th year. The Sun in contact with the Moon may create
tension in married life. The Sun in contact with Mercury may
engender several relationships with females. The Sun in Magha
will show exaggerated general results described above. The
individual would be interested in yoga and spiritualism. He will be
inclined to be an explorer and a pioneer. The spouse of the individual
will show much aggression when the Sun occupies the sign between
10 and 1320'. The Sun in Bharani will give rise to obsessive
indulgence in sex. One of the affairs could end up in marriage. It
creates a possibility of a clandestine relationship between the spouse
of the individual and one of his younger siblings. This could happen
when the Sun occupies the sign between 1640' and 20. The Sun
in Krittika would give good general results stated above.
The MOON in the third house in Aries would augur trouble in
the form of younger sisters or female neighbours. As the house
has influence of Mars the likelihood is that the trouble would be
caused by younger sisters. A waning Moon is more likely to cause
trouble. The influence of the Moon will also be felt in the form of
obstruction in the affairs of the individual. His enterprises may run
into trouble. The younger siblings of the individual may not be
happy with their father. The individual may undertake tedious short
journeys frequently. According to Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja this
position of the Moon would produce a courageous man who may
subdue his opponents. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says that the
individual may have insubordinate servants. The elder sibling of
the individual may face trouble on account of his children in 59th
The Third House 245
year of the individual. The Moon in Aswini would according to Varah
Mihir in Brihajjatakam make the individual a skilful person. He would
be interested in ornaments and would be ostentatious. The Moon
in Bharani would produce a resolute individual. He will be happy in
nature and a lover of good things in life. The Moon in Krittika
would relate the mind represented by the Moon to the sexual aspect
of life represented by the seventh house. Further, the Moon would
be placed in a kama house. Hence Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam
says that the individual would commit adultery.
MARS in the third house in Aries will be considered strong
being in its own mooltrikona sign. Bhavartha Ratnakarsays that
the individual will have brothers when Mars occupies this house.
The younger siblings of the individual will be physically fit and may
have a comfortable existence. Bhattanarayan in Chamatkar
Chintamani feels that the younger siblings of the individual will be
long lived. The owner of the ascendant is inimical to the owner of
the third house. The individual will not like the company of his
younger siblings. They may also be well placed in society. The
individual will be able to dominate. hi.s rivals but they will cause
trouble to him, and his younger siblings may be worried over their
property. His father may not have a good time during the period of
Mars. The individual may meet with a serious accident in his 70th
year. Mars will project an aspect to the tenth house from the
ascendant. This will strengthen the house and improve the status
of the individual. Horasara says that the individual will become
well known in the period of Mars. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja
calls the individual with Mars in Aries as an indomitable hero who
attains a high status in life. This position of Mars will not be good
for the family of the mother. The individual may face some trouble
from the family. Mars in contact with the Moon may give bad temper
and inclination to use physical force in situations of disagreement
on the part of the individual. Mars in contact with Mercury may
cause trouble for the individual in his profession on account of his
bad temper and impetuousness. He may work a press. He will earn
well through his own efforts when Mars is in contact with Jupiter.
Aswini will only raise the level of the effect of Mars in this position.
It may cause trouble and injury to the children of the individual
when it occupies the sign between 640' and 1 oa. The good effects
of Mars may get diluted and adverse enhanced if it occupies the
sign between 1 oa and 1320'. Mars in Bharani would not be that
246 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
good since it would be in an incompatible constellation. It may
bring about some trouble relating to property or residence. Mars
placed in the sign between 1320' and 1640' would cause
complications in married life on account of wayward ways of the
individual. Mars placed in the sign between 1640' and 20 would
be inclined to cause injury to his younger siblings. Mars in Krittika
would improve the courage of the individual. The spouse of the
individual will prosper in the period of Mars. He will gain through
his ventures when Mars is placed in the sign between 2640' and
30.
MERCURY would be in an incompatible sign in the third house.
The individual will be timid according to Bhavartha Ratnakar. Gopal
Ratnakar says that the brothers of the individual will be timid and
miserable. As it is the karaka for writing and press, its occupation
here would jeopardize the ability of the individual to write but he
may be inclined to set up a press. This venture would be successful
for him after initial difficulties since Mercury would project a friendly
aspect to the ninth house. The owner of the fifth house in an
incompatible place would cause worries due to qhildren. They may
find obstacles in their ventures. The owner of the eighth house in
the third may bring slanderous reports against the individual in
press. This may also create difficulties in the lives of his younger
siblings. In the ultimate analysis, it may cause death of a sibling.
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says that the individual may not have
servants and happiness from his younger siblings. Sarvarth
Chintamaniis of the opinion that the individual may face opposition
from his relatives in the period of Mercury. The younger siblings of
the individual may take up business as their source of livelihood.
An elder sibling of the individual may meet with an accident in the
34th year of the individual. Mercury in Aswini will be in further
distressed state and the adverse results stated above may be
exacerbated. Mercury in Bharani may Cause obstacles in education
and little success at it. It may give interest in music and dance.
The individual may even take up his interest as a profession when
Mercury occupies the sign between 2320' and 2640'. He may
however not achieve much distinction in this field. Mercury in Krittika
may not be good for the younger siblings of the individual. They
may be worried over their children. The individual may not have a
happy married life. Still he may attain some success in his chosen
field of music and dance,
The Third House 247
JUPITER in Aries would be in a friendly sign in the third house.
It is the owner of the second and eleventh houses from the
ascendant. The individual will gain wealth through his younger
siblings or through his own efforts. The younger siblings will be
long lived and have a good life. His elder siblings will have good
children and they will be happy with them. The individual will have
a prosperous family. He will be happy at a new place too if he shifts
from his place of birth. He will have a big mansion to live in there.
His father may not have good relationships. His children will be
fortunate and do well in life. The individual himself will have a
good and fortunate marriage. His spouse will be efficient and
balanced. She will help him in his endeavours. The individual will
have good income and he will be successful but the aspect of
Jupiter on the ninth house being not favourable, may cause some
hindrance in his affairs. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja says that such
an individual will be very bold and aggressive. The individual may
be successful in his profession in his 53rd year. The individual may
have a partnership or he may get married in the period of the Sun
or of Jupiter if the Sun is in contact with Jupiter. He will be successful
in competition when the Moon is in contact with Jupiter. He will
earn well through his profession when Mars is in contact with Jupiter.
Birth of a child is likely in the period of Mercury or Jupiter when
Mercury is in contact with Jupiter. Much wealth is indicated when
Saturn is in contact with Jupiter in the chart. Jupiter in contact
with Venus shows a possibility of accrual of wealth through the
wife of the individual. Jupiter in Aswini will promote the good effects
of Jupiter in the house. His eldest child, if age permits, will marry
during the period of Jupiter if it occupies the sign between 640'
and 10. Jupiter will be highly beneficial to the rivals of the individual
when it occupies the sign between 10and 1320'. Jupiter in Aswini
may promote spiritualism in the individual. Jupiter in Bharani would,
to some extent, lose its ability to do good to the individual. His
younger siblings may face substantial expenditure. The spouse of
a younger sibling of the individual may come from a distant place.
The individual may turn unfaithful in his marriage. Jupiter in Krittika
would help the individual gain well through his spouse.
In Chart IV-1 Jupiter occupies the third house; A son was born
to the individual during the major-period of Jupiter. It exchanges
signs with Mars. The latter projects an exact aspect to the fifth
house from the ascendant. Mercury is in Dhanishtha constellation
248 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
of Mars. Mars and Saturn have exchanged constellations. Mars is
in Uttar Bhadrapada of Saturn and the latter occupies Chitra. These
two planets are in sambandha in the navamsha chart. Mars thus
relates the ascendant to the fifth house and the karaka Jupiter is
also playing a role in the state of affairs.
VENUS in the third house would be placed in an inimical sign.
This is a kama house. Venus getting energized through Mars placed
in this house may make the individual highly sexed. He will be
inclined to acquire the best of everything for himself but he may
not always succeed. The individual may have a profession relating
to vehicles and he may travel in connection with his profession. He
may have some taste for music or painting. Mansagarisays that
the individual would be fond of travelling. His father will be good
looking, prosperous and healthy particularly when Venus occupies
Krittika. This position of Venus in Aries in the third house indicates
a father who might have had several liaisons. One of his younger
siblings may have a beautiful wife. His younger siblings will be
gregarious and highly social. Bhrigustates that when the owner of
the third house occupies the sixth, eighth or twelfth house, or it is
with a naturally malefic planet the individual will lose his younger
siblings. Bhaskaracharya in Bhaskar Deep Chandrika states that
the individual is likely to be miserly. His elder sibling may be inclined
to fall in and out of several romantic affairs. One of the younger
sisters of the wife of the individual may join her in her profession.
The individual may live in upscale neighbourhood during the period
of Venus. The individual may join a profession in his 25th year that
may have connection with beauty or entertainment. Venus in contact
with the Suri may give a job to the spouse of the individual in its
period or in the period of the Sun. Mars in contact with Venus
would give a fillip to the profession of the individual but as the two
planets are not friendly with each other the support imparted by
Venus to the profession would not be substantial. In fact, if there
is influence of an adverse planet on the combination the individual
may face breaks in his career. Mercury in contact with Venus would
impart a romantic streak in the nature of the individual. This
combination may not be helpful to the father of the individual.
Venus in contact with Jupiter would promote the financial prospects
of the individual. The il dividual may go abroad when Saturn is in
contact with Venus. Its contact with Rahu may induce the individual
to live abroad. Venus in contact with the Moon may disturb domestic
The Third House 249
peace. It may also act as hindrance in affairs of the individual. The
good effects of Venus would be curtailed when it occupies Aswini
unless Venus receives aspect from Jupiter. Venus placed in the sign
between 10and 1320'would develop trouble through a woman
living in the neighbourhood. Venus in Bharani would be occupying
its own constellation and would therefore be strengthened. It would
give better results. Venus occupying the sign between 1320' and
1640' would give a job to the spouse in its period but when it
occupies the sign between 1640' and 20 it may bring bad name
to the jndividual for his loose manner of living. Venus in Krittika
would be beneficial to the individual. Benefits would arise with the
help of his spouse.
SAlURN would be bad in the third house since it would be
debilitated here. The younger siblings, if any, would not have
physical felicity and they would face a difficult life. Their careers
would be poor and incomes meager. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra
says that the individual will have no happiness from his younger
siblings. He may have trouble from his neighbours. The individual
may have inadequate longevity. Sarwagya Bhooshan says that
Saturn placed in this house would generate much hatred. The wealth
of the family would be petering out. The home life of the individual
would not be satisfactory. His eldest child may find success difficult
to come by. His rivals would stoop to mean acts. Still Saturn will
help his father. The individual will have difficult and troublesome
travels. If the individual works for a publishing house, press or the
railways, he will face much trouble at his job. Saturn in Aswini
would give even worse results. It will force the individual to change
his residence off and on when it occupies the sign between 320'
and 640'. It will cause much worry on account of children to the
individual when it occupies the sign between 640' and 1 oo. Saturn
will be a source of poor health to the individual when it occupies
the sign between 1 oo and 1320'. Saturn in Bharani will be better
as it would be placed in a friendly constellation. Still, it will damage
marriage when it occupies the sign between 1320' and 1640'.
The individual will face danger in its period when it occupies the
sign between 1640' and 20. It will not be a help to the individual
.insofar as his career is concerned when it occupies the sign between
2320' and 2640'. Saturn in Krittika would again be in an inimical
sign and would restrict success and gains of the individual. It may
also have a bad influence on the marriage of the individual.
250 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
RAHU in Aries in the third house too, like Saturn, would be
poorly placed and will not be inclined to give good results.
Communication would be a very weak area in the personality of
the individual. Jatakabharnam says that Rahu will destroy younger
siblings. The elder siblings of the individual will be poor at negotiating
and may not be able to successfully conclude a deal. His father will
face major issues in his relationships. His spouse will travel abroad
but the journeys would be highly troublesome and infructuous.
The eldest child of the individual may not find success in life. The
individual will not have a good home. His profession would be
badly affected and this is not a happy position for the longevity of
the individual. Rahu in Aswini would only be inclined to give worse
results. Rahu placed in 10 and 1320'would be a source of much
unhappiness and trouble to his elder siblings. Rahu in Bharani would
be better but it will be a major factor that would disturb the marriage
of the individual when it occupies the sign between 1320' and
1640'. However, it would give an opportunity to the elder siblings
of the individual to travel abroad. Rahu in Krittika would again be
bad and would seriously undermine any possibility of success to
the individual in its period.
KETU in Aries would be better placed to give good results.
Mansagari says that the rivals of the individual will be defeated
and he will gain much prosperity and success in the period. Ketu
will be harbinger of spiritual development for the spouse of the
individual. His elder siblings too may be devotees of the Almighty.
His father may have to undertake unproductive journeys. According
to Sarvarth Chintamanithe individual will get much felicity in the
period of Ketu but he will remain worried and face trouble from his
younger siblings. Ketu in Aswini would be stronger, being in its
own constellation. Still it will not be good for the children of the
individual when it occupies the sign between 640' and 10. It will
act to the detriment of his enemies when it is placed in the sign
between 1 oo and 1320'. Ketu in Bharani will be in an incompatible
constellation and its good effects would get diluted. Placed in the
sign between 1320' and 1640' it may cause recurrent fever to his
spouse. Ketu in Krittika would be in a friendly constellation and it
may be a big asset to the individual as it would promote success
and gains for him. The effect of Ketu in this sign would be similar
to that of Mars here.
The Third House 251
Taurus: The ascendant being Pisces, Venus will be the owner
of the third and eighth houses. It will therefore be a dangerous
planet for this ascendant particularly when it is in contact with
Saturn, An unafflicted and strong Venus would be inclined to give
long life.The neighbours and colleagues of the individual will be
sophisticated and cultured people but the ascendant being not
compatible with Taurus, the individual may not be close to them.
We can say the same for his younger siblings. Mansagaristates
that the individual is likely to be a poet. The contact between the
third and eighth will not be good for the younger siblings of the
individual who may have eventful lives. They may have to face
enmity from females. The individual may grieve over death of a
relative. Sometimes this combination leads to sexual misdeeds.
This house stands for physical growth. When it is in contact with
the eighth house there could be malformation in the physique of
the growing individual. The children of the elder sibling of the
individual will be well placed in life. The elder sibling may be in an
entertainment related profession. The spouse of the individual will
be close to her father; she will like to travel abroad, and may even
be religious. The parents of the individual may not have a happy
marriage. The period of Venus may see a death in the family of the
individual.
Ket
Mar
Ven
Mer
Jup
Lagna Chart IV-2
Sun
Mon
Sat
Rah
252
Ket
Sat
Sun
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mon
Navamsha
Mer
Jup
Mar
Ven
Rah
She is facing much hostility at work place and difficulties in life
in the major-period of Mercury placed in the third house in Taurus.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 2s352'16" Mars Venus Osl811'17" Venus
Moon
2s2627'9"
Jupiter Saturn 352014'34" Mercury
Mars Osl549'25" Venus Rahu Ss2824'50" Mars
Mere ls204 7'27" Moon
Ketu 11s2824'50" Mercury
Jupiter 152326'26" Mars Ascdt llsl93'20"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN 1n Taurus Is not known to g1ve wholly satisfactory
results. It would sour relations with the younger siblings or
neighbours as it is the owner of the sixth house from the ascendant.
This house represents the right ear. Hence disease in that part of
the anatomy is possible. The Sun being in its inimical place, the
period of the Sun may not be good for the individual with respect
to affairs relating to the government. He may also suffer from
recurring heart trouble or trouble in his abdomen or eye. The Sun
will promote the affairs of the ninth house from the ascendant as it
would project an aspect to a house having a friendly sign. Its good
effect on the ninth house may not be seen when the aspect of the
Sun falls between 1 oo and 1320'in Scorpio. There is a likelihood
of the individual coming across a highly placed person during his
travels. One of the elder siblings of the individual may suffer from
The Third House 253
trouble in his abdomen. Phaldeepika says that the individual may
be inimical to his relatives. Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja feels that
such an individual will be deeply involved with litigation. There
may be litigation with younger siblings over paternal property.
Jyotish Makarandstates that the individual will prove troublesome
to his neighbours. Garga supports this and says that the individual
will squander his parental wealth. The father of the individual will
face difficulties in his affairs in the 22nd year of the individual. The
individual himself will have no success in his 58th year. The Sun in
its own constellation of Krittika when occupying the sign between
640' and 1 oo is liable to cause unhappiness and worry. The Sun in
Rohini will be better, It will highlight matters relating to the children
of the individual but his eldest child may have poor income and
less than expected success in life. Still, between 1 oo and 1320'
the Sun may give some political authority to the eldest child in its
period. The Sun in Mrigshira would again be in a friendly
constellation. It may prove to be beneficial to the individual in
matters relating to wealth and his family.
The rv100N will be exalted in the third house. Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastra says that the individual would be close to his younger
siblings. He may have more number of younger sisters than
brothers. The eldest child of the individual will be successful in life
and will have a good income. One of the elder siblings of the
individual is likely to marry for love and the marriage will be a
happy and successful one. The father of the individual will be lucky
during the period of the Moon. If Rahu is also involved the father
may go abroad during the period of the Moon. The spouse of the
individual will be fortunate and successful during this period,
According to Sarvarth Chintamanithe individual will get favours
from the government during the period of the Moon. The individual
will have very happy married life and his wife will be fortunate
during his 59th year. Jyotish Makarand feels that the period of the
Moon would be one of the most beneficial in the life of the individual
insofar as wealth and success are concerned. If he is employed by
the railways, telephone, telegraph, press or the like, he will get a
hike in wages and perquisites. If the Moon is waxing the children
of the individual will excel in life. When the Moon is waning the
results will not be so good and there may be some trouble in the
lower throat of the individual. He will like to travel but since the
sign is fixed he may not be able to do so very much. The Moon in
254 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
contact with the Sun will give rise to difficulties for the children of
the individual. The Moon in contact with Mercury will involve the
individual in more than one romantic fling. There could be change
in place of his residence in the period of the Moon or Mercury. The
individual will be Very happy with his children when Jupiter is in
contact with the Moon. The individual will be lecherous when Venus
is in contact with the Moon. The Moon in contact with Saturn will
indicate separation from his children. The Moon in contact with
Ketu will develop devotional nature in the individual. The Moon in
Krittika may cause some obstruction in the affairs of the eldest
child of the individual. The eldest child may go abroad in the period
of the Moon when it occupies the sign between 640' and 10. The
Moon in Rohini would be in its own constellation and its good
effects would be enhanced further. The Moon in Mrigshira would
give good results and should create opportunity for the individual
to go abroad. The period of the Moon should also be beneficial for
the eldest child of the individual.
MARS in Taurus would be in an inimical place. The younger
siblings of the individual may not support the affairs of his family.
One of them may get married during the period of Mars. The .
younger siblings will be good looking. The individual will do well at
his profession and will turn prosperous. He will be able to surpass
his rivals during this period. Sarvarth Chintamani supports this
statement, but it goes on to say that in a sub-period of a naturally
malefic planet in the major-period of Mars placed in the third house
the individual may lose a brother. According to Yavanjataka of
$phujidhvajaenmit; with the relatives is possible during the period
of Mars. There could be some disagreement in his marriage in his
28th year. One of his children may do well at his profession in the
65th year of the individual. Mars in contact with the Sun would
engender disagreements with the younger siblings. The mother of
the individual may face financial stress when the Moon is in contact
with Mars. The individual may work for a magazine when Mercury
is in contact with Mars. Much wealth would come his way when
Jupiter is in contact with Mars. Mars in contact with Saturn may
cause loss of job to a younger sibling. Mars in contact with Rahu
would be inclined to cause journey abroad. When Mars is in Krittika
the individual would gain in power and he would be capable of
suppressing his rivals. It may cause injury to the individual during
a short journey when Mars occupies the sign between 640' and
The Third House 255
10. Mars in Rohini would bring matters relating to the fifth house
to the fore. The eldest child of the individual will have a good
career. Mars in Mrigshira would give better general results stated
above.
MERCU:W in the third house would be well placed in Taurus.
The owner of the fourth house in the third according to Brihat
Parashar.Hora Shastra, shows that the individual will have servants
and therefore a good standard of living and status in society. It
further says that when the owner of the seventh goes and occupies
the third house the individual may have fatalities in his children.
Mercury in Taurus according to Sarvarth Chintamani, would give
talent for music in its period. The individual should also have a flair
for writing. He will have several younger siblings and they will lead
pleasant lives. This position of Mercury is not good for the good
fortune of the individual as Mercury will aspect an inimical sign in
the ninth house. The business of the individual is unlikely to succeed.
The individual is likely to face trouble in his job and marriage in his
34th year. Mercury in contact with the Sun may give medical
education to the individual. Mercury in contact with the Moon may
give romantic nature to the individual but the period of the Moon
and Mercury may turn out to be good for him. Mercury in contact
with Mars may cause tension in marriage but from the point of
view of prosperity the results may be good. The individual may not
be happy with his younger siblings when Jupiter is in contact with
Mercury. He may study accountancy or financial management. He
may have several liaisons putting his marriage in jeopardy when
Mercury is in contact with Venus. He may change his residence
when Saturn is in contact with Mercury. There may be some trouble
in the marriage of the individual on account of a stranger when
Rahu is in contact with Mercury. Mercury in Krittika. would lose
some of its benefic nature in the third house. It will bring the
influence of his mother's family to the fore. His younger siblings
may have close association with them. The individual may change
his residence when Mercury occupies the sign between 320' and
640'. Mercury in Rohini may give success to the eldest child of the
individual at a new place. The individual will be wealthy. He may
be a good mime. Mercury in Mrigshira will be taken to be in an
inimical constellation. Still this position will generate wealth. The
marriage of the individual may not be happy. He may be irritable.
256 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
In Chart IV-2 the woman is running the major-period of Mercury
and she was facing much hostility at her work plaoe in September
2008. Mercury is associated with Jupiter in the third house. The
latter is the owner of the tenth house and it is plaoed in the sixth
house from the tenth with Mercury. The dispositor of Mercury is
associated with Mars which is the karaka for disputes and hostility.
The sixth house from karaka Mars is Virgo which Mercury owns.
The sixth house from the ascendant has Leo. The Sun is in a sign
of Mercury.
JUPITER too in Taurus would be in an inimical sign. Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra says that the individual may marry more
than once. He may not have good health in his childhood but later
he will be happy and rich. He may be- interested in literature. His
income and sucoess may show signs of flagging. One of his elder
siblings may not have happiness from his children. The individual
will be fortunate. He will have close relations with his father. His
marriage may not have much warmth. His younger siblings may
enjoy average prosperity. His family may not be a rich one. He may
have good and cultured neighbours. The individual may faoe trouble
relating to his children and profession in his 42nd year. Jupiter in
contact with the Sun may spell danger to the individual through
fire. A child will be born to him or he may meet with his children in
the period of the Moon or Jupiter when the latter is in contact with
the Moon. The period of Mars or of Jupiter will be highly productive
of wealth through the profession of the individual when Mars is in
contact with Jupiter. He may try his hand at writing when Jupiter is
in contact with Mercury. There may be some trouble in the profession
of the individual when Saturn is in contact with Jupiter, The individual
may travel abroad when Rahu is in contact with Jupiter. Jupiter in
Krittika would help douse enmity. The individual may attain a good
position. Jupiter in the sign between 320' and 640' may resettle
the individual at a short distance from the plaoe of his birth, Jupiter
in Rohini may give a good career to the eldest child though there
would be changes in it from time to time. Jupiter in Mrigshira should
give very good results. This person would have interest in religion
and he will be fortunate.
VENUS will be in its own sign in the third house, but it is also
the owner of the eighth house. It will therefore not be favourable
for the younger siblings. They may face obstacles in their endeavours
The Third House 257
and disapproval from females. Yet, they may not suffer any lasting
damage. Unless there is other influence the individual is likely to
have good looking younger sisters. It will give good voice to the
individual for music. One of the elder siblings may have a romantic
attitude and he may be successful in his romantic liaison. He may
also have much talent in fine arts and he may be a good showman.
He may have more daughters than sons. The father of the individual
may have a roving eye and he may have a few affairs. The wife of
the individual may be rich. The aspect of Venus to the ninth house
would diminish the good fortune of the individual. He may not
have happy relations with his father or his father may pass away
early. The younger siblings of the spouse of the individual may not
have an easy life during the period of Venus. There may be
disagreement with the younger siblings. The eldest child of the
individual may be successful and may have good income. According
to Horasara the individual will have daughters and will be favoured
by the government. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says that the
individual will be courageous and very happy with his younger
siblings. The individual will have much benefit through vehicles in
his 60th year. He will enjoy travelling. Venus in Krittika would be in
an inimical constellation and may lose some of its good effects.
One of the younger siblings may not have a good home. When
there is contact with Saturn Venus may cause disease in the right
ear or eyes. When it occupies the sign between 320' and 640' it
may coax the younger siblings to move out and go to other places
where they may flourish. Placed between 640' and 10 it will
create a close bond between the individual and his younger siblings,
His spouse will be beautiful and very fortunate in financial matters.
Venus in Rohini will produce successful daughters for the individual.
He will be highly sexed when Venus occupies the sign between 1 oo
and 1320'. He may have more than one romantic affair when the
planet occupies the sign between 1640' and 20. Venus in Mrigshira
may cause some loss of wealth caused by women.
SATURN will be in a friendly sign in Taurus. Mansagarisays
that the individual may not have brothers. It may separate the
individual from his younger sisters who may go away looking for
better pastures. They will do well away from their places of birth.
The individual may not be fortunate and his father may face a
tough period during the period of Saturn. Horasara extols Saturn
in Taurus. Such Saturn, according to it, will make the individual
258 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
improve his status and wealth. The individual may get a job in the
period of Saturn or he may do well at it. The individual may change
his house in his 36th year for a better one. However, the twelfth
house of the chart becomes strong since Saturn would project an
aspect to its mooltrikona sign. The individual will be inclined to
spend well. Saturn in contact with Mercury may bring about change
or separation in the residence or marriage of the individual. He
may move a short distance away from his place of residence or a
change in his work is possible if Jupiter is in contact with Saturn.
Saturn in Krittika would be in the constellation of its enemy. As the
Sun moves comparatively rapidly, in many a chart, the Sun and
Saturn may emerge as bitter enemies. Saturn then in Krittika may
prove to be very troublesome. It will cause ailments to appear in
the throat, eye, arms, larynx or upper chest. The eldest child of
the elder sibling of the individual will face much trouble. His father
may have to put in hard work at his job. The individual may settle
at a short distance from where he was born when Saturn occupies
the sign between 640' and 10. Saturn in Rohini will cause serious
trouble in the profession of the eldest child of the individual when
it occupies the sign between 1 oo and 1320'. Saturn in Mrigshira
would be troublesome for the father and it would impede free flow
of good fortune for the individual. The younger siblings of the
spouse of the individual may not have an easy life. The eldest child
of the individual may face difficulties in having children or on account
of them.
RAHU in Taurus would be exalted according to Sarvarth
Chintamani. It says that the individual will travel abroad, and will
be prosperous and well placed in life. Sarvarth Chintamani says
that during the sub-periods of naturally malefic planets in the major-
period of Rahu the individual will get favours from the government
but towards the close of the sub-period he may suffer losses due
to theft and from his relatives and his younger siblings may face
trouble. The spouse of the individual may travel abroad during the
period of Rahu. His mother may have to be admitted to a nursing
home in this period. Rahu in Krittika may seriously endanger the
home of one of his younger siblings. One of them may also be
incarcerated when Rahu occupies the sign between 320' and 640'.
Rahu in Rohini may be good for the income and gain of the eldest
child of the individual but it may develop weird fetishes in the
individual. Rahu in Mrigshira would be troublesome since it would
The Third House 259
occupy an inimical constellation but it may cause a few journeys
abroad.
KETU in Taurus would be debilitated. It may keep the eldest
sibling of the individual worried over his children. The individual
may have trouble from his younger siblings or neighbours. His
father may not have happy relationships. His eldest child may find
happiness and success. His rivals may not have their careers
progressing satisfactorily. Still, a naturally malefic planet in the
third house is inclined to help the individual. Therefore Ketu will
support the efforts of the individual for gain of material sucoess.
Mansagari supports this statement and goes on to say that the
relatives of the individual will suffer during this period, the individual
will have pain in his arms and his rivals will be destroyed.
Jatakabharnam gives almost similar results. Sarvarth Chintamani
feels that the individual will develop aversion for his brothers and
will remain mentally troubled. The individual may write on occult
topics when Ketu is in contact with Mercury. Ketu in Krittika will
work to the detriment of the rivals and enemies of the individual.
Ketu in Rohini would keep the individual worried on account of his
children. They may get injured or fall sick. Ketu in Mrigshira may
affect sudden changes in the financial status of the individual.
Gemini: It brings about a close relationship between the third
and sixth houses from the ascendant creating a possibility of younger
siblings of the individual keeping generally poor health and the
individual himself suffering from trouble in his arms or lower throat/
upper chest. Any aspiration of the individual to make a career in
music or dance will have to be abandoned therefore. Vriddhayavan
Jataka of Minaraja states that the individual will have good
understanding with his children. The siblings will be competitive in
nature. Mansagarisa.ys that a person having Gemini in the third
house should be well respected. He will have the potential to write
well. It creates a possibility of his younger siblings doing well at
studies. His eldest sibling will have serious difficulties cropping up
in respect of his children. His father will do well at business and his
partners may be persons of high rank or intellectual ability. His
younger siblings will be happy with their children. Their finances
may fluctuate, They may have trouble from their rivals and enemies.
Their spouses may be scholarly. Their jobs may involve management
and financial expertise. They may be happy at plaoes away from
their places of birth.
260
Ket
Mar
Sun
Ket
Ven
Sat
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Ven
Rah
Mer
Rah
Jup
Lagna Chart IV-3
Mar
Sun
Mer
Mon
Sat
Jup
Navamsha
Female, 6July 1921, 0118 hours, 40N40', 0500
hours of Greenwich, DST 0100 hour.
Her marriage and birth of a daughter and a son took place in
Mercury major-period
Planet
Longitude
Owner/C Planet
Longitude Owner/C
Sun 2s2048'50" Jupiter Venus ls513'59" Sun
Moon 3s06'43" Jupiter Saturn 4s2658'11" Sun
Mars 2sl847'20" Rahu Rahu 6s049'0" Mars
Mere 2s2358'30" R Jupiter Ketu Os049'0" Ketu
Jupiter 4s21 14'31" Venus Ascdt 05929'40"
Owner/C rneans owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The Third House 261
The SUN in Gemini would not be very happily placed. As has
been noticed earlier, this position of the Sun tends to make the
individual without brothers. Garga supports this and also says that
the individual will be wealthy. Bhrigu Sutram supports this
statement. The owner of the fifth house being in the third would
according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra make the individual close
to his younger siblings but he may also be very careful with his
money. The Sun here would improve the good fortune of the
individual and during its period the individual would prosper and
so would the younger siblings of his spouse. His father may engage
in business with highly placed persons. The spouse of the individual
may succeed with the help of her father. Kashyap states that the
individual will wield authority. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states
that the individual may be a bold person but his health may not
remain good. He may face trouble and poor health in his 22nd and
58th years. The Sun in contact with Jupiter will turn the father of
the individual very fortunate. The eldest child of the individual may
get married in the period of the Sun or Saturn when these two are
in contact with each other. The Sun in Mrigshira will bring the first
and eighth houses to the fore. The children of the individual should
do well in life butthe individual may face violence during the period
of Mars or the Sun. The individual will be closely involved in the
affairs of his neighbours or younger siblings. The neighbours or
younger siblings will find life tough during the period of the Sun.
The Sun in the sign between oo and 320' would also be troublesome
for the marriage of the individual. The Sun in Ardra would create
complications in the affairs and health of the eldest child of the
individual. The individual may go abroad when the Sun is placed in
the sign between 640' and 10. The Sun in Punarvasu would
promote the affairs of the children of the individual though it also
creates a possibility of separation from the eldest child. It would
ensure good health to the individual and a good status in life. The
Sun placed in the sign between 20 and 2320' may improve income
of the individual through his own efforts and the elder siblings of
the individual may live in his close neighbourhood.
The MOON in Gemini may bring about more than one change
in residence of the individual. He may have more than one younger
sister according to Bhrigu Sutram. The Moon would project an
aspect to the ninth house having Sagittarius. This is a friendly
sign. Therefore the aspect of the Moon would help promote the
262 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
good fortune of the individual. The elder sibling of the individual
may have some trouble relating to his eldest child. A female may
create trouble in the individual's father's business. The spouse of
the individual may take up a job at a distant place. This will be a
well paid and interesting job. According to Jatakabharnam the
individual will keep good health. He may be fond of travelling.
Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja says that the individual will be
fond of female company. He may have a good looking sister
according to Garga. The individual will be happy and successful in
his 24th year. He may be mentally troubled when the Moon occupies
Mrigshira. He may be arrogant and cruel. The mother of the
individual may turn a widow in the period of the Moon or Saturn if
the two are in contact with each other. The Moon in Ardra may
turn the individual mischievous and troublesome. The Moon in the
sign between 640' and 1 oo may persuade the individual to live at
a distant place. When the Moon occupies the sign between 1640'
and 20 it may separate the individual from his mother, The
individual with Moon in Punarvasu will be well behaved and well
liked but he will change his place of residence more than once.
MARS in the third house will constantly create trouble with his
neighbours or younger siblings of the individual but it will be an
indicator of his good fortune. His younger siblings may also face
trouble and possible premature death. Mars here will put his enemies
down severely and promote his career but it will also cause
occasional setbacks in it. According to Sarvarth Chintamani the
individual will get rid of his enemies in the period of Mars. Sarvarth
Chintamani also says that when Mars is placed in the sign between
1 oo and 1320' the individual will be successful, attain a high status
and get fame during its period. According to Horasarathe individual
may live abroad during its period. He may take to printing or
publishing. He may have interest in mathematics. He may be
mentally sharp. This is not a good position for the longevity of the
individual. The children of the elder sibling of the individual may
suffer injuries or be subjected to surgical interventions. His father
may suffer losses due to disputes in his business. The younger
brother of the spouse of the individual will do well in life during this
period. He may face trouble in his career in his 30th year. There
may be physical injury or trouble in his 32nd year. Mars in contact
with the Sun would confer a high status in community. There may
be some trouble on account of children. Mars in contact with the
The Third House 263
Moon shows that the individual would be a builder or he may earn
much property through his efforts. He will be lucky and prosperous
when Jupiter is in contact with Mars. Such an individual will
safeguard his patrimony zealously. There would be a tendency to
have relations outside marriage with more than one person when
Venus is in contact with Mars. The individual should get a job in
the period of Mars or Saturn when the latter is in contact with
Mars. The individual will travel abroad when Rahu is in contact
with Mars. Any contact of Mars with Ketu may engender interest in
spiritual matters. Mars in Mrigshira will give better results stated
above. It may however harm the spouse if it occupies the sign
between oo and 320'. Mars in Ardra will be inclined to cause more
harm than good. The individual may meet with an accident when
on a journey. The spouse of the individual may acquire much
property when Mars is placed between 10 and 1320'. Mars in
Punarvasu may develop interest in religion and spiritualism
particularly when the planet occupies the sign between 20 and
2320'. When placed between 2320' and 2640' Mars may help
the individual earn wealth though there may be expenditure as
well. It may not help the father of the individual. He may suffer
financial setback in his business. This is also not good for the
longevity of the individual.
MERCURY in Gemini is an indication of interest in journalism
and writing. The individual may be scholarly. Sarvarth Chintamani
says that Mercury would also develop an interest in music in the
individual. This may become visible when he is 9 years of age. He
may have more female younger siblings than male. His younger
siblings may go in business and earn well at it. They will be very
competitive. Chamatkar Chintamanisays that the individual himself
may also be interested in business. Any adverse influence on
Mercury will ruin the relations of the individual with his younger
siblings or neighours. The individual may get unexpected help from
his maternal uncle in his 34th year. Jatakabharnam feels that the
individual may have some problem on account of his mother or
some unhappiness on this score in the period of Mercury. The
father of the individual may not keep well. Mercury in contact with
the Sun will give many children. When in contact with the Moon it
will cause setbacks to the father in his health and worldly affairs. It
may cause trouble to the younger siblings when it is in contact
with Mars. The individual will run a press. It will give wealth to the
264 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
elder siblings when it is in contact with Jupiter. The spouse of the
individual will gain when Venus is in contact with Mercury. Mercury
in contact with Saturn may give children to the elder siblings of the
individual in the period of Mercury or Saturn. Mercury in Mrigshira
would be restrained from giving its good results in full measure
and may bring to the fore the adverse results of its ownership of
the sixth house. This would cause tension with the younger siblings
and neighbours. His servants may also be insubordinate. The
younger siblings may get injured and may get involved in air
accidents particularly when the planet occupies the sign between
"320' and 640'. The education of the eldest child of the elder
sibling of the individual may badly suffer. Mercury in Ardra may see
the younger siblings suffer losses through deception particularly
when the planet is placed in the sign between 1640' and 20. This
may cause danger to the children of the elder sibling from reptiles.
Mercury in Punarvasu would promote interest in literature and
scholarship in the individual and it may turn the elder siblings of
the individual wealthy.
Mercury in Chart IV-3 is in Punarvasu constellation of Jupiter.
Jupiter and Saturn are associated in the birth chart. The seventh
house from the ascendant is in Libra. Venus is in Krittika constellation
of the Sun which is associated with Mercury. Mercury in the
navamsha chart is in Taurus where Venus is placed in the birth
chart. Therefore Mercury is related to the seventh house from the
ascendant. The seventh house from Jupiter is in Aquarius. We
have already seen that Mercury is related to Saturn. Mercury and
the owner of the ascendant Mars and the Sun are together at
birth. Therefore the individual got married in the major-period of
major-period.
We have seen that Mercury is related to karaka Jupiter and
the fifth house from the ascendant. The fifth house from Jupiter is
in Sagittarius. Since Mercury is also related to the Sun and Mars
there is likelihood of birth of children in this major-period.
The individual will be fortunate when JUPITER occupies Gemini
in the third house. He may be scholarly and a good orator. He may
be interested in financial matters. He may also be a linguist. His
married life in the period of Jupiter may not be free of trouble. He
will be successful and will have good income. Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja says that the individual will be clever and intelligent
and will behave in accordance with dharma (righteousness).
The Third House 265
According to Bhrigu Sutram he may have several brothers. His
younger siblings may do well in life at a plaoe at a short distance
from their plaoe of birth. They may not be warm in their relationship
with the individual. The spouse of the individual will take up a job
in his 54th year. The Moon in contact with Jupiter may give residence
abroad. Jupiter in contact with Venus should make the spouse
fortunate. The efforts of the individual will bear fruits when Saturn
is in contact with Jupiter. Ketu in contact with Jupiter will develop
interest in religion and mysticism. Jupiter in Mrigshira may restrict
profitability of the business being run by the father of the individual.
In a female chart, Jupiter in the sign between oo and 320' may
cause trouble in marriage. The individual will be a good manager.
Jupiter in Ardra would lose its capacity to do good to the individual
substantially but it may make the individual travel overseas. It may
not be helpful to the profession of the individual when it occupies
the sign between 1 oo and 1320'. It will bring some sucoess to him
in his efforts when Jupiter occupies the sign between 1320' and
1640'. Jupiter in Punarvasu will get support of more congenial
placement to do better. The individual may be eloquent and may
earn through his oratorical skills.
VENUS in a friendly sign signifying multiplicity in a kama house
will engender talent in fine arts and music. According to Varah
Mihir in Brihajjatakam the individual will be learned in music and
he will be wealthy. He will be interested in literature and dance.
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says that the individual will be talented.
He will be inclined to good living and good things in life. He may
have more younger sisters than brothers. The individual will like to
travel. He will have good relations with his neighbours and
colleagues and he will get along well with them. The father of the
individual or one of the younger siblings of the spouse of the
individual will be pleasure loving and may have several romantic
affairs. The eldest sibling of the individual may have more than
one daughter. The individual may lose a child in his 25th year. He
will have more than one romantic affiliation in his 27th year. Venus
in contact with the Sun will produce a stage artiste. The Moon in
contact with Venus will develop good taste and ability to appreciate
beauty. Venus in contact with Mars will disturb the marriage of the
individual due to his infidelity. Venus jn contact with Saturn may
give a job to the individual that is related to fine arts. A person
with Venus in Mrigshira would tend to be deeply involved with
266 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
music, drama, cinema and dance. He may have scandalous love
affairs especially when the planet is placed in the sign between oo
and 320' rocking his marital boat rather violently. Venus in Ardra
would be a liability as it would promote unrestrained sexuality
making the individual notorious for his escapades particularly when
Venus occupies the sign between 1640' and 20. Venus in
Punarvasu would present an entirely different picture. He will be a
literary figure perhaps excelling in fiction writing and storytelling.
The individual will be wealthy and well known. Satyacharya says
that Venus here in Gemini would give jewellery and expensive
gadgetry to the individual.
SAlURN in Gemini according to Jatakabharnam would make
the individual travel and stay away from home. These journeys
would be related to his job or profession. This position of Saturn is
not good for the children of the individual. They could suffer from
poor health. He may be worried on their account. The individual
may be interested in religion and metaphysics. Saturn, being in a
friendly house, may actually help the younger siblings of the
individual in its period. Saturn would project aspect to the fifth
house. Since the fifth house IS one of deeds done in previous lives,
the aspect of Saturn on the house being not supportive of it, would
mean that the difficulties that the individual faces in his profession
and success would be on account of his past adverse karmas. The
individual may be taken abroad in his 3rd year. He may face
disturbance in his marriage in his 40th year. Jatakashiromanistates
that the individual will take up a job involving writing and he will be
bold. Saturn in Mrigshira may not be good. It may sour relations of
the individual with his younger siblings. It could also damage their
health. Saturn in Ardra may underscore the good prospects in career
or for success in life of the individual if Saturn occupies the sign
between 1 oo and 1320', and 1320' and 1640' respectively. Saturn
in Punarvasu may turn the individual charitable but it may not be
good for the welfare of his children. As stated above, they may not
be healthy.
RAHU in Gemini in the third house would be considered well
placed since it would be in a friendly sign and a house that would
be favourable for it. The individual will be bold and capable. His
relations may not be transparent and happy with his younger
siblings. According to Jatakabharnam the younger siblings may
suffer a setback. Its influence in the life of his father may not be
The Third House 267
that good. He may have business dealings with foreigners, and in
case Venus is also involved, alliances with women of different
communities. Sarvarth Chintamanisuggests that the individual may
travel abroad during the period of Rahu. It suggests that the in the
sub-period of a naturally malefic planet in the major-period of Rahu
placed in the third house there could be loss of a brother. Rahu in
Mrigshira may support good material prosperity and its sudden
acquisition but it may cause loss to the father. It may however not
be helpful for the marriage of the individual in case it occupies the
sign between oo and 320'. Rahu in Ardra would be supported to
do good. It may damage the profession of the younger siblings
and they may deal with foreign countries when it occupies the sign
between 1640' and 20. Rahu in Punarvasu will be in incompatible
constellation and its ability to help the individual in a good house
would be curtailed when it occupies the sign between 20 and
2320'.
KETU in Gemini would be inconsistent with the sign. It will not
allow cordial relationship with younger siblings. The individual will
be courageous. Sarvarth Chintamanisays that the individual will
have much happiness but at the same time some mental
dissatisfaction. In the sub-period of a naturally malefic planet the
individual may break with his relatives. His father will face setbacks
in his business. Ketu should promote interest in religion and
spiritualism. Ketu in Mrigshira would get the support of friendly
Mars and its good effects would be intensified. An abiding interest
in the unknown may develop. Ketu in Ardra would not be placed
happily though when placed in the sign between 640' and 10or
between 1640' and 20 it may turn the individual to God. Ketu in
Punarvasu would be good for material success of the individual.
Cancer: This is a movable sign and when it occupies the third
house of journeys it inclines the individual to travel over short
distances regularly. Unless there is influence to the contrary, the
individual may have more than one younger sister. He may have
several intellectual interests. Mansagarisays that he will be mild in
manners, well behaved and will be liked by his relatives. He may
change his residence from time to time. His separation from his
mother is also possible. The individual is likely to remain concerned
over the affairs of his overweight younger siblings as Mars is
debilitated in this sign. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states that
the individual will be friendly in nature and will have interest in
religion.
268
Sat
Rah
Ket
Ven
Jup
Mer
Planet
Sun
Moon
Mars
Mere
Jupiter
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mon
Jup
--
Mon Sun
Longitude
3sl258'49"
7sl339'34"
2s299'2"
3sl842'33"
7s21 53'9" R
Lagna Chart IV-4
Ket
Mar
Sun
Ven
Mer
Navamsha
Owner/C Planet
Saturn. Venus
Saturn Saturn
Jupiter Rahu
Mercury Ketu
Mercury Ascdt
Longitude
3s21 14'37"
1 Os291'24"R
8sl09'51"
2sl09'51"
ls2544'46"
Owner/C
Mercury
Jupiter
Ketu
Rahu
'
Owner/C rneans owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SLN in Cancer would be in a friendly sign. Bhrigu Sutram
says that the individual may not have brothers when the Sun
occupies this house, but its aspect to the ninth house will not go to
The Third House 269
help the individual achieve a good fortune. His father may also not
lead a happy life but according to Garga he will be an eminent
person. His relations with his father may sour. The presence of the
Sun in the third house shows that the individual will not travel
much. He may meet with important personalities on his journeys.
He may travel when he has been charged with some important
assignment. Satyacharya says that the individual may have a step
brother with whom he may not be on good terms. The eldest child
of the elder brother may not keep good health. There will be
agreement with the younger siblings. Horasara says that the
individual will be separated from his father in the period of the
Sun. His spouse may suffer a bout of bad health in his 57th year.
The Sun in contact with Mars will bring about separation from
mother or even her death. It promises a stroke of good fortune for
the spouse of the individual. The Sun in contact with Venus may
cause loss to property through fire. The Sun in Punarvasu will be
favourable as it is likely to give results of the eleventh house more
than those of the eighth. The efforts of the individual will meet
with success. He will be happy with his younger siblings. The Sun
in Pushya will tend to give younger sisters. The individual may
always be mentally uneasy, He may however exercise some
authority. The Sun between 10and 1320' will cause ailments in
the upper chest of the individual and his younger siblings may also
not keep good health. The Sun in Aslesha may help the individual
to be a good writer. It may not be conducive to good health of the
father if it occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'.
The l'vlOON in Cancer would be in its own sign. The individual
will travel much and may even go abroad. As is obvious, if there
are no influences to the contrary, the individual may have more
sisters than brothers. Jatakabharnam says that the individual will
be well behaved and will be a scholar. However, this placement of
the Moon is not very conducive to good fortune. He will be fond of
his friends and relatives. The elder siblings of the individual may
have more daughters. The individual will have much happiness
and success in his 24th year. The Moon in contact with Mars will
cause separation from younger sisters. The individual may take to
fiction writing when the Moon is in contact with Mercury. The
individual is likely to have mostly daughters. The individual may
have a job that may cause much travelling for him if Saturn is in
contact with the Moon. The Moon in contact with Rahu will cause
270 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
harm to the interest of the younger siblings and cause much mental
anguish to the individual. The Moon in Punarvasu may diminish
happiness from younger siblings. A child may be born to elder
sibling during the period of the Moon or Jupiter. According to Varah
Mihir in Brihajjatakam he will be good natured and happy. He may
gain though his friends. The Moon in Pushya may turn the individual
philosophical and religious. Placed in the sign between 1320' and
1640' the Moon may not permit cordial relations between the
spouse of the individual her and younger siblings. The Moon in
Aslesha according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam would turn the
individual wily. He may be an imaginative author.
MARS in Cancer is debilitated. It owns the seventh and twelfth
houses from the ascendant. It being the karaka for younger siblings
its placement here may not be conducive to their welfare. The
individual is unlikely to be happy with respect to his younger siblings.
According to Garga there may not be any younger siblings. Satya
Jatakam says that since this is a maraka house the younger siblings
may face adversity or death. Satya Jatakam also says that the
individual may go away to a far off place. The period of Mars may
see the loss of a younger sibling. Phaldeepika says that the individual
will not have happiness from his younger siblings. Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastra supports this statement. The individual will always
be troubled by the siblings. He may face much trouble on account
of his neighbours and he may have to change his place of residence
to put an end to the trouble caused by them. The spouse of the
individual will be a luckless person. Her younger sibling may not
have a happy home and he may be deprived of ancestral property.
The individual will be able to suppress his enemies. He would
improve his prospects through his own efforts. The father-in-law
of the individual may face very adverse circumstances in 31st year
of the individual. The children of the individual may meet with
accidents when Mars is in contact with Mercury. A younger sibling
may pass away early when Jupiter is in contact with Mars. The
individual will get involved in a vehicular accident when Venus is in
contact with Mars. Mars in Punarvasu would be an agentfor disputes
and litigation. It may cause trouble to the elder sibling of the
individual through his children. They may be indisciplined and
stubborn. They may also get injured, The individual may have
disputes at his work place. Mars in Pushya would make the individual
an efficient and effective administrator. It may go to cause serious
The Third House 271
injury to a younger sibling. When the planet is placed in the sign
between 640' and 10 the individual may undertake troublesome
journeys. Mars in Aslesha would cause serious setback in the
business of the father of the individual. The maternal uncle of the
individual may have a tough time during the period of Mars. His
profession may suffer a setback.
MERCURY in the third house will be good for the individual as
it would go to promote the good fortune of the individual. Garga
says that the daughter of the individual may look after his father
well. The elder sibling of the individual may have mostly daughters.
The individual will have pleasant neighbours and his younger siblings
will be well behaved. The younger siblings of the individual may
change residence time and again. The individual may gain from his
younger siblings. According to Mansagarithe individual may not
be of good character. According to Horasara the period of Mercury
will produce income through poetry and arts. This position tends
to improve the scholarship of the individual. A child of the individual
may not keep good health in the 34th year of the individual. Mercury
in contact with Venus may create trouble in the arm of the individual.
Mercury in Punarvasu may inspire the individual to write or speak
on philosophical or legal issues. Mercury in Pushya may produce a
grandchild for the individual in the period of Mercury or Saturn.
One of his younger siblings may experience a dangerous situation.
Mercury placed in the sign between 1 oo and 1320' may cause
some physical trouble in the arm of the individual. Mercury in Aslesha
will tend to give more of good general results than adverse. Mercury
placed in the sign between 20 and 2320' should give special
ability to the individual in philosophy.
JUPITER in the third house would be well placed as it would
be exalted there. Jupiter owns the eighth and eleventh houses in
the chart. The individual may be interested in occult religious
practices. He may gain through legacies or wills or through his
marriage. The individual may have good friends and younger siblings
who may help him in his affairs. The number of siblings may be
large. The individual will gain through short journeys and he will
meet with favourably inclined individuals on his journeys. According
to Kashyap he will be modest and polite. His efforts will meet with
success. If he is working in communication sector or with the
railways he will have a wage hike and will prosper. A child may be
born to his elder sibling in the period of Jupiter and he will lead a
272 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
happy life. His younger siblings may succeed at competitions but
they may also get involved in accidents or suffer injuries. They
may be philosophical and may succeed abroad. They may generally
keep good health. His eldest child may be happy and successful at
academic pursuits and in partnership during the period of Jupiter.
His maternal uncle may find success in his profession despite heavy
competition. The individual may face some disturbance in his
marriage. This individual may not be fortunate in this period.
According to Horasara the individual will travel much and these
travels would be tedious, he will face trouble in his marriage, and
he will gradually dispose of his ancestral property in the period of
Jupiter. The individual will be happy and will earn much wealth in
his 55th year. Jupiter in Punarvasu will tend to give even better
general results stated above. Jupiter in Pushya should impart a
religious and philosophical spirit to the individual but at the same
time he would be disciplined and a man of details. There may be
breaks in his career and his father may face trouble during the
period of Jupiter. Still, he is likely to gain through his profession
and through legacies. Jupiter in Aslesha may see the marriage of
the eldest child of the individual if it is a female. It will be very
good for the academic success of the children of the individual.
VENUS in Cancer would give good looking younger sisters.
The individual may live in a posh neighbourhood. Short journeys
and changes would be pleasant. The individual will meet with his
neighbours and younger siblings often and enjoy in the process.
Venus will relate the third house to the ascendant and sixth house
from it due to the ownership of houses by Venus. The individual
may have some proficiency in music, poetry and arts. He may
marry among his relatives. The father of the individual or the
younger sibling of the spouse of the individual may take up business
in luxury goods and liquids. The individual may be fickle in his
affections and may face disappointments due to changing affairs
of the heart. The individual may have a young and good looking
maid servant. If Venus has influence of a naturally malefic planet,
particularly of Saturn or Rahu, the individual may face trouble of
sexual nature over her. Venus in Cancer will be good for the affairs
of the individual. The individual will buy a car in his 27th year. The
younger siblings of the individual are likely to suffer from poor
health. The brothers and sisters of the individual will be good
looking. The elder siblings of the individual will have much happiness
The Third House 273
from their children particularly when the planet occupies Punarvasu.
The spouse of the individual may be interested in religion. She will
be of tranquil nature arising out of deep faith in God. She may be
a relative of his. The maternal uncle of the individual may take up
a profession dealing with women and providing entertainment and
pleasure to others. Chamatkar Chintamani says that the individual
may not be bold. Venus in Punarvasu may cause a legacy in favour
of the individual. Venus in Pushya could create an embarrassing
situation for a younger sibling of the individual due to his
indiscriminate sexual escapades. It may bring wealth and luxuries
to the father of the individual. The spouse of the individual may
leave home during this period. Venus in Aslesha may give pleasant
speech to the individual. He will have romantic nature and more
than one liaison.
SATURN in Cancer in the third house may cause a change in
residence for the individual. He would not be happy during his
short journeys. His neighbour would be aioof and uncommunicative.
This is not a good position for warm and cordial relations with the
younger siblings, Sarvarth Chintamani says that Saturn here would
destroy brotherly relations. The professions relating to
communications would not suit him. It will bring in positive
developments with regard to the children of the individual but birth
of children may be delayed. Jatakabharnamsays that the individual
may suffer from some ailment in his ear. Kashyap says that the
individual will be a legal expert. Saturn placed in this house will
fully aspect its own ninth house and will promote the good fortune
of the individual. It will also help make the father of the individual
happy and prosperous. Saturn will project an aspect to the twelfth
house from the ascendant and would cause much expenditure and
frustration for the individual. One of his younger siblings may face
a dangerous situation as Mars is debilitated in this sign, or he may
face humiliation. Horasara says that the individual may be dependent
on others and may be separated from his mother. He will be ill in
his 3rd year. Saturn in Punarvasu may cause ill health among his
younger siblings. His elder sibling may have difficulty in having
children. Saturn in Pushya will be in its own constellation and would
be more inclined to give better results. The individual will face
much worry and unhappiness due to misdemeanor of his colleagues
at work when the planet is placed in the sign between 320' and
640'. He may succeed at competitions when it occupies the sign
274 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
between 1 oo and 1320'. Saturn in Aslesha will also be in congenial
constellation and inclined to do good to the individual. The individual
may take up an assignment relating to telegraph or railways when
the planet occupies the sign between 2320' and 2640'.
In Chart IV-4the individual got married (a) in the major-period
of Venus. It is the owner of the ascendant and occupies Cancer,
the owner of which has gone to the seventh house from the
ascendant. The Moon is with karaka Jupiter and Venus owns the
seventh house from the karaka. (b) She was married in her 40th
year. This year is ruled by Saturn. Saturn occupies Poorva
Bhadrapada constellation of Jupiter. It is the karaka for marriage in
a female chart and it occupies the seventh house from the
ascendant. The seventh house from the karaka is the ascendant.
Mercury and Saturn are in sambandha in the navarnsha chart and
Mercury and Venus are associated in the birth chart. Hence Saturn
is related to the ascendant. It is also therefore related to the seventh
house from the karaka and is competent to get the individual
married.
RAHU in Cancer in the third house would cause worry,
unhappiness and trouble to the younger siblings of the individual
according to Sarvarth Chintamani. It will create obstacles in the
success of efforts of the individual. It may disturb horne life of the
individual and may make him change his place of residence. It
could also engender unhappiness in the mind of the mother of the
individual. The individual may go abroad in his 7th year. Rahu in
Punarvasu would be in an inimical constellation and may take away
happiness of the individual. It would however be good for the
prosperity of the younger siblings of individual. He may expect
much gain. Rahu in Pushya would be in a friendly constellation. It
would be a good factor for journey abroad. It would also be good
for the general prosperity of the individual. Some loss of property
of the individual through riots is possible if Rahu is placed in the
sign between 320' and 640'. Rahu in Aslesha would be in a friendly
constellation. The individual may turn rich during this period. A
serious threat to the stability of the marriage of a younger sibling
of the spouse of the individual would arise in the period of Rahu.
KETU in Cancer would be in a friendly sign. Since Ketu promotes
pilgrimages, the individual would travel considerably during the
period of Ketu in Cancer. This position of Ketu is good for devotional
The Third House 275
religious practices. According to Sarvarth Chintamani Ketu in its
period placed in the third house in Cancer would give much
happiness but the individual will remain mentally ill at ease. It
further says that he will hate his brothers. Sarvarth Chintamani is
of the view that during the sub-period of a naturally beneficial
planet in the major-period of Ketu placed in the third house the
individual will gain through the government and respects from his
relatives; but during the sub-period of a naturally malefic planet
the individual will cause trouble to others and may promote
insubordination. Ketu in Punarvasu will be good for gains and
success; in Pushya it will tend to cause separations and trouble;
and, in Aslesha it may seriously dislocate the studies of the individual.
Leo: This is a fixed sign and when it occupies the third house
of journeys it disinclines the individual to travel. Mansagari says
that the individual will be courageous, arrogant and frank in his
speech. He will be self-assured. His younger siblings will be candid,
magnanimous and open. They may be of dominant nature. The
individual would have a younger sibling in the period of the Sun
when it occupies Gemini. According to Vriddhayavan Jataka of
Minaraja the individual may have a fiery temper and he may get
excited quickly. The father of the individual may not get along with
his partners and when the Sun is placed in Cancer there may even
be disputes and litigation between them. The Sun in Pisces indicates
that the individual may attain authority and power through his
own efforts. The father-in-law of the individual may hold a high
position when the Sun is in Pisces.
Mar
Mon
Ket
Lagna Chart IV-5
Rah
Jup
Sun
Ven
Mer
276
Rah
Mar
Jup
Ven
Planet
Sun
Moon
Mars
Mere
Jupiter
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mon
Sun
Mer Sat
Longitude
4s026'20"
10s2115'34"
ls33'46"
4s254'50"
351719'40"
Navamsha
Ket
Owner/C Planet
Ketu Venus
Jupiter Saturn
Sun Rahu
Venus Ketu
Mercury Ascdt
Longitude Owner/C
452726'9" R Sun
2515'45" Mars
352252'9" Mercury
9s2252'9" Moon
252227'26"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in Leo would be strong as it would be in its own sign
in the house. The younger siblings of the individual would be bold
and dominating. There would not be much travelling in life. It is
however not good for the general welfare of the father or for
ensuring a good destiny for the individual. Journeys abroad during
the period of the Sun may also not be happy. The younger siblings
may be dignified and happy but if the Sun has adverse effect they
may be domineering and pompous. The maternal uncle of the
individual may hold a position of authority. The spouse of the
individual may be fortunate and her father may have strong
influence on her. Jatakabharnam says that the individual may have
only very limited number of younger siblings. Horasara says that
such an individual will be wealthy and powerful during the period
of the Sun. There may be tension.with the spouse or partner in his
5ih year. Abdur Rahim Khankhana in Khet Kautukam states that
the individual will not have any younger sibling. Garga supports
I
j
I
j
The Third House 277
this. The Sun in contact with.the Moon may incline the individual
to like his relatives and members of family. The Sun in contact with
Mars may cause injuries to him and his younger siblings may be of
disputatious nature. The Sun in contact with Mercury may allow
the individual to excel in intellectual pursuits. Garga says that the
individual may be dear to people. The spouse of the individual will
rise high lo her profession when the Sun is in contact with Jupiter.
The Sun in Magha would be inclined to give noticeably favourable
results since it would be in a congenial constellation. The Sun will
give more prominent results of its location in the third house. Placed
in the sign between oo and 320'the Sun would put married life of
the eldest child of the individual in some trouble as the spouse
would be dominating and uncompromising. It would also indicate
much suocess to the individual in money matters. The Sun in Poorva
Phalguni may not be very beneficial. It would be in an incompatible
constellation. This is a social and carefree constellation. The Sun
would 1ose its drive here. It may cause separation from the son.
The Sun in Uttar Phalguni would be in its own constellation and
therefore even stronger in the sign. He will be happily married and
very caring of his spouse. The latter would be religious and very
fortunate.
The MOON in Leo would incline the individual to have interest
in forests and wild life. This may also incline the individual to trek
in the' woods and mountains. It would also enrich the younger
siblings of the individual but they will be magnanimous and spend
their wealth freely. According to Sarvarth Chintamanithe individual
will be firm minded. During the sub-periods of naturally beneficial
planets in the major-period of the Moon the individual according to
Sarvarth Chintamaniwill get favour from the government. The
younger siblings of the individual may leave their place of birth.
The individual may live close to a water body. He will be of strong
will and very solicitous of the welfare of his kin. He will be punished
by the government in his 24th year by fine. Bhrigu supports the
statement relating to punishment. The Moon in contact with Mars
may give a fiery temper. The Moon in contact with Mercury may
make the individual fickle minded and timid. He will like to be with
his relatives and friends. The Moon in contact with Jupiter will give
self earned wealth. The Moon in contact with Saturn will make him
solicitous of the welfare of his family and he will be close to his
father. The Moon in Magha would develop some interest in
278 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
spiritualism in the individual and when the Moon occupies the sign
between 320' and 640' this inclination would be much invigorated.
The Moon in Poorva Phalguni would develop interest in fine arts
and inculcate serious engagement of the individual in advertising
and television. This also gives aptitude for water sports. The Moon
in Uttar Phalguni should give pronounced general results stated
above. It may produce an excessive interest in the opposite sex.
MARS in Leo is likely to cause tension in relations of the
individual with his neighbours or younger siblings. The elder and
younger siblings of the individual will be close to each other. The
younger siblings will be energetic and successful. The individual
too would be considered bold and efficient. He may face strong
competition in his work but according to Mansagarihe will be very
hard working. The individual will face obstruction in his enterprises
and long journeys could be difficult for him. Mars in Leo may cause
some problem in the career of the individual and though he may
face dissensions at work place, he will have a successful career.
The presence of Mars in Leo may deny younger siblings to the
individual according to Jatakabhamam. However, if the younger
siblings are present they may acquire property during the period
of Mars. Hastiness or rashness may cause accident on a journey.
Mars here represents the railways. The individual may work for the
railways. He may meet with an accident in his 30th year. Satya
Jatakam says that the younger siblings of the individual may turn
inimical to him in the period of Mars. Mars in contact with the
Moon may give wealth through the efforts of the individual. Mars
in contact with Mercury is the surest sign of trouble and injury
during journeys. Mars in contact with Jupiter may cause tension
with the superior in office or with spouse. Mars in contact with
Venus may cause injury to the child. Mars in Magha may incline
the individual to dabble with astral entities for minor occult powers.
The individual will be successful in his efforts when Mars occupies
the sign between oo and 320'. His father may build a good house
when Mars occupies the sign between 320' and 640'. The
individual may develop keen interest in cars when Mars occupies
1 Poorva Phalguni. He may also be partial to the company of members
of well groomed opposite sex. The wife of the individual according
to Bhrigu Sutram may be of suspect moral character. He may be an
interior decorator when Mars occupies the sign between 1640'
and 20. Mars placed in the sign between 20 and 2320' will
The Third House . 279
impart a romantic and passionate nature to the individual. Mars in
Uttar Phalguni will give better general results stated above.
MERCURY in the third house would induce the individual to
take up authoring books. He will be bright intellectually and may
take up a career in government media. If the chart has a strong
Sun the individual according to Bhrigu Sutram would gain wealth
early in life otherwise according to Horasara Mercury will cause
loss of wealth in its period . The owner of the fourth house is
placed in the third causing the individual, according to Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra, to be virtuous and vigorous. It will promote
the fortune of the individual and he will turn to religion. There may
be tension in the marriage of the individual in his 34th year due to
his bad temper. Mercury in contact with Jupiter will promote the
career of the individual. He may move into accommodation provided
by his office. He may get a position through an election or public
support. He may live at a distant place when Mercury is in contact
with Saturn. Mercury in Magha would incline the individual to study
metaphysics. He may write copiously when Mercury occupies the
sign between 640' and 10. Mercury in Poorva Phalguni would
produce a singer of no mean calibre. The education of the younger
siblings will be badly affected when Mercury occupies the sign
between 2320' and 2640'. Mercury in Uttar Phalguni would give
the general results stated above but when the planet occupies the
sign between 2640' and 30 the individual may pursue a business
career in published material.
JUPITER in Leo would produce a competent person who would
be an effective manager. He may write on management. The
individual may get married through an advertisement in the press
and he will have a good married life. It is possible that he marries
within his known circle of neighbours or colleagues. His younger
siblings will lead a good life and will be prosperous. One of the
sons of the elder sibling of the individual will be tall and big built.
Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja supports this statement. He will be
generous but enterprising. The individual will have eminent relatives
according to Saravali. The individual may join a religious
organization. According to Horasarathis result may come about in
the period of Jupiter, The elder siblings of the individual will be
lucky. He has to be careful of persons at high positions in the
corporate world as they may not be well disposed to him. The
individual may leave home in his 16th year. He will earn well from
280 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
his profession in his 54th year. Jupiter in contact with Saturn shows
that the individual will be fortunate after marriage. Jupiter in contact
with Rahu shows that the individual meets with strangers in his.
journeys who may help him in his profession. Jupiter in Magha
would produce a person deeply interested in religion and
metaphysics. Jupiter in the sign between 10and 1320' may give
much wealth. Jupiter in Poorva Phalguni would be indicative of a
person deeply interested in fine arts. The individual will have good
children who may afford much happiness to him. He will be very
generous and would be willing to spend on any worthwhile cause.
Jupiter in Uttar Phalguni would tend to give results similar to the
general results stated above. The spouse of the individual will be
very close to his younger siblings. Children would be born to his
younger siblings during the period of Jupiter.
VENUS in Leo would not be considered happily placed since
Leo is not a friendly sign to it. Still, being a naturally beneficial
planet it would help promote the affairs of the house. The individual
will have talent for music and arts. His younger siblings will be
good looking, fair and happy but they may not be very close to the
individual. According to Bhrigu Sutram there could even be quarrels
with them. Garga says that the individual will have sisters. He will
live in a luxurious neighbourhood. The younger siblings may change
their place of residence during the period of Venus. They will gain
from businesses relating to entertainment and luxury items. The
eldest child of the individual will be very close to the father of the
individual. The aspect of Venus to the ninth house will be beneficial
as it will be to a friendly sign. According to Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvajathe individual will be happy with his financial status.
Venus in Magha helps the individual get benefits through women.
He will be moderately successful. Venus in contact with Saturn
may cause trouble related to the younger siblings or death of one
of them. When placed in the sign between 640 ' and 10 the
individual may have romantic nature and several liaisons. Venus in
Poorva Phalguni would give results similar to the ones given above
as general results but it will cause changes in the residence of the
individual when Venus occupies the sign between 1640' and 20.
A younger sibling may also develop some trouble in his throat. It
will give success to the children of the individual when it occupies
the sign between 20 and 2320'. Venus placed in the sign between
2320' and 2640' could cause a vehicular accident for the younger
The Third House 281
siblings. Venus in Uttar Phalguni will again give results akin to the
general results stated above but here it would cause the marriage
of the individual to arise out of a love affair.
(a) Venus is in the third house in Leo in the Chart IV-5 above.
The individual had a prostate cancer diagnosis during the major-
period of Venus in October 2003 and he underwent an operation
for it in December 2003 in the same major-period. The sambandha
with Mars and the aspect of Saturn on Venus are strong indicators
for this event. Saturn is the owner of the eighth house from Rahu
which shows incurable or recalcitrant disease. Further, Rahu is in a
constellation of Mercury that associates with Venus in the chart.
(b) This event happened when the individual was in his 61 st year
ruled by Venus. We have already examined Venus.
SATURN in the third house would be troublesome since it would
be in an inimical sign. Depending on the position of the Sun, the
adverse results may change in intensity. Saturn would project an
aspect to the ninth house. Since this is its own sign Saturn would
give results of the ninth house. Saturn in the sign of an inimical
planet will not be able to give good results with respect to the
ninth though it would be projecting an aspect to it. This is not a
good position for the individual as his fortune may suffer a setback.
He will have trouble from his servants and neighbours. His younger
siblings will also not have an easy life. BhriguSutramgoes further
and predicts loss of younger siblings or very unfriendly relations
with them. According to Sarvarth Chintamanithe loss of sibling will
take place in the sub-period of a naturally malefic planet. This
Saturn will be favourable for the children of the individual but their
number will be restricted. The individual will be careful with his
money and will spend on right causes. Saravali says that the
individual may be interested in reading and writing. The individual
may have misunderstanding with his relatives according to Horasara
in the period of Saturn. Saturn in Magha will only cause further
trouble as Saturn would be placed in an inimical constellation. The
individual will move to another neighbourhood when Saturn occupies
the sign between 1 oo and 1320'. Saturn in Poorva Phalguni would
be much better. Saturn occupying the sign between 2320' and
2640' may cause ailments in the right ear or right arm. Saturn in
Uttar Phalguni would give results similar to the general results
stated above. It will not be good for the marriage or business of
the individual. He will face separation or losses.
282 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
RAHU in Leo would again be in an inimical sign. We cannot
expect a happy set of younger siblings who are friendly to the
individual. He will have secretive and unhelpful neighbours. He will
however be bold and tenacious. He may face unresolved and
recalcitrant trouble at work. This position of Rahu is not good for
peace and domestic harmony of the individual. Sarvarth Chintamani
states that the individual will get favours from the government
during the sub-periods of naturally malefic planets in the major-
period of Rahu. Rahu in Magha will not be considered well placed.
It may take his younger siblings abroad when it occupies the sign
between oo and 320'. It will also be favourable to the individual in
this position. Rahu in Poorva Phalguni would be considered better
placed. It may influence the individual to change his residence.
However, this inclines the individual to take to fraudulent ways
when it occupies the sign between 2320' and 2640'. Rahu in
Uttar Phalguni would give results similar to the general results
stated above. It may also disturb the individual's marriage.
KETU will be placed in a friendly sign in Leo. It may generate
interest in the occult in his younger siblings but the relations of the
individual with them may not be cordial. The spouse of the individual
may have interest in spiritualism. Mansagari is of the view that
Ketu in this location will increase the valour and majesty of the
individual. According to Sarvarth Chintamanithe individual will get
good results in the major-period of Ketu. The sub-periods of naturally
beneficial planets would cause good results and those of naturally
malefic planets adverse. The individual may undertake study of
philosophy. Ketu in Magha would give results similar to those stated
above. Ketu in Poorva Phalguni may create a streak of devotion in
the individual and when it occupies the sign between 2320' and
2640' it may help the individual to succeed at competitions. Ketu
in Uttar Phalguni may cause results of the general kind stated
above.
Virgo: The younger siblings of the individual will be reserved
and critical of everything. They may be engaged in intellectual
professions. One of them may have an overweight spouse. They
may have limited number of children. They may be good looking
and their incomes may fluctuate. The ascendant will be Cancer
therefore Mercury will own the twelfth and the third house from it.
The younger siblings of the individual may stay at places different
The Third House
283
from the plaoe of residence of the individual. Mansagarisays that
the individual will be an avid reader and he may earn with the help
of his friends. He may live among good neighbours.
Following is the chart of Otto von Bismarck, who was Chanoellor
of Germany from 1871 to 1890. He is credited to have unified
Germany and in this regard his contribution to Germany is very
much akin to that of Sardar Patel in India. These achievements
took plaoe while the major-period of Jupiter in his chart was going
on. Jupiter is in Virgo in the third house from the ascendant.
Sun Ven
Mer
Mar
sat
Ket
Mon
Mar
Rah
Sun
Jup
Mer
Lagna Chart IV-6
Sat
Ven
Ket
Mon
Otto von Bismarck, 01 April 1815, 1330 hours, Schonhausen,
Germany, 52N36', 1 2 E 2 ~ 00:48:08 hour ahead of Greenwich.
He was Chancellor of Germany in the major-period of Jupiter.
284 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 11s1938'50 Mercury Venus Os1244'31" Ketu
Moon 8sl736'7" Venus Saturn 951857'29" Moon
Mars 95944'36" Sun Rahu 2s1655'59" Rahu
Mere 10s2538'50" Jupiter Ketu 8s1655'59" Venus
Jupiter 5sl318'36" R Moon
Ascdt
352816'43"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in the third house in Virgo make the individual
fortunate. He will be good at music according to Mansagari. He will
be very learned according to Saravali. His younger siblings may
find some difficulties in their daily affairs during the major-period
of the Sun. The eldest child of the elder sibling of the individual
may be associated with the affairs of a place of worship. The-spouse
of the individual may face trouble during journey abroad and her
father may not be well off in life. She may not be called a fortunate
person. The individual may have a stroke of luck in his 23'1' year.
The Sun in contact with the Moon may make the individual a
sculptor. The individual may be self made person who would attain
a high status when Mars is in contact with the Sun. The younger
siblings of the individual"may suffer losses through their maternal
uncle when Jupiter is in contact with the Sun. The individual may
turn rich. The individual may spend over vehicles when the Sun in
contact with Venus. The father-in-law of the individual may remain
sick when the Sun is in contact with Saturn. The Sun in Uttar
Phalguni constellation should give the general results stated above.
Placed in the sign between oo and 320'the Sun would disturb the
marriage of the individual. It would frustrate the efforts of the
individual and cause financial uncertainty for him when it occupies
the sign between 320' and 640', but it would give very good
results when it is placed between 640' and 1 oo. The individual is
likely to have successful ventures and much wealth. The Sun in
Hasta will involve the individual closely in the affairs of his younger
siblings or neighbours. The relations between the two ought to be
cordial. He will have many relatives who would form a dose knit
family. The individual will also look after his father well and will be
very affectionate towards the younger siblings of his wlfe. He will
be a well known intellectual. The individual will earn well through
his profession when the Sun occupies the sign between 1 oo and
The Third House 285
- HI 11-
1320'. He should be wealthy when it occupies the sign between
1320' and 1640'. He may have to stay away from his family
when the Sun is placed in the sign between 1640' and 20. The
Sun in Chitra will be placed in a friendly constellation. It may cause
some imbalance in his relations with his younger siblings. He will
be bold and energetic. He will be considered an efficient person at
his profession and may hold a high position in the organization. His
children too may be successful in life. His eldest child may take up
a career in mechanical computation or robotics.
The individual will be shy but good at music or dance when
the MOON is in Virgo. He may also be knowledgeable and fond of
reading. He will be inclined to intellectual pursuits and religion. He
may speak well. It seems that the individual will travel substantially.
He may live in a cordial neighbourhood and he may be happy with
his younger siblings. Jatakabharnam says that the individual will
be fortunate. His father would do well in life and will be fond of the
individual. The Moon in Uttar Phalguni would see the individual
working hard for his family and wealth. He may face a dangerous
situation when the Moon occupies the sign between 320' and
640'. The individual may gain well from his profession in his 24th
year. He may be interested in sports when the Moon is in contact
with Mars. He would write when the Moon is in contact with Mercury.
He may go abroad when the Moon is in contact with Jupiter. He
may be a successful singer when the Moon is in contact with Venus.
He may be a source of trouble for his younger siblings in case the
Moon is in contact with Saturn. The Moon in Uttar Phalguni may
produce a person who gives discourses on religious topics. The
Moon will give results similar to those stated above when it occupies
Hasta. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam says that an individual with
the Moon in Hasta would be excitable and given to heavy drinking.
The individual may be separated from his younger siblings when
the Moon is placed in the sign between 1640' and 20. The Moon
in Chitra would develop interest in the individual in mathematics or
engineering. He may not be free of worry regarding his children.
He will be a hard working and intelligent person who may yet not
do too well at his career,
MARS will be in an uncongenial sign when it occupies Virgo.
The individual may have trouble from servants or relatives and he
may find much hostility against him among his neighbours. There
286 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
will be trouble from the younger siblings. Since it is a yogakaraka
planet for Cancer ascendant it will lose its beneficence as a result
to some extent. It will be inclined to cause much harm to the
younger siblings of the individual and one of them may face a
severe accident on a short journey. Varahmihir thinks that the
individual may be a body builder and a wrestler. Saravali says that
the individual may tell lies. He may succeed at his profession through
backbiting and falsehood. The father of the individual may gain
financially when Mars occupies the third house in Virgo. It may
disturb the marriage of the mother of the individual and her finances.
The maternal uncle of the individual may face a crisis in his career.
There will be some worry regarding children to the individual. The
individual may lose property and his mental equipoise. However,
Yavanjataka ofSphujidhvaja saysthatthe individual will have many
skills. He may face a crisis in his marriage in his 28th year. Mars in
contact with Jupiter may cause injury to a younger sibling. The
children of the individual may not do well in life. He may have a
strong libido and desire to have relations with several women when
Mars is in contact with Venus. Mars in contact with Saturn will be
dangerous for the physical well being of the younger siblings of
the individual. Mars in Uttar Phalguni would be in a friendly
constellation and it may help the individual earn wealth through
his career. His eldest child may look after his family. Placed between
oo and 320' in the sign Mars may create tension in his marriage
owing to his rough speech and behaviour. Mars in Hasta could
generate interest in mathematics but also a bad temper. When it
occupies the sign between 1640' and 20 the younger siblings
may experience frustrating situations and losses. Mars in Chitra
will give results similar to the general results stated above,
MERCURY will be exalted in Virgo and should be instrumental
in making a good writer and speaker out of the individual. He may
write on spiritual and metaphysical topics. He may excel in
advertising and communications. This is supported by Yavanjataka
of Sphujidhvaja. However, he may not be interested in or be good
at music since Venus is debilitated in this sign. Bhrigu Sutram says
that the individual may be wealthy. According to Brihat Parashar
Hora Shastrathe individual will be cheerful and happy. His younger
siblings will prosper at a place away from the place of their birth.
He may have more sisters than brothers. The younger siblings but
The Third House 287
not the individual will prosper in business if Jupiter is well placed
and strong in the chart. The eldest sibling of the individual will
have many daughters but he will be happy with his children.
However, the father of the individual may not be happy and
contented while the period of Mercury is current. Mercury in Uttar
Phalguni may give eloquence. Mercury in Hasta will make the
individual fond of travelling and he may author books on his
journeys. Travelling may be his profession if Mercury occupies the
sign between 10and 1320'. His books will be marked by humour
and imagination. Mercury in Chitra will refrain from giving as good
results as in the other two constellations as it would be in an inimical
one. The individual may be a mathematician, printer or a
railwayman.
JUPITER will not be plaoed happily in this sign as it is not
friendly with Mercury but it would develop interest in the individual
in financial and accounting matters. The individual will live in the
company of litterateurs and scholars. His married life may not be
very pleasant since Venus, the karaka for wife in a male chart is
debilitated in this sign and Jupiter projects an aspect to its sign of
debilitation in the seventh house. Jupiter will predominantly give
results of the ninth house from the ascendant. The individual will
be fortunate and his father will lead a happy and contented life.
The individual will cause trouble to his rivals according to Mansagari.
The younger siblings of the individual will face some trouble in
their education and professions. Bhrigu Sutram however predicts
prosperity to the younger siblings. The elder siblings of the individual
may be prone to be overweight. They will however have intellectually
inclined children some of whom may successfully take up research
projects. The individual may not have cordial relations with his
elder siblings sinoe Venus, the owner of the eleventh house from
the ascendant, is debilitated in this sign. The individual is likely to
earn well in his 53rd year. Jupiter in contact with Venus may sour
the family life. In contact with Saturn it may generate trouble for
the father-in-law of the individual. Jupiter in Uttar Phalguni will be
in a friendly sign and much inclined to give wealth. The individual
will have pets in his family, Jupiter in Hasta may confer status in
society and some responsibility. Jupiter in Chitra again would be in
a friendly constellation and inclined to promote the profession of
the individual. Elder siblings of the individual will do well in life.
288 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
In Chart IV-6 Jupiter is placed in Virgo in the third house in
Hast constellation of the Moon. During the major-period of Jupiter,
which started in November 1869 Bismarck became the Chancellor
of Germany and remained in power for nineteen years.
VENUS in Virgo is debilitated. The individual may have interest
in music and dance but not much proficiency. According to Varah
Mihir in Brihajjatakam the individual may be miserly. The younger
siblings of the individual may be good looking. The individual may
face trouble over his vehicles. His ventures may take much effort
and time to reach successful completion. He may be inclined to
religion. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja says that the individual
would be born in humble circumstances. His elder sibling may be
of a romantic nature that may cause embarrassment to them all.
Venus may confer some wealth on his younger siblings. The eldest
child of the individual would face trouble if he shifts to a place
away from his place of birth. He may also keep indifferent health.
The father of the individual may not be of a good moral character
and might have had liaisons with more than one woman.
Sukracharya states that Venus in contact with Saturn will cause
much trouble for the younger siblings and even the marriage of
the individual will be jeopardised. The finances of the individual
will remain unsatisfactory in his 26th and 27th years. The quality of
the effects of Venus should improve if it is in Uttar Phalguni
constellation. Venus in the sign between oa and 320' would ruin
marriage of a male individual. The individual may have weakness
for sexual experiences of various kinds. Venus in Hasta may give
poetic abilities to the individual. He may be romantic in nature and
may move from one relationship to the next when Venus occupies
the sign between 1640' and 20. Venus in Chitra sometimes leads
to destruction of wealth of the individual through women.
SATURN in Virgo is in a friendly sign. Still, it would cool off
relations of the individual with his younger siblings. The siblings
may not remain healthy. The individual will live in a neighbourhood
where his neighbours would keep to themselves. The presence of
Saturn in this house would cause trouble to the individual with
respect to his children. He may face sorrow on their account. Such
individuals face obstacle in the unfolding of their good fortune.
Mansagarisays that the individual may not be successful in life.
Bhattanarayan in Chamatkar Chintamani supports this statement.
The Third House 289
Jatakashiromanist.ates that the individual will be good at writing.
The individual may face threat to life in his 2nd year. The period of
Saturn would bring much prosperity to the elder sibling of the
individual. The spouse of the individual will be highly religious and
philosophical. The marriage of one of the younger siblings of the
spouse of the individual may fai I. Saturn in contact with Rahu shows
younger siblings given to sinful ways. Saturn in Uttar Phalguni would
tend to give adverse results with regard to marriage, health and
fortune of the individual. Saturn in Hasta may be better than other
locations inasmuch as it may allow some wealth to the individual
and some mental peace. Plaoed between 1320' and 1640' it may
grant suooess and good income to the individual. Saturn in Chitra
may cause difficulties in matters relating to children of the individual
and his profession.
RAHU will be taken as well placed in Virgo in the third house
and is expected to give good results here. Sarvarth Chintamani
states that the individual will get wealth, authority and happiness
in its period. Mansagarisupports this statement. Unfortunately it
also creates a tendency to be secretive and opaque in dealings in
the individual. The individual will be courageous but he may keep
to himself and may not be well acquainted with his neighbours. He
may try joining the film industry. He wilt have an overpowering
ambition to gain power and authority. The urge to power may turn
him into a ruthless character. This location may involve his spouse
in several journeys abroad. The spouse may not have much interest
in religion. The younger sibling of the spouse may marry outside
the community or even a foreigner. The elder brother of the
individual may be a tactful person. The individual may face calumny
in his 44th year .. Rahu in Uttar Phalguni will not be good for the
status and authority of the individual. There may be reduction in
the status and the father of the individual may remain disturbed
during the period of Rahu. The father of the individual may face
difficulties and poor health when Rahu occupies the sign between
320' and 640'. Rahu in Hasta will create apprehension of the
unknown. In sub-periods of naturally malefic planets in the major-
period of Rahu the individual may suffer from poor health. Rahu in
290 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Chitra would not be favourable for the profession of the individual.
There may be disagreements with younger brother. The father of
the individual or the younger siblings of the spouse may face
setbacks in their businesses. The eldest child of the individual may
find success eluding him.
KETU in the third house will not be favourable for the younger
siblings of the individual or for good relations of the individual with
them. Phaldeepika states that there may be loss of a younger
sibling. The individual may find difficulty in expressing himself
through various media. Yet, he may have interest in religion and
his father may do well in life. Ketu will also promote the fortune of
the individual. He will not be popular amongst his relatives and
according to Mansagari he may not have a large circle of friends.
The younger siblings of the individual may face some trouble from
astral beings or black magic. A younger sibling may have congenital
birth defect. Ketu in Uttar Phalguni would create speech handicap
in the individual. Placed between oo and 320' in the sign it would
create major hindrances in the affairs of the spouse of the individual.
Ketu in Hasta may generate intellectual handicaps in the individual.
Ketu in Chitra could cause trouble in the career of the individual
but his children may gain in its period.
Libra: Venus owns this house alongwith the tenth house from
the ascendant. The individual will be self reliant and he will earn
wealth through his own efforts. He will act boldly and his relatives
will help him in his endeavours. He may be in advertising, fine arts
or the television field. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states that
the individual may befriend persons with luxurious life style.
Mansagarisays that the individual will meet with scoundrels and
he will be a prolific speaker. His father will earn wealth through his
business. His elder sibling may be separated from one of his
daughters. His spouse will be lucky in property and academic
matters. His eldest child may succeed at competitions. His younger
siblings may find life full of obstacles but as Saturn is exalted here
they will be long lived. They will also be good looking and fond of
a good life. They may not be very close to the individual.
The Third House
Jup
Sat
Ket
Ven
Man
Jup
Mar
Rah
Sun
Ven
Mon
Ket
Sun
291
Lagna Chart IV-7
Navamsha
Mer
He got married in his 26th year when Venus was operating.
Male, 19th October 1963, 0255 hours, 28N39', 77El3', 0530
hours East of Greenwich.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 651 25'40" Mars Venus
651437'53" Rahu
Moon 651621'59" Rahu Saturn
95236'29"R Moon
Mars 75146'32" Jupiter Rahu 252119'55" Jupiter
Mere 551948'12" Moon Ketu
8521 o 19'55" Venus
Jupiter 1151942'26', Mercury Ascdt 451448'8"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
292 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
The SUN will be debilitated in this sign. It will strain the relations
of the individual with his younger siblings and he may not be happy
in the neighbourhood where he lives. However, he will be fortunate
and his father will be a dominant personality. He will also be religious.
According to Jatakashiromanithe Sun in Libra would make the
individual undertake many journeys. This is not a good position for
the physical well being of the individual. He may not keep good
health if Saturn is involved with Sun in this position. Kashyap says
that he will be a person of bad conduct. Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra suggests two marriages for the individual. This implies
that the individual will either lose a wife or he will be unhappy with
the first one. The Sun would project an aspect to the sign of its
exaltation in the ninth house and would therefore promote the
fortune of the individual and other matters relating to the house.
There could be damage to the house of the individual by fire in his
22nd year. Separation from the younger siblings can be foretold if
the Sun is in contact with the Moon. The individual may leave
home when the Sun is in contact with Mars. He may gain through
his efforts when the Sun is in contact with Mercury. Even a weak
Sun would prove beneficial to the children of the individual when it
is in contact with Jupiter. We may not say the same for his younger
siblings though. The Sun may disturb marriage of the individual
when it is in contact with Venus. The maternal uncle of the individual
will face serious setback in his profession. The individual may suffer
from physical trouble in his shoulder or upper chest when the Sun
is in contact with Saturn. The Sun in contact with Rahu here would
lose all good that it is capable of giving. The individual will attract
beautiful women and his name will suffer due to his illicit relations
with them. He may also not keep good health. the Sun in contact
with Ketu would give rise to trouble during short journeys. The
Sun in Chitra would be taken to be in a friendly constellation. It
may cause sale or loss of property. The Sun in Swati would be
inclined to give adverse results relating to the health and well being
of the individual. The individual may travel abroad during the period
of the Sun. It may cause worry to the individual regarding his
children when it occupies the sign between 640' and 10. It is not
good for the physical well being of the individual when it occupies
the sign between 10 and 1320'. The Sun will give much better
results when it occupies Vishakha constellation. The individual will
The Third House 293
be persistent and would succeed through his efforts. It will be
particularly good when it occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'.
The MOON in Libra would develop interest in the individual in
painting, sculpture, music, dance, theatre, architecture, photography
and printmaking. He may also dabble in poetry according to
Mansagari. A waxing Moon would help the individual find his fortune
at a place at short distance from the place of his birth. He will
travel much. He will mostly have younger sisters and will be happy
with them. The individual will be inclined to have many female
friends. Jatakaparijatsays that the individual will be liked by his
friends. This position of the Moon could engender excessive
involvement in sex. The individual may come by wealth in his 59th
year. The Moon in contact with Mercury may make the individual a
singer. The Moon in contact with Saturn may cause a divorce through
the efforts of the individual. The Moon in Chitra would be helped to
give its favourable results as Mars is a favourable planet for Leo
ascendant. The individual may change his residence for a better
one. He may go on a long journey. The Moon in Swati, a constellation
of Rahu, would not be considered well placed. Its effect would be
dependent on the location of Rahu in the chart. When the Moon
occupies the sign between 1320' and 1640' it may cause
separation or unhappiness in marriage. The Moon in Vishakha would
make the individual happy and an optimist. The individual will be
ambitious and he may succeed in his efforts in life.
MARS in Libra would make the individual fortunate. He may
do well if he dealt in properly. He will succeed at it. He may not be
courageous and powerful according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam.
He may be successful at competitions. Mars would promote the
physical well being of his father. The individual may take up work
of interior decoration or he may be an architect. According to Hora
Anubhava Darpana Mars will not promote the career of the
individual. Jatakabharnamsays thatthe individual may notbe happy
with his younger siblings. The period of Mars could be dangerous
for a younger sibling. It may cause injury to the children of his
elder sibling. His spouse will be successful at her career through
her efforts. His father or the younger sibling of his spouse may
face a dangerous situation arising out of a partnership. His eldest
child may find his income diminishing and expenses rising in the
period of Mars. The individual may face a divorce in his 28th year.
294 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Mars in contact with Mercury may involve the individual in publication
of a cinema or TV magazine. The spouse of the individual may get
a job in the period of Mars which she may not like if Mars is in
contact with Saturn. The individual may try to forge ahead in life
through politics if Rahu is in contact with Mars. The individual may
be interested in spiritualism if Mars is in contact with Ketu. Mars in
Chitra should give good general results stated above. Mars in Swati
may create an excessive lust for the opposite sex. Placed between
1 oo and 1320' the individual may be manipulative and unreliable,
Still, he will have interest in spiritual matters. Mars in Vishakha will
help the children of the concerned person to acquire property.
MERCURY will be in a friendly sign in the third house and
would produce a fine author or singer, an able actor or a person
who succeeds at the small or big screen. Jatakabharnam says that
the individual will be a liar. The period of Mercury may see the
individual facing minor obstacles and delays in his affairs. According
to Horasara the individual will take up trading or marketing in this
period. This activity may not be very successful and he may not be
much inclined to continue with it. Since Mercury would own the
second and eleventh houses from the ascendant it would be capable
of conferring much wealth on the individual in its period provided
it has the support of Jupiter in this endeavour. The younger siblings
of the individual will be social and they will revel in intellectual
pursuits. The 35* year of the individual will be successful and
prosperous. Mercury in contact with Jupiter will give wealth to the
individual. His children will also be successful in life. Mercury in
contact with Saturn will make the individual taciturn. He will not
like to meet others. Mercury in the constellation of Chitra may be
good for wealth though it would be occupying an inimical
constellation as Mars owns the ninth house and it is a yogakaraka
planet for the chart. Wealth may appear in the form of property
when Mercury occupies the sign between 320' and 6c40'. Mercury
in Swati may turn the individual manipulative and he may speak in
riddles. When it is placed in the sign between 1 oo and 1320' the
individual may earn his wealth through fraud and manipulation.
Mercury in Vishakha shows that the individual would be a sober
and serious person who would speak with knowledge and gravity.
There may be birth of children during the period of Mercury. His
wealth would come through speaking or intellectual assignments.
The Third House 295
Mercury in the sign between 2320' and 2640' would confer high
status and turn the individual into an affable person with refinement
and dignity.
JUPITER in Libra may cause some difficulties in the relations
of the individual with his siblings. He may have some reason for
unhappiness with them though they will prosper In life. The younger
siblings may turn overweight. Jupiter is likely to give results
predominantly of the eighth house. It may cause loss of a younger
sibling. Garga supports this statement. His children may have
contact with his younger siblings against their wishes. Jupiter
projecting an aspect to the seventh house from the third may not
be one conducive to good relations with the spouse. Jupiter would
promote the good fortune of the individual and his children will aid
him in his affairs. Jupiter may not assist the individual in life to
attain success and gains. According to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam
the individual may be wealthy but he will be very careful with it. He
may develop skills in communication. He will face setback in his
profession in 56th year. Jupiter in contact with Saturn will cause
illnesses to children of the individual and danger for the younger
siblings. Jupiter in contact with Rahu is likely to give rise to stories
about romantic affiliations of the individual. Jupiter in Chitra should
be better since it is friendly with Mars and the latter is a yogakaraka
planet for the ascendant. It may give some benefit to the indfvidual
in property matters when it occupies the sign between 320' and
640'. Jupiter in Swati would tend to give results relating to its
other sign in the eighth house, The individual may be inclined to
study the unknown and may try to unearth little known facts. Placed
in the sign between 1640' and 20 it may help the individual in
research work. Jupiter in Vishakha would be in its own constellation
and it may give good general results stated above.
VENUS in Libra would be in its mooltrikona sign. Bhavartha
Ratnakar states that Venus will be a beneficial planet for the
individual. The individual may take up embroidery, painting, lapidary,
in general fine arts, music or the screen as his profession. His
younger siblings will be good looking and refined. They Will have. a
comfortable and pleasant life but may develop diabetes or other
urinary ailments. The individual will have happiness through his
younger siblings. Bhaskaracharya in Bhaskar Deep Chandrika states
296 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
that there will be a good number of younger siblings. The individual
will be wealthy but frugal. His father may do well at business in
partnership with a female. However, the period of Venus will not
be good for the father of the individual from the point of view of
his physical well being. The family of the individual may be well
placed in society. His eldest child may be successful and have good
income. The spouse of the individual would live in luxurious style.
She will be fortunate. She will come from a well heeled family.
According to Mansagarithe individual will travel much but the
journeys would be in comfort and will be pleasant. The third house
is one of longevity. Saturn is exalted here. Its strength indicates
good longevity for the individual. A well placed Saturn anywhere in
the chart will give good longevity. Vriddhayavan Jataka ofMinaraja
is also of this view. He will have financial bonanza in his 26th year.
Venus in contact with Saturn may give the individual a very fortunate
spouse. Venus in Chitra could cause inclination to take up interior
decoration or architecture as a profession particularly when Venus
occupies the sign between 320' and 640'. Venus in Swati could
develop waywardness in sexual appetite. The spouse of the
individual could acquire good assets and vehicles easily when Venus
occupies the sign between 640' and 1 oo. Venus in the sign between
10 and 1320' could cause ailments to the younger siblings and
the individual may have some worry on their account. Venus in the
sign between 1640' and 20 may give good patrimony to the
individual. He will be inclined spiritually and may take up practices
to grow in that direction. He however will have to be careful in his
demeanour as he could be prone to baseless allegations of sexual
nature. Venus in Vishakha may give suocess to the individual in his
pursuits stated above,
The individual of Chart IV-7 got married when Venus was the
ruler of the year. It is placed in Aquarius navamsha and is associated
with the Sun,
SATURN in third house would be exalted. It is the owner of
the sixth and seventh houses from the ascendant. It occupies the
seventh house here in the natural zodiac being placed in the seventh
sign Libra. Therefore the status of Saturn would impinge
substantially on the seventh house affairs of the individual, basically
partnership, business and marriage. Saturn here would delay birth
The Third House 297
of children to the individual. He will be discreet but steadfast in his
affections. He may find his affairs getting delayed and meeting
with unexpected obstacles and expenses. Any dealings of his with
foreign locations or partners would also not be concluded smoothly.
On the other hand his spouse would be exceptionally lucky in her
affairs. The younger siblings of the individual may take up agriculture
sucoessfully. The eldest child of the individual is likely to be wealthy.
According to Jatakabharnam the individual will be wealthy and
efficient. He may never have trouble through law agencies. His
maternal family will do very well. Jatakashiromanistates that the
individual will attain a position of authority at the local level. Saturn
in Chitra would be considered placed in an inimical constellation.
He may take up mining as a profession. Saturn in Swati could
delay birth of children when it occupies the sign between 640'
and 10 in the sign. It may work as an agent for causing foreign
journeys to the spouse of the individual when Saturn occupies the
sign between 1320' and 1640'. Saturn in Vishakha may develop
interest in the younger siblings of the individual in religion and
spiritualism.
RAHU in the third house in Libra would be in a friendly sign. It
will impart much patience and courage to the individual but it may
cause some reservations in relations with younger siblings. The
individual will be tactful in his dealings and if he travels abroad he
will find it to be a pleasant experience. He may experience frauds
and deceptions in his dealings in the stock market. Mansagari has
praised this position of Rahu. Rahu in Chitra may not give good
result sinoe it would be inimical to the owner of the constellation
however, it may cause journeys abroad. Rahu in Swati would be in
its own constellation and would tend to give good results. Its location
in the sign between 640' and 10 may not be good for the children
and for dealings in the stock market. Rahu in Vishakha would be in
an inimical constellation. It would be inclined to cause major trouble
to the younger siblings and the individual too may face slander in
its period. Rahu placed in the sign between 2320' and 2640' may
cause a break in career in its period.
KETU in Libra would cause trouble to the younger siblings,
The individual may not have trouble-free relations with them.
298 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Sarvarth Chintamani supports this statement The elder sibling of
the individual may have difficulty with his first child. The spouse of
the individual would be bothered by her father. The individual is
likely to face some unsatisfactory state in his marriage. According
to Vyankatesh Sharma in Sarvarth Chintamanithe individual is likely
to lose his wife. In practice it is seen that there is separation in
marriage during the period of Ketu. This may not be permanent
and may even be inadvertent. Like Rahu it too would impart much
fortitude to the individual. Ketu in Chitra may develop an interest
in the occult. Ketu in Swati could exacerbate its adverse effects
stated above. Placed in the sign between 1 oo and 1320' Ketu
would damage the affairs of the rivals and enemies of the individual.
Ketu in Vishakha would be inclined to help the individual.
Scorpio: Mars owns the third and eighth houses in the chart.
It creates a possibility of the individual meeting with a serious
accident in the course of a short journey or of a self-inflicted injury.
He may not be squeamish about killing. He ought to be wary of
waterbodies since a journey over water may prove dangerous. He
may be interested in occult practices and hidden secrets. He may
meet with setbacks in his endeavours sometimes. His may be a
business family that may be doing well at it. His parents may not
have a cordial marriage and under given circumstances they may
even separate. His younger siblings may be aggressive in nature
and some of them may meet with accidents and suffer injuries.
They would be determined and stubborn persons and would not
care for the feelings of others. The individual may not get along
with them well. The children of the individual may earn much
property. His enemies or rivals may be found in the armed or
uniformed forces. His spouse may come from a family of builders.
She will be wealthy. The state of Mars in the chart would substantially
determine the longevity of the individual. His elder sibling may be
a devotee of Lord Vishnu and he may be a highly placed army
officer. The spouse of the individual is likely to be fortunate in
financial matters. Mansagarisays that the individual may be friendly
with rude and antisocial persons. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja
also has a similar opinion.
The Third House
Sun
Mer
Ket
Ven
Sat Jup
Mer
Ket
Mar
Sun
Lagna Chart IV-8
Rah
Jup
Mar
299
Male, 25tn March 1959, 1930 hours, 15Nll', 76EOO', 0530
hours Ea<it of Greenwich. Suffered heavy losses and faced court
cac;es relating to his profession.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
5un 1151053'15" Saturn Venus Os1222'35"
Ketu
Moon Ss21 14'40" Moon Saturn 8s1322'35" Venus
Mars ls2r59'54" Mars Rahu Ss1946'5" Moon
Mere 11s1739'52''R Mercury Ketu Us 1946'5" Mercury
Jupiter 7s837'56" R Saturn Ascdt
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SU\J in the third house in Scorpio would relate the twelfth
house with the third. It would be in a friendly sign but the presence
300 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
of a fiery planet in a watery sign would not be conducive to
favourable results from the Sun. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra states
that such a person would be selfish and will.not like his siblings.
According to Jatakabharnam the individual may not be on good
terms with his parents. According to Gopala Ratnakarthe younger
siblings of the individual may be miserly. The Sun will not promote
the good fortune of the individual when occupying Scorpio in the
third house. He may be bold. A younger sibling may get injured in
the 22nd year of the individual. The Sun in contact with the Moon
will tend to improve the fortune of the spouse of a younger sibling.
The individual may start living at a new place a short distance
away if Mercury is in contact with the Sun. There may be financial
crunch if Venus is in contact with the Sun. The Sun may cause a
change in residence when it is placed in Vishakha. It is also not
good for the marriage of a female. It will however cause gain of
wealth through known places at short distance. If it is placed in
Anuradha constellation it would act as an agent of loss and
separation. The younger siblings of the individual may leave home
and go elsewhere andJn the extreme there may be loss of a younger
sibling. The Sun would project an aspect to the ninth house and it
would occupy the seventh from the ninth. It may cause separation,
whether temporary or permanent in the marriage of the father or
it may cause losses in his business that he was carrying on in
partnership. This effect would be seen predominantly when the
Sun occupies the sign between 320' and 640'. In the sign between
640' and 1 oo it would cause many short journeys for the individual.
It may cause depletion of financial resources when it occupies the
sign between 1 oo and 1320' in contact with Jupiter in the chart.
The Sun in Jyeshtha may produce an author. The individual may
go away from home and stay in a hostel when the Sun occupies
the sign between 1640' and 20. It may be good for the business
of the maternal uncle of the individual when it occupies the sign
between 2320' and 2640'.
The MOON will be debilitated in the third house. As it is the
owner of the eleventh house from the ascendant its debilitation
would indicate inadequate income. Its aspect to the ninth house
would be on a sign of its exaltation therefore the individual will
make all efforts to improve his lot and he may be successful to
some extent as well. Satyacharya feels that the period of the Moon
The Third House 301
may not be of much success. Jyotish Makarand states that the
individual will be happy and religious. He may suffer from gout
according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra or colic according to
Jyotish Makarand. A child may be born to the elder sister of the
individual in the period of the Moon. The maternal uncle of the
individual may faoe a crisis in his job in this period. The individual
may change his residenoe in his 24th year. The Moon in contact
with Mercury will give sucoess as an author. It may give wealth
when in contact with Venus. The Moon in Vishakha would
predominantly give results relating to the fourth house. The
individual may face unhappiness to some extent on account of his
mother and in the case of a female individual due to her spouse.
The mother of the individual may even pass away. Still we can
expect the individual to be comparatively more sucoessful in life
than other individuals having the Moon in this sign in the third
house. The Moon in Anuradha will be troublesome. The individual
will face trouble due to his younger siblings, in particular his younger
sisters and will not be significantly sucoessful in life. He may have
some ailment in his ears. The individual may have trouble or defect
in his eye if the Moon occupies the sign between 1 oo and 1320'.
He may also get indebted with the Moon in such a position. The
Moon in Jyeshtha will make the individual averse to intellectual
occupations but he may be moderately successful at business when
the Moon occupies the sign between 2640' and 30,
MARS will be plaoed in its own sign in Scorpio. It is the owner
of the eighth house as well. According to Brihat Parashar Hora
Shastra the individual may have some cause of unhappiness with
his younger siblings. It is not conducive to suooess in life while its
major-period operates, nor would it promote the profession of the
individual. He may not have good relations with his father and may
not be religious minded. There may be setbacks and breaks in his
career. This is a violent Mars and it is bound to cause friction with
the younger siblings. Jyotish Makarandstates that the individual
may have some physical trouble caused by an accident. He would
be bold and cruel. Kashyapfeels that the individual will be a judge.
However, the individual would be able to overcome his rivals and
his enemies would be defeated. It would help improve the longevity
of the individual. He will acquire property in his 29th year. Mars in
contact with Venus is not good for the welfare of the father of the
302 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
individual. Mars in Vishakha may give wealth in the form of some
property. The elder sister of the individual will be learned and will
have happiness from her children. This Mars will give wealth to the
spouse of the individual. Mars in Anuradha could cause much enmity
though also assuring eventual destruction of the enemies. It may
indicate demise of a younger sibling when it occupies the sign
between 320' and 640'. The father-in-law of. the individual may
get injured during a short journey. Mars in Jyeshtha could cause
injuries to the individual and may point to danger to his life while
the major-period of Mars operates. When placed between 20 and
2320' it may cause much trouble in the love life of the. individual.
He may even face danger due to it. Mars in contact with Rahu in
this constellation may send the individual on a foreign journey.
MERCURY will be placed in a hostile sign in the third house.
The affairs of the third house would appear prominently and
regularly in the life of the individual. The individual may not feel
comfortable with his younger siblings though they may do well in
life. He may also not benefit through short journeys. Any
involvement of his in the field of communications or journalism
may end up in failure. His early education may suffer. He may also
face minor irritants and obstructions in his profession. Still he should
be considered fortunate. His father may have prospered in life.
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakamdoes not think very well of Mercury in
this position. The individual, according to him may be wicked. His
eldest brother may experience separation from his eldest child.
According to Horasara the major-period of Mercury may cause
financial constraint to appear and the conduct of the individual
during this period may be wayward. He may do well in business of
textile, cosmetics and luxury goods. He may be able to succeed at
business through his uncanny ability to find trade secrets out of
other successful business men in this field. According to Sarvarth
Chintamani he may be interested in music and may develop a
degree of expertise at it. The individual will face trouble and domestic
disharmony in his 34th year. There may be separation from his
child in his 35th year. Mercury in contact with Venus may give wealth
and also interest in religion. Mercury in contact with Rahu will
produce a deceptive and unreliable individual. Mercury in contact
with Ketu will be inclined to give even worse results as both Mars
and Ketu would be its enemies in this house. His relations with his
The Third House 303
younger siblings and his boss would take a turn for the worse.
Mercury in Vishakha should impart scholarship and actuarial ability
to the individual. In Anuradha it may cause an unpleasant
relationship with the maternal uncle to appear. Mercury may give
poor health and lack of comforts. The career of the individual may
also progress only in fits and starts. The individual may move out
of the place of his birth and live at a short distance from there
when Mercury occupies the sign between 320' and 640'. It may
impart some proficiency in instrumental music when it occupies
the sign between 10and 1320'. Mercury in Jyeshtha would give
better general results stated above. It may however impart
promiscuity to the individual when it occupies the sign between
2640' and 30.
JUPITER in Scorpio would support the marriage and partnership
of the individual. His father may not do well during the major-
period of Jupiter. The individual is likely to be well heeled having a
good income. He may be interested in the unknown phenomena
and religion. Saravali states that the individual will be learned and
very knowledgeable. He may be benefited by his younger siblings
according to Sarvarth Chintamani in the major-period of Jupiter.
This placement of Jupiter shows prosperity and good life for the
younger siblings. They will have good children. He may get money
in his 54* year. The spouse of the individual will be very fortunate
and religious. She would be particularly interested in the
metaphysical phenomenon. The elder siblings of the individual would
keep good health and they may lead a happy life. Both Vriddhayavan
Jataka of Minaraja and Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra do not express
good opinion about this position of Jupiter. The first is of the view
that the wife of the individual will not be a good person. The second
states that she will not be obedient to the individual. Garga
apprehends extra marital relations for the wife. This may be
particularly so with the younger brother of the individual when
Jupiter is in contact with Venus or Saturn. Jupiter in Vishakha will
tend to give even better results and much wealth .. Jupiter in
Anuradha would induce the individual to involve his children in his
own profession but they may not take sufficient interest and thus
may cause worry to him. He may earn through extending loans
and may take money of others for this purpose. Jupiter placed in
304 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
the sign between 320' and 640' could cause losses to the
individual. Jupiter in Jyeshtha could make the individual take up an
intellectual or teaching profession when it occupies the sign between
1640' and 20: Jupiter in the sign between 20 and 2320' may
hot be good for the children. There may be some worry on that
count.
In Chart IV-8 Jupiter occupies the sign in Anuradha
constellation. Saturn owns the fifth and sixth houses. Jupiter is in
Virgo navamsha of Mercury which owns the tenth house. The
individual had litigation relating to his profession. When we examine
other planets in the chart we notice that Jupiter is in sambandha
with Mercury and the Sun. Mercury owns the tenth house and the
Sun twelfth. Jupiter is also in sambandha with Mars, the karaka for
litigation. Further, Venus and Mars have exchanged signs and Venus
owns the second house of wealth that gets depleted in the period
of Jupiter.
VENUS in Scorpio is always expected to impart some unpleasant
inclination in sexual preferences or the individual may be extremely
sensual. The third is a kama house. Placement of Venus here in a
sign of Mars is likely to give these results. This is supported by
Saravali. The individual will talk well. This is a yogakaraka planet
for Virgo ascendant hence it will promote the welfare and prosperity
of the younger siblings though at the same time it may remove
them from their places of birth. Venus will project an aspect to the
ninth house promising good fortune and wealth to the individual.
Satya Jatakam states that the individual may gain through music.
This is a good position for the maternal uncle of the individual. He
may be fortunate in matters of profession and wealth. The eldest
child of the individual will also have good income from his profession.
The individual may be separated from his spouse in his 27th year.
Venus in contact with Rahu will show very adverse results with
regard to matters of the heart. The individual will be a compulsive
chaser of women. Venus in Anuradha may cause eye trouble. He
may get alienated from his family due to an affair of the heart
when Venus occupies the sign between 320' and 640'. The
individual may remain disturbed due to affairs of his family when
Venus occupies the sign between 640' and 10. He may be good
looking, wealthy and happy with the state of his family when Venus
The Third House 305
occupies the sign between 10 and 1320'. Venus in Jyeshtha may
produce a vocalist of some standing. Music may be his profession.
He may be a pleasant speaker.
SAlURN would be in an inimical sign in Scorpio. It is the owner
of the fifth and sixth houses in the chart and therefore it may
cause disease in the arms of the individual and may also create
obstacles in the lives of his younger siblings. This is not a position
that would be conducive to physical well being of the younger
siblings particularly when it occupies the sign between 320' and
640'. The affairs of the fifth house will appear more prominently.
It projects an aspect to its own fifth house and it would therefore
support the affairs of the individual relating to his children. Since
the fifth house would gain in strength due to the aspect of its
owner the children would prosper in their later lives. Saturn would
improve the fortune of the individual and would prove helpful to
his father. According to Horasara the individual may depend on
mean people for. his livelihood. It may cause heavy expenditure to
him and his elder sibling. The individual will however be a person
of determination according to Saravali. He will fall sick in his 36th
year. Saturn in Vishakha would cause change in residence and
alienation of property. It may damage marriage of a female
individual. The children of the individual may have spells of bad
health when Saturn is placed in the sign between 320' and 640'.
Saturn in its own constellation Anuradha would tend to give
somewhat better results than the general results stated above.
Placed between 640' and 10 in the sign it may take the individual
away a short distance from his place of birth. Saturn in Jyeshtha
will not be helpful to the profession of the individual and it may
disturb his health. His ability to communicate effectively would be
compromised. Placed in the sign between 2640' and 30 it would
be inclined to cause tension in marriage.
RAHU in the third house in Scorpio would be placed in the sign
of its debilitation and would be inclined to jeopardize the mental
equanimity of the individual particularly when Rahu occupies
Vishakha. Jatakabharnam says that this position of Rahu would
destroy younger siblings of the individual. The individual may take
part in riots and demonstrations successfully and deal with strangers
well. He will not be tactful in his dealings. He may suffer from
frauds perpetrated on him. He may take cruises and may travel
306 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
abroad according to Sarvarth Chintamani. Rahu in Vishakha would
not be a happy placement for it and would only incline it to give
adverse results relating to his income and elder siblings. Rahu in
Anuradha would make the individual more tactful but his children
may face many difficulties. He is also inclined to be of a defrauding
nature. He may travel abroad. An individual with Rahu in Jyeshtha
in the third house may be deemed to be unreliable. It would be
bad for his marriage when Rahu occupies the sign between 2640'
and 30.
KETU in the third house in Scorpio would be exalted. Sarvarth
Chintamani says that the individual will have much happiness but
he will not be inclined to be cordial with his younger siblings. He
may be spiritually inclined and may also be interested in astral
phenomena. According to Sarvarth Chintamanithe individual would
gain in position and wealth when the sub-period of a naturally
beneficial planet runs in the major-period of Ketu. Ketu in Vishakha
would help in improving the income of the individual. Ketu in
Anuradha would not be able to do much for the individual since it
would be in an inimical constellation. His children may also not
have an easy life. Ketu in Jyeshtha would also be troublesome and
may cause extramarital liaisons especially when it occupies the
sign between 2640' and 30.
Sagittarius: The individual will be a person with much patience
and would maintain his cool in adversity. He would also be tactful
and may not have many enemies. He should be a successful
manager and may be able to succeed in his endeavours through
his own efforts. He may have interest in archery. Mansagari says
that the individual will be bold and knower of mantras. He may
come from a family enjoying a reputation of being wealthy. His
younger siblings may be close to his maternal uncle. One of them
may build a big residential house'. They may be amenable to patient
and friendly advice but not to pressure. His elder sibling may have
trouble with his children. His father may not have a very cordial
married life but there may not be open hostility. One of his younger
maternal uncles may be inclined spiritually or he may be fond of
good living. His children will be very rich. His spouse will be religious
and interested in the occult. The cause of his death could be obesity
or liver derangement.
The Third House
Ven
sun
Mer
Mar
Jup
Mon
Rah
Ket
Mer
Mar
Jup
Sun
Sat
Ven
Mon
307
Lagna Chart IV-9
Ket
Navamsha
Sat
Rah
Female, 27 March 1973, 2030 hours, 44N14', 17E40', 0100
hour East of Greenwich. She won a lottery in the major-period of
Rahu in February 2003.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 1151330'9" Saturn Venus 11sl011'9" Saturn
Moon 8s20307" Venus Saturn ls21 4S'40" Moon
Mars 95710'40" Sun Rahu 8sl918'49"
Venus '
Mere 10s21 32'8" Jupiter Ketu 2sl918'49" Rahu
Jupiter 9si24S'27" Moon Ascdt 6s11 0'S5"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
308 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
The SUN in the third house should ensure good and harmonious
contact between the elder and younger siblings. The individual
may be successful in his ventures. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra
says that the individual will be skilful at jobs and wealthy. Saravali
too ascribes wealth to this position of the Sun. Most of the major
works state that the individual will be brave. The younger siblings
will be dominating and impressive. The father of the individual
may have some difficulty with his children elder to the individual.
He will however be reasonably successful in life. The children of
the individual should earn well in life. The spouse of his eldest child
may help augment family revenues. The father-in-law will be
fortunate in the 23rd year of the individual. The Sun in contact with
the Moon shows success for the individual at his job through his
own efforts. The Sun in contact with Mars is a fortunate combination
for the spouse of the individual. The Sun in contact with Mercury
shows success at a new place. The Sun in contact with Saturn
would make the spouse of the individual work hard but she will
reap good results of effort put in at her job. This sign has Moola,
Poorva Asadha and Uttar Asadha constellations. The Sun in Moola
may develop interest in spiritualism. It will give very good results
in the sign between oo and 320' but it will also give a dominating
wife or business partner. The Sun in the sign between 1 oo and
1320' should accord much success at individual's career. The Sun
in Poorva Asadha would be a little handicapped in giving all of its
good results and when placed in the sign between 20 and 2320'
it will make the individual worried over success and income. The
Sun placed in the sign between 2320' and 2640' will be excellent
for good income and wealth. The Sun in Uttar Asadha would have
accretion to its strength being placed in its own constellation. All
the good general effects stated above would be visible in this
position.
The MOON in the third house will be unfavourably placed from
the house that it owns. Since the Moon is the owner of the tenth
house for Libra ascendant this position should make the individual
an efficient functionary. He will fashion his own destiny, The Moon
placed in a friendly sign should work for happiness from the younger
siblings. It will also incline the mind to intellectual and religious
pursuits particularly when the Moon occupies Moola constellation,
Chamatkar Chintamani supports the aforesaid statements. The
The Third House 309
owner of the tenth house in the third in a friendly sign gives an
indication that the individual will have the help and support of his
younger siblings in his career or profession. Yavanjataka of
Sphujidhvaja is of the opinion that the individual will be of good
conduct and will be highly placed. The spouse of the individual
may possess property. His spouse may take up a profession that
involves imagination and entertainment in his 24th year. The Moon
in contact with Mars shows that the individual may marry a person
who has been working with him. There will be several job changes
when the Moon is in contact with Mercury. The individual will write
well. He may face some obstruction in his profession from his
maternal uncle when Jupiter is in contact with the Moon. The Moon
in contact with Venus will give a profession that is related to fine
arts. The Moon in contact with Saturn may give a political career.
The Moon in Moola according to Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakamwill
produce a haughty person who lives in comfort and luxury. It may
produce a rajyoga when it is placed in the sign between 640' and
10. The Moon in Poorva Asadha will cause the individual to be
good looking. He will be an artist and will have recognition. The
Moon in Uttar Asadha will give high status. He will have a successful
career.
MARS will be placed in a friendly sign in the third house in
Sagittarius. An individual having Mars so placed will be efficient
and firm minded but it is not favourable for long lived children
according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. Phaldeepika has
reiterated that the individual may be deprived of the happiness of
having brothers. He may be harsh with his rivals and succeed in
putting them down. His father may also be troubled on one account
or the other though Mars may also ensure success in his ventures.
Mars will not be able to give good results relating to the career and
profession of the individual. The individual will dispose of properly
profitably in his 28th year. Mars in contact with Mercury may cause
a separation from the spouse. There could also be difficulties in
earning wealth. Mars in contact with Jupiter is likely to cause injuries
to the younger siblings and disputes at work place over money.
Mars in contact with Venus is not good for the physical well being
of the individual. Mars in Moola will tend to give a happy marriage
when it occupies the sign between oo and 320'. Placed in the sign
between 320' and 640' Mars may disturb the marriage of the
310 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
father. Mars in Poorva Asadha will be in an inimical constellation.
The individual will be aggressive and he may seek popularity. Mars
in the sign between 1320' and 1640' will give successful ventures
unlike its position between 1640' and 20 where it will cause
setbacks and losses. Mars in Uttar Asadha will be very good for
wealth and may ensure a happy marriage to a female individual.
MERCURY in the third house will promote the good fortune of
the individual and help the father of the individual who may be an
educationist or an author. The individual has the potential to be a
successful businessman. It may however cause separation from
younger siblings and short journeys. The individual may be able to
express himself well but according to Sarava/ihe will have to work
hard. The eldest sibling and the eldest child of the individual may
have children in the periods of Mercury. Vriddhayavan Jataka of
Minaraja states that the individual will be good at debates, intelligent
and able. The individual is likely to have much wealth in his 34th
year. The contact of Venus with Mercury is not good from the point
of view of longevity of the individual. He will be a stage artist when
Saturn is in contact with Mercury. Mercury in contact with Rahu
will produce a person doing international business. Mercury in Moola
will give even more unsatisfactory results. The individual will take
up business at which he may be particularly successful when Mercury
occupies the sign between oo and 320'. It will be a cause of much
losses and separation to the father of the individual when it is
placed in the sign between 320' and 640'. The individual will
have an unsatisfactory career when Mercury is placed in the sign
between 10 and 1320'. Mercury in Poorva Asadha will take the
individual away a short distance from his place of birth. He will
however have much musical talent. Mercury in Uttar Asadha is an
indication of recognition in the intellectual field abroad.
JUPITER will be in its own sign in the third house and it would
project an aspect to the seventh, ninth and eleventh houses from
here. It will endow the individual with happiness through his younger
siblings and they too will be prosperous and long lived. If Jupiter
has influence of a naturally malefic planet here there would be
some trouble on account of the younger siblings. Phaldeepika says
that one brother of the individual will achieve eminence. This position
of Jupiter makes the spouse of the individual happy and fortunate.
Uttarka!amrit says that the third house is a place to see physical
The Third House 311
growth. The presenoe of Jupiter will promote growth. He will have
a successful marriage. The individual will be sucoessful in his efforts.
According to Horasara the individual will acquire wealth and will be
happy. He will have good friends who would be balanced and of
good conduct. He may come by much wealth in his 53rd year.
Jupiter in Moola will engender much interest in spiritualism and
philosophy. The spouse of the individual will also have such interest
in it when Jupiter occupies the sign between oo and 320'. It will
give a very good professional career to the individual when plaoed
in the sign between 10and 1320'. Jupiter in Poorva Asadha will
not be good for sucoess in efforts. The individual may have an
energetic and good natured spouse. He will have very close
interaction with his siblings. Jupiter in Uttar Asadha will give good
children to the eldest sibling of the individual but they may come
after some initial difficulties.
VENUS it is the owner of the ascendant. Venus has its
moo/trikona sign in the ascendant. This will bring very close
involvement of the individual in the affairs of the house. He may
be responsible for the upbringing of the child of the elder sibling.
He may also be an unwilling arbiter in the affairs of the younger
siblings. The latter wiH be wealthy and lead a happy life. They will
be good looking. An afflicted Venus here may create much
unhappiness for and from younger siblings. He may undertake
short journeys. He may be religious sinoe Venus is plaoed in a sign
of Jupiter and is projecting an aspect to the ninth house. According
to Phaldeepika the individual may not be happy in marriage. Saravali
says the wife may be dominating. The individual may get involved
in extra marital relationships. The father of the individual may lead
a pleasant life. Jatakabharnamstates that the individual will develop
talent in fine arts in the period of Venus. The father of the individual
may leave him in his 25th year temporarily. Venus in contact with
Saturn will give rise to romantic affiliations. He will be lazy. Venus
in Moola will bring about close interaction with neighbours. The
individual may be constantly and unpleasantly disturbed by his
spouse when Venus occupies the sign between oo and 320'. Venus
may not be good for the profession and career of the individual
when it occupies the sign between 10 and 1320.'. Venus in Poorva
Asadha will tend to give good general results stated above. The
individual may faoe an unfavourable relocation when Venus occupies
312 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
the sign between 1640' and 20. Venus in Uttar Asadha may be a
cause for tension in the life of the individual on account of a child
of his elder sibling.
SAlURN in the third house will relate the fourth and fifth houses
to it. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra the individual will
have servants, he will maintain good health and will be attached to
his younger siblings. The individual may change his residence. His
children will turn wealthy at a later stage in life. The eldest child of
the individual may do well in life. Saturn will cast a friendly aspect
to the ninth house from the ascendant thus promoting the good
fortune of the individual and since Saturn is involved Yavanjataka
of Sphujidhvaja says that the individual will attain wealth and
prosperity towards the close of his life. He will spend on just causes.
The individual may develop interest in law or philosophy and he
may write on these topics. He may be happy with his wife and
children according to Jatakabharnam. This is not a good position
for the elder sibling of the individual as the sibling will face
impairment of health of his eldest child. The career of the spouse
of the individual will prosper. The maternal uncle of the individual
will change his job during this period. The father of the individual
may face difficulties in his business during this period. The mother
of the individual will face losses and expenditure and she may be
forced to leave her place of residence. The individual may not have
good health in his 36th year. He may be interested in matters having
mass appeal when Rahu is in contact with Saturn. Saturn in Moola
will lose some of its beneficial traits. It will disturb marital life when
it occupies the sign between oo and 320' Saturn in Poorva Asadha
will be very favourable and will give good children and a happy
home. The individual may change his residence when Saturn is
placed in the sign between 1640' and 20. He will be wealthy, do
well at his profession. and be long lived when Saturn occupies the
sign between20 and 2320'. Saturn in Uttar Asadha will not be as
good as Saturn will be inimical to the owner of the constellation.
The father of the individual may face some trouble in the period of
Saturn.
RAHU in Sagittarius is not good. It is inimical to the owner of
the sign. It may create trouble to his younger siblings and
unhappiness to the individual on that count. The individual may
experience some favourable results in the sub-period of a naturally
The Third House 313
malefic planet in the major-period of Rahu according to Sarvarth
Chintamani but at the close of the sub-period he will experience
losses and anguish. Rahu in Moola will not be good. Plaoed in the
sign between oo and 320' it will cause extramarital relations to
develop and disturb the marriage of the individual. However, Rahu
in the sign between 320' and 640' may give some favourable
results and make the individual patient and courageous. His younger
siblings may face much trouble from their opponents but they may
suooeed finally against them. Rahu in the sign between 640' and
1 oo will tend to cause journeys abroad for the individual. Rahu in
the sign between 1 oo and 1320' will be a major source of trouble
for the individual with regard to his profession. Rahu in Poorva
Asadha will take the individual into fine arts but also make him
sexually promiscuous. The elder sibling of the individual will
experienoe unhappiness due to his eldest child when Rahu occupies
the sign between 1320' and 1640'. The younger siblings of the
individual will leave their places of birth and go away to other
plaoes when Rahu occupies the sign between 1640'and 20. Rahu
in Uttar Asadha will again be a source of much trouble to the
individual. It may cause malignant growth in the arm region and
much trouble from the government or boss.
In Chart IV-9 the woman suddenly gained wealth through a
lottery in the period of Rahu in February 2003. According to
Uttarkalamrit sudden gain is indicated by the eighth house. Rahu
is in Poorva Asadha constellation of Venus. Venus is the owner of
the asoendant and the eighth house. Venus is associated with the
owner of the eleventh house. Ketu is in Ardra constellation of Rahu.
It is plaoed in the ninth house. Rahu is in a sign of Jupiter. Henoe
destiny ensured sudden gain to her of wealth.
KETU in the third house will be plaoed in a friendly sign and
would be inclined to help the individual.. According to Phaldeepika
the individual will be a person of standing and wealth. Bhrigu
predicts very good returns from agriculture to him. Chamatkar
Chintamani says that the individual will be able to put his detractors
down. Ketu in Moola will only be inclined to give even better results
but when it occupies Poorva Asadha it may not give good results
as it would be in an inimical constellation. He will however be bold
and firm. Ketu in the sign between oo and 320' will give a fortunate
314 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
spouse. The spouse will be active, good looking and large hearted.
Ketu in the sign between 320' and 640' will cause bad health and
injuries to the younger siblings of the individual. A deep and abiding
interest in spiritual aspects of human existence will be the effect of
Ketu in the sign between 640' and 10. The individual will be an
effective functionary at his job when Ketu occupies the sign between
10 and 1320'. Ketu in Uttar Asadha will raise the status of the
individual. He will be good at yogic practices.
Capricorn: A movable sign in the house of short journeys
would promote this facet of life. This is a sign having water element
predominant in it. There could be journeys over water and an
interest in swimming. Life that inhabits water will fascinate the
individual. It is a sign owned by Saturn. In a house of
communication, this sign will make the individual much less
communicative. Machinery and equipment in use of communication
are indicated by this sign in the third house. The individual will not
be happy in a job that entails much travelling. Vriddhayavan Jataka
of Minaraja states that the individual will be wealthy and happy.
Both Vriddhayavan Jataka and Mansagari state that the individual
will be learned. His younger siblings will be happy with the work
that they do, though their incomes would not be substantial. They
will be able to build up some property over the years. The children
of the younger siblings, particularly daughters, will do well in life.
The younger siblings or their maternal uncles could be well known
intellectuals.
Lagna Chart IV-10
Rah
Mar
Sun
Ven
sat
Mer
Jup
Mon Ket
The Third House
Mar
Sun
Jup
Mer
Ket
315
Rah
Female, a fashion model, 20 February 1949, 0055 hour,
49Nl3', 1741', 0100 hour Erot of Greenwich. She divorced for a
huge amount of money in the major-period of Venus.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 1 Os752'58" Rahu Venus 9s2352'1" Mars
Moon 7sr28'11" Saturn Saturn 4s947'29" R Ketu
Mars 10sl322'9" Rahu Rahu Os416'15" Ketu
Mere 9sl244'42" Moon
Ketu 6s416'15" Mars
Jupiter 8s2822'47" Sun Ascdt 7SI
0
43'29"
Owner/C rneans owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SLN in this house would not be good for the profession of
the individual. He may face obstacles and trouble from his superiors
in his job. Horasara statesthat the indMdual will be in service and
he may bse his wealth and children. Bhavartha Ratnakarsays that
the presence of the owner of the tenth house in the third destroys
rajyogas. Both Saravaliand Bhattanarayan in ChamatkarChintamani
S&f that the individual will be bold and courageous. The relations
with his younger siblings will suffer and would lack warmth and
bonhomie. Several authorities claim that the presence of the Sun
here will deny younger siblings. Still the individual will be able to
make his fortune with his own efforts. Yavanjatakaof Sphujidhvaja
S&fS that such an individual will travel much. The travelling may
relate to his profession. The Sun in Uttar Asadha will give better
results since it will be in its own constellation, The individual will be
persistent and hard working at his job and he will be truthful. The
elder sibling of the individual may be separated from his child. The
316 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
spouse of the individual may have to stay at a distant place where
she may not be happy. The father of the individual may come
about some wealth. The individual may not keep good health in
his 22nd year. The Sun in Sravan may give a profession relating to
waterways. The Sun in Dhanishtha will give a better status to the
individual. He will do well in the armed forces and will be considered
a brave and tough officer but he is liable to get injured and he may
not keep good health.
The MOON in this sign will be good for the overall prosperity
of the individual as it would support the ninth house. The period of
the Moon may bring about opening of new vistas of prosperity and
success. His relations with his mother may not be warm. He will be
of a sober and patient disposition. The individual may be lucky in
respect of his younger siblings and according to Phaldeepika he
would get along with them satisfactorily. Abdur Rahim Khankhana
in Khet Kautukam says that he will be a person of good conduct. A
waning Moon may not be as good for relations with the younger
siblings. Jyotish Makarandstates that the individual may have
younger sisters more than brothers. According to Varah Mihir in
Brihajjatakam the individual will be prone to travel and he may
write books. He may expect success with respect to his profession
in his 24th year. The Moon in contact with Mercury may give good
income and take the individual on sea cruises. He may also be an
author. The Moon in contact with Jupiter will be good for the
prosperity and children of the individual. His eldest child is likely to
have a successful career. The Moon in contact with Venus will give
interest in fine arts. The Moon in contact with Saturn will good for
the welfare of the younger siblings but it may cause health problems
for his mother. The individual may travel abroad when the Moon is
in contact with Rahu and when in contact with Ketu it may cause
difficulties for the younger sisters of the individual. The Moon in
Uttar Asadha would help the individual reach a good position through
his efforts. It will give good results in Sravan and will support the
individual in his profession and income. The individual will travel
over short distances for improving his finances and status. He may
have a lucky marriage that may improve his prosperity and status
in life. The Moon in Dhanishtha will also be in its friendly
constellation. The fate of the individual will be closely related to his
younger siblings. He will be able to improve his fortune by his hard
work and enterprise.
The Third House 317
rv1ARS is exalted in this sign. The individual will be courageous.
According to Bhrigu, if Mars does not have influence of a naturally
beneficial planet, the individual is unlikely to have younger siblings
or his wife may be of questionable character. Since Mars is a karaka
for the sixth house and it owns the house too, it may generate
tension with younger siblings. This is also not good for the health
of younger siblings. Bhavartha Ratnakara says that the younger
siblings of the individual will face adversity. This position of Mars
may disturb the marriage of a younger sister. The individual may
suffer from ailments in the arms and head. He will have a strong
physique. Mars being a naturally malefic planet will create some
trouble in the profession of the individual through disputes and to
his father. Both Saravali and Chamatkar Chintamani say that the
individual will be wealthy. The influence of Mars on a friendly tenth
house from the ascendant will improve the status of the individual
and he may be successful in his vocation through his own efforts.
Mars projects an aspect to the sixth house from this position. The
rivals of the individual will be highly placed but he may not have
many opposing him. The individual is likely to face some trouble
with regard to his children in his 29* year. Mars in contact with
Mercury will not be inclined to do good to the individual in substantial
measure. There may be trouble to the younger sister of the
individual. Mars in contact with Jupiter may cause ailments and
injuries to the children of the individual. Mars in contact with Saturn
will be good. The impetuosity of Mars will be curtailed and it will
beoome more circumspect. However, the individual may not be
fortunate with regard to property matters. The father of the
individual may have to undergo a surgery. Mars in contact with
Rahu should develop a tendency in the individual to write scurrilous
articles or letters to malign Others and to mislead, Mars in contact
with Ketu is likely to cause difficulties for the younger siblings.
Mars in Uttar Asadha may give an unhappy marriage to the mother
of the individual. Mars in Sravan, when placed in the sign between
1640' and 20, will be a violent planet. Mars in Dhanishtha will
tend to give better general results stated above. The individual
may be professionally a very competent person.
MERCl.FlY in the third house should allow some felicity in writing
and expression. The individual may earn through writing, advertising
or communications. It is the owner of the eighth house of longevity.
Placed in a friendly sign, it would tend to improve his life expectancy.
318 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
However, it is not inclined to promote the fortune of the individual.
In fact, Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja states that the individual will
be lazy, lacking in good qualities and would not be successful in
life. Horasara seems to support this statement as according to
Prithuyasas, Mercury in its period will make the individual indebted
and in the employ of another. The younger siblings of the individual
will do well in life but they may keep indifferent health. A child may
be born to the elder sibling of the individual in the period of Mercury.
A child may be born to the individual in his 35th year. He may be a
good speaker and writer when Jupiter is in contact with Mercury.
His eldest child may do well at business. Mercury in contact with
Venus may give several sexual partners. The individual will have
success in academic field when Saturn is in contact with Mercury.
Mercury in Uttar Asadha will not be good for the career of the
individual, He may have breaks in it. Mercury in Sravan will also
not be able to promote the fortune of the individual. The father of
.the individual too may face adverse period. Mercury in Dhanishtha
will be worse since it will involve the maternal uncle of the individual
in his affairs as an impediment. Mercury placed in the sign between
2640' and 30 will make the individual work hard for his income
which may not be commensurate with the effort put in.
JUPITER in the third house will be in a state of debilitation.
The individual may face financial constraints according to Saravali
but Bhavartha Ratnakara says that Jupiter in the third house in
debilitation will make the individual charitable. He may always be
worried on account of his children still he may see better days
once his children assist him in his work. His marriage may be in an
indifferent state. In fact, the family of the individual may face trouble
due to the younger siblings of the individual. He will face losses if
he takes to speculation. Satya Jatakam states that the individual is
likely to lose wealth through his younger siblings. He will face heavy
expenditure and losses in his 52nd year. Jupiter in contact with
Venus is an indication of expenditure, The spouse of the individual
will face a difficult time. The elder sibling of the individual may
have a disturbed domestic life and he may not be happy when
Saturn is in contact with Jupiter. Jupiter in Uttar Asadha will be in
a friendly constellation and may yield some wealth to the individual
through his endeavours. Jupiter in Sravan will give good
grandchildren to the individual and luck will favour him in financial
matters. His spouse may not be successful in her enterprise when
The Third House 319
Jupiter occupies the sign between 1320' and 1640'. Jupiter in
Dhanishtha will cause tension between the individual and his
children. He may also land up in disputes over financial matters.
VENUS will occupy a friendly sign in third house for Scorpio
ascendant. The individual may have well-to-do younger sisters but
he may be separated from them. His spouse may be close to her
ailing father. The spouse of the individual will prosper after her
marriage. The eldest child of the elder brother will do very well in
life. Phaldeepika, Brihajjatakam, and Saravali are unanimous that
the individual will be thrifty in money matters. Venus in Capricorn
creates a possibility that the individual may be helped by a female
in his affairs. Garga states that the individual may stay away from
his relatives. Venus in contact with Saturn is excellent for the
profession of the spouse. He will have much success at his profession
in his 27th year. Placed in Uttar Asadha, Venus could bring about
change in profession. TheJndividual may go into film or advertising
business when Venus occupies the sign between 640' and 1 oo. A
contact between Venus and Rahu could degenerate the profession
into pornography or commercial sex. Venus in Sravan would cause
travelling overseas. Venus in Dhanishtha will give raised and
aggressive sex drive and when it is placed in the sign between
2640' and 30 the individual may have a succession of partners.
In Chart IV-10 the female divorced for a huge financial
settlement. Venus owns the seventh and twelfth houses. It is
therefore likely to give results of the seventh house (marriage)
and the twelfth (separation). It is in a constellation of Mars which
owns the ascendant and the sixth house. The latter is the specific
twelfth house for the seventh. Venus is in association with Mercury
which owns the eighth and eleventh houses. The eighth indicates
break and eleventh gain. It owns the eleventh house from Jupiter
and occupies the second from it.
SATURN owns the third and fourth houses from the ascendant.
The individual will change his residence in the period of Saturn.
There will be substantial gap in years between the individual and
his next younger sibling. This is not a good position for the children
of the individual. He is also likely to have setbacks in his romance.
The father of the individual will face an indifferent life. The individual
will live away from his father and he too will not have much success
in life. The individual may not have much interest in religion.
Jatakabharnam states that the individual will have success and
320 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
prosperity in the period of Saturn, Gargafeels that the position of.
Saturn in the third house would not be helpful for the younger
siblings of the individual but the nurnber of younger siblings will be
good according to Bhrigu. The individual will be able to win against
his rivals according to Kashyap. Chamatkar Chintamanisays that
such an individual will not have happiness frorn his younger siblings.
The individual will be taken away frorn his place of birth in his 4th
year. Saturn in contact with Rahu could engender interest in public
life. Saturn in contact with Ketu rnay be restrained frorn doing
good. Saturn in Uttar Asadha rnay rnake the individual an
agriculturist. When in Sravan it rnay cornprornise health of the
father of the individual. Saturn in Dhanishtha will rnake hirn inimical
to his younger siblings. They will be involved in building and property
matters. Saturn placed in the sign between 2320' and 2640' will
induce the individual to take up real estate business.
RAHU in Capricorn will rnake the individual the youngest child
of his parents. He will not be religious or he rnay change his religion.
He rnay have sorne aberration in his sexual preferences. He rnay
have an acquisitive nature and he would always be on the look out
to willy-nilly grab things that attract his fancy. According to Sarvarth
Chintamanithe individual will have happiness frorn spouse and he
rnay travel abroad in the period of Rahu. He will be very courageous
according to Bhattanarayan in Chamatkar Chintamani. He is likely
to travel abroad in his 7th year. Rahu in Uttar Asadha will not be
good for the career of the individual. He rnay get into trouble for
giving inaccurate or manipulated advice if Rahu occupies the sign
between 10 and 1320'. Rahu in Sravan will take the individual
abroad but it rnay not be an enjoyable or pleasant journey. Rahu in
Dhanishtha will rnake the individual prone to accidents on short
journeys.
KETU in Capricorn rnay deny the individual younger siblings.
He rnay lose his younger siblings according to Phaldeepika. He
rnay have difficulty in cornrnunicating. This position of Ketu
sornetirnes rnakes for life in an isolated place. According to
Mansagarithe individual rnay suffer frorn pain in the arrn. Ketu in
Uttar Asadha rnay involve the individual in intense yogic practices.
This position is not one for any kind of married life. Ketu in Sravan
will rnark the individual as a person who is highly spiritual. He will
be unsocial and rnay keep to himself. Ketu in Dhanishtha will rnake
the individual courageous and bold. He rnay serve in the arrned
The Third House
321
forces and see action on the battlefield when Ketu occupies the
sign between 2320' and 2640'.
Aquarius: The ascendant being in Sagittarius, Saturn will be
the owner of the second and third houses. The individual may
settle down at a new place from where his family had been staying
for a long time. His younger siblings too may go away from their
places of birth. An elder sibling of the individual will prosper during
the period of Saturn. The individual's spouse will face setbacks in
life. Some of his children are likely to have successful careers. The
individual's father may marry late, may not have a happy married
life or the wife may be sickly. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja
states that the individual will have friends among virtuous persons.
He will be compassionate according to Mansagari.
Mon
Ket
Sat
Jup
Sun
Ven
Ven
Ket
Mar
Lagna Chart IV-11
Sun
Mer
Rah
Sat
Mar
Rah
Jup .
Mer
Mon
322
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Male, 31 October 1960, 1150 hours, 35N40', 51 E26', 0330
hours East of Greenwich. A daughter was born to him on 12
September 1993 in the major-period of Ketu.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Own eric
Sun 651436'28" Rahu Venus 7s1826'29" Mercury
Moon lls612'50" Saturn Saturn 8s209'16" Venus
Mars 2s2242'38" Jupiter Rahu 4s21 1'12" Venus
Mere 6s2940'52" R Jupiter Ketu 10s21 1 '12" Jupiter
Jupiter asr36'29" Ketu Ascdf 8s2410'40"
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in Aquarius will help the father of the individual but
he will have to work hard and start from an indifferent station in
life. He should reach a good position later in life. According to
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra the individual will have happiness
from his younger siblings. This may be especially true when the
Sun in under influence of a naturally beneficial planet. Still, there
would be lack of warmth in relationship between the individual
and his younger siblings. The younger siblings will be fortunate
and should do well in life. The individual will be wealthy and virtuous.
According to Sarvarth Chintamanithe individual will have much
patience and courage. Chamatkar Chintamani says that the
individual will undertake pilgrimages and would succeed in
competition. He may attain a high and dominant position in his
5.1' year. The Sun in contact with the Moon is not good for the
physical well being of the father of the individual. He may stay
away from the place of his birth. The Sun in contact with Mercury
is good for the individual since it may confer a high position on
him. The younger siblings of the spouse of the individual may do
well in life. The Sun in contact with Venus may cause health
problems for the father of the individual. One of the younger siblings
of the spouse of the individual may find life difficult when Ketu is in
contact with the Sun. The Sun in Dhanishtha will bring in help and
support to the children of the individual through his younger siblings,
A separation from the younger siblings is also possible. The father
of the individual will be a strong but ruthless person. The Sun in
Satbhishaka constellation could cause undiagnosed disease to the
father. The Sun would also be inclined to cause for the individual a
journey abroad if the Sun is placed in the sign between 640' and
The Third House 323
10. The Sun in Poorva Bhadrapada constellation will make the
individual highly fortunate. He will also be religious and of good
conduct. Very fortunate and good children will be born to the
individual when the Sun occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'.
The MOON in Aquarius will not be a good indication for the
younger siblings of the individual. Bhrigu suggests that the individual
may have younger sisters. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says that
the individual may not have much happiness from his younger
siblings. The individual will also face difficulties in life from time to
time according to Yavanjatakaof Sphujidhvaja. He may undertake
journeys over water. Jyotish Makarand states that.he may not keep
good health and may not be wealthy. This is not a good position
for the longevity of the father of the individual. ltwould be especially
so if Saturn occupies the ascendant. The Moon in contact with
Mercury will create difficulties in the profession of the individual.
The Moon in contact with Venus will not be good for the elder
sister of the individual. He may gain significantly through agriculture
in his 24* year. The Moon in Dhanishtha may turn the individual
into an insensitive person. He may lose one of his younger siblings
in the period of the Moon particularly when the planet occupies
the sign between 320' and 640'. The Moon in Satbhishaka may
develop weird sexual preferences. The individual may develop
interest in spiritual and occult practices if the Moon occupies Poorva
Bhadrapada constellation, He may get a legacy through a stroke of
luck when the Moon occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'.
MARS in Aquarius wiH also not be good. It will induce the
younger siblings to cause trouble and it may separate the individual
from his younger siblings, Bhrigu feels that such an individual may
not have younger siblings unless Mars has the influence of a naturally,'
beneficial planet. Phaldeepika, Saravali and Chamatkar Chintamani
support this statement. The individual is likely to meet with trouble
while travelling. It will have an adverse effect on the career prospects
of the individual and it may cause changes and separations in
profession. The individual may prosper at a new place. It is also an
indication of trouble and unhappiness to the eldest child. The elder
sibling may face family unhappiness and some worry on account
of his children. The father of the individual may fall sick when the
individual is in his 31st year and may need surgery. He will be
successful in his 33rd year. The spouse of the individual may not
324 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
have good relations with his father. Mars in contact with Mercury
will cause complications in his marriage and career. Mars in contact
with Venus may cause injury to a younger sibling or to the father
of the individual, Mars in contact with Rahu will cause trouble to
the younger siblings and the individual may find himself living in a
troublesome neighbourhood. Mars in Dhanishtha shows separation
from younger siblings and losses that they may face in their ventures
particularly when the planet is placed in the sign between 320'
and 640'. Mars in Satbhishaka will turn more malevolent and highly
detrimental to the existence or welfare of the younger siblings.
They may face danger from reptiles. Mars in Poorva Bhadrapada
will cause trouble to the individual on account of his younger siblings
or neighbours.
MERCl.FlY in Aquarius in the third house will be placed in a
friendly house of which it is a karaka. The individual may take up
an activity relating to communication as his vocation. Chamatkar
Chintamanitee\sthatthe individual may be a businessman. Sarvarth
Chintamani says that the individual is likely to get recognition for
his writings in the period of Mercury. The spouse of the individual
will be fortunate and she should do well in life. His younger siblings
may be good academically. One of them may however have a
speech handicap. They will not have flair for writing nor would
they be good at communicating. The maternal uncle of the individual
will be close to them and they will benefit through him. The individual
will be happy with them according to Bhrigu. The individual may
face some obstruction in his career in his 34th year. Mercury in
contact with Venus will give mild and good looking younger siblings
to the individual. Mercury in contact with Ketu will not be good. It
may cause trouble to the individual in the neighbourhood. Mercury
in Dhanishtha will lose some of its good effects. He may take to
publishing or running a press when Mercury occupies Dhanishtha.
When it occupies Satbhishaka the individual may be a reporter or
correspondent writing scurrilous or investigative articles. Mercury
in Poorva Bhadrapada should see him with an economic or financial
journal, or he may write serious literature pertaining to historical
or philosophical topics. He will be a person of sound intellect. The
individual may be a forceful orator but he may not have much
professional success. A child may be born to the individual early in
life when Mercury occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'in
Poorva Bhadrapada.
The Third House 325
JUPITER in the third house will involve the individual in close
relationship with his younger siblings and involved with matters
relating to the locality in which he lives. The individual will be
fortunate and will enjoy much prosperity. Jatakabharnam says that
the individual will get much wealth in the period of Jupiter. He will
have good relations with his father and elders in the family. Jupiter
will promote the good fortune of the individual. He may not be
close to his elder brother. He may be religious and interested in
yoga. Bhrigusays that the individual may go on a long journey in
his 38th year. According to Garga the individual will have honour
from the government. Many of the authorities like Saravali and
Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam have said that Jupiter may produce a
thrifty individual. It may be so when it occupies the sign between
10 and 1320'. In such a situation, the individual may not be
financially comfortable, Jupiter projects an aspect to Gemini in the
seventh house. This is not a compatible sign for Jupiter. Since
Jupiter is the owner of the ascendant its aspect to the seventh
house shows a marriage that is not wholly without differences.
Satya Jatakam is of the opinion that the individual may become
powerful and famous with the help of his brother. Much wealth
may come to the individual in his 51st year. Jupiter in contact with
Venus may give good income through the efforts of the individual.
Jupiter in Dhanishtha will bring matters relating to the children of
the individual to the fore. They will do well in life during the period
of Jupiter. The minus side of this is the likelihood of their going
away from the individual. Jupiter in Satbhishaka will not be able to
give good results. The individual will meet with strangers in
connection with his work. His religiosity will be a pretence. Jupiter
in Poorva Bhadrapada would only emphsise the good results ascribed
to it in this position above. It will give successful children and a
sober and responsible spouse.
VENUS in Aquarius too will be in a friendly sign. This is a kama
house. Hence Venus will be in a house that has propensities similar
to it. There would be an inclination to indulge in promiscuous sex
and the individual may also have, depending on the affliction,
aberrations in his sexual behaviour. Varah Mihir in Brihajjatakam
says that such a person could have contacts with women of suspect
conduct. Sarava/isays that the individual could be under control of
women and he may go to them for sexual gratification. This is a
house of music, dance and hobbies. The individual may show talent
326 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
in these areas. Venus owns the sixth and eleventh houses in the
chart. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra the individual will
not have courage. Interest in religion is also likely to be minimal.
He may have irritable disposition and if Venus has influence of a
naturally malefic planet, he may not get along well with his younger
siblings. This placement of Venus also shows minimal relations
with the neighbours. The individual may not have obedient servants.
He will not be very fortunate unless there are other favourable
influences in the chart. The younger sisters of the individual may
do well later in life. The individual may start earning from his 26th
year. Venus in contact with Rahu will cause distorted sexual appetite.
Venus in Dhanishtha will impart a romantic nature to the individual
and he may engage himself in entertainment business. His elder
brother may have a very good looking mate. The individual will not
get along with his younger siblings and in fact there could be open
hostility between the two. It may also however fan his passion
further when Venus occupies the sign between 320' and 640'
and drive him to undesirable sources to satisfy his urge. Venus in
Satbhishaka will be bad from the point of view of carnal desires.
The individual will find it difficult to remain within accepted norms
of sexual behaviour. The individual may take up music, dance or
fine arts as a passion when Venus is placed in the sign between
640' and 10. He will have success in these fields and will have
friends pursuing the same arts when Venus occupies the sign
between 10 and 1320'. Venus in Poorva Bhadrapada will be a
sober planet. The individual will be happily married and a female
individual may have a handsome husband. The individual will have
much success in his pursuit of arts.
SAlURN will be in its mooltrikona sign. It will predominantly
give results of the third house. Hence the individual will have
younger siblings who will do well in life but being the owner of the
twelfth house from its position as well it will be inclined to cause
separations and losses. Hence the individual will be separated from
his younger siblings and if the chart supports the conclusion, there
could even be no younger siblings or loss of a younger sibling. The
lot of the surviving siblings will continue to improve with age and
they will do well in their later lives. This position of Saturn is not
good for the children of the individual. He may face difficulties. in
having them, their birth may get delayed, they may not keep good
health, and the individual may not have much happiness from them.
The Third House 327
The individual will face obstructions in his affairs and fortune may
not support him in life. He may have many occasions when he may
face disappointments. Chamatkar Chintamani supports this
statement. A naturally malefic planet is generally considered well
placed in the third house. Saturn here will make the individual a
person with much fortitude. Saravalisays he will be courageous.
The aspect of Saturn on the twelfth house needs to be taken account
of. It projects an aspect to Scorpio. This is an inimical sign; hence
it will promote expenditure on unwelcome items .. Saturn in
Dhanishtha will bring losses, expenses and children to the fore.
The individual will face difficulties due to all of these. ft may give
some success and income when Saturn occupies the sign between
oo and 320'. The results may be quite the opposite when it occupies
the sign between 320' and 640'. Saturn in Satbhishaka would be
an agent to take the younger siblings abroad. The individual may
also go abroad if Saturn occupies the sign between 640' and 10.
Saturn in Poorva Bhadrapada may make the individual charitable.
He is, however, likely to change his residence during the period of
Saturn. He may have some trouble in his left ear.
RAHU in the third house in Aquarius will be inclined to make
the individual a firm minded person who would have much courage.
There is a possibility that the individual may be the youngest among
his siblings. This is supported by Jatakabharnam. One of the servants
of the individual is likely to be arrested and placed behind bars.
Rahu in Dhanishtha is dangerous as it may place the liberty of the
individual in jeopardy. However, when it occupies the sign between
oo and 320' the individual stands to gain and success may attend
on him. Rahu in Satbhishaka will reiterate the effects mentioned
above. Rahu in Poorva Bhadrapada would diminish interest in good
conduct and religion. Placed between 20 and 2320' in the sign it
would cause physical deformity in a child and may engender much
trouble for the individual through his children. Rahu occupying the
sign between 2640' and 30 in a female chart is likely to disturb
her marriage and give rise to unusual and abnormal sexual appetite.
KETU in the third house would be badly placed since it would
occupy an inimical sign. There would be much tension and worry
on account of younger siblings or neighbours. The younger siblings
will face a difficult life. The colleagues of the individual may not
behave well with him. However, Ketu will create some interest in
mysticism and spirituality in the individual. Mansagarisays thatthe
328
The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
individual will have pain in the arms and his friends will desert him.
Jatakabharnam is in agreement with Mansagari here. Ketu in
Dhanishtha will be in a friendly sign. It may promote interest in the
occult particularly when Ketu is placed in the sign between 320'
and 640'. Ketu in Satbhishaka will not be good and may lose the
good aspects that it is likely to show otherwise. The individual
becomes a hypocrite and makes a show of his religiosity. Ketu in
Poorva Bhadrapada will confer some good results. A keen and
abiding interest in afterlife will arise.
In Chart IV-11 a child was born to the individual in the major-
period of Ketu. The dispositor of Ketu is in the ascendant with
Jupiter. Ketu is placed in Aries in the navamsha with Mars. This is
the fifth house in the birth chart. Taking the analysis from karakas,
we notice that the fifth house from Jupiter is again Aries. The Sun
is placed in Libra. Saturn is in sambandha with Ketu in the birth
chart. Venus is in Sagittarius in the navamsha chart where Saturn
is placed in the birth chart.
Pisces: The younger siblings of the individual may be pleasant
and even gullible. They may be overweight but would be closely
interested in their professions. The individual is likely to be interested
in religion and philosophy. Vriddhayavan Jataka of Minaraja states
that the individual will be fond of music. If the chart supports he
may even be interested in spiritualism and practice it. He may
have a professor or a priest in his neighbourhood and he may live
close to a waterbody. The elder brother of the individual will be
wealthy. The wife of the maternal uncle would be a career woman.
Lagna Chart IV-12
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Mar Sat Men
Ket
Rah
Ven
Sun
Jup
Mer
The Third House
Mon
Sat
Jup
Mer
Rah
329
Navamsha
Ven
Sun
Ket Mar
Male, 1 January 1972, 0831 hours, 13N05', 80E17', 0530
hours East of Greenwich. A younger sister was born to the individual
on 19 December 1976 in the major-period of Jupiter.
Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C
Sun 8sl619'15" Venus Venus 9siJ028'33" Moon
Moon 251953'54" Rahu Saturn ls656'51" R Sun
Mars lls959'30" Saturn Rahu 9sll
0
50'55" Moon
Mere" 7s2346'42" Mercury
Ketu 3sll
0
50'55" Saturn
Jupiter 7s2854'28"
Mercury Ascdt 9sl59'27
Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.
The SUN in the third house would be in a congenial place as it
is friendly with Jupiter, It rs a cruel planet and being the owner of
the eighth house, it may cause some tension or difficulty to the
younger siblings of the individual. It will engender interest in the
individual in yoga and similar practices. The individual will be brave
and of commanding nature. The Sun is not likely to help the
individual in success and prosperity in life since the house it would
be projecting an aspect to will not be one of a close friend. The
individual may not travel frequently. He is likely to meet religious
or highly placed persons during his journeys. ChamatkarChintamani
says that .such an individual goes on pilgrimages. The individual
may expect an above average longevity. Saravali says that the
individual will be an eloquent speaker. He may turn out to be a
demagogue. Sarvarth Chintamani says that the individual will have
much patience and he will have good servants. He may come to
prominence in his 23'd year. The Sun in contact with the Moon may
330 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
not be good for the marriage of a female individual. The Sun in
contact with Mars. indicates that the individual will build up much
property with his own efforts. His younger siblings may be
dominating and prominent. One of them may be injured by hot
liquid. The Sun in contact with Mercury is not good for the father
of the individual. He may face difficulties in his profession. The Sun
in contact with Venus would prove troublesome for the eldest child
of the individual. The Sun in contact with Rahu would tend to
create trouble for the younger siblings of the individual. He may
find his neighbours pompous and troublesome. The Sun in Poorva
Bhadrapada should give results similar to those stated above. The
Sun in Uttar Bhadrapada would link the individual closely to financial
matters. His father may have a good business in which he may
also participate. He may have an unsatisfactory professional career
if the Sun occupies the sign between 10and 1320'. The Sun in
Revati may cause damage through fire to the father of the individual
especially when it occupies the sign between 20 and 2320'.
The MOON in Pisces would again be in a friendly sign. The
individual will be a fortunate person but weak of resolve and
impressionable. According to Yavanjataka of Sphujidhvaja he will
be courteous and generous. So would his younger siblings be. His
wife may be happy and close to his younger sisters. He will be
happy with his younger siblings and there will not be any trouble
on their account. Saravali says that he will look after them and
according to Pha/deepikahe will be happy with them. The individual
is likely to travel over water with his spouse. He will be fond of
travelling and tourism could be a business for him. According to
Horasarathe individual will always be on the move in the period of
the Moon. Bhrigu says that the individual is likely to be punished
with fine by government in his 24th year. This is possible only if the
Moon has influence of a naturally malefic planet in the house. The
individual has interest in portraying emotions. The period of the
Moon will be beneficial for the elder brother of the individual and
his spouse. The latter may travel abroad in this period. The mother
of the individual may face danger to her longevity in his 24th year.
The Moon in contact with Mars will develop close relations between
the younger sibling of the individual and his spouse. The Moon in
contact with Mercury will induce the individual to write stories. The
Moon in contact with Venus indicates very fair and good looking
children for the individual. The individual and his wife will be
The Third House 331
solicitous of the welfare of his younger siblings when the Moon is
in contact with Saturn. The Moon in Poorva Bhadrapada would
give results similar to the ones stated above. The Moon in Uttar
Bhadrapada would ensure marriage of the individual at a short.
distance frorn his place if he is unmarried, otherwise he will be
closely associated with his business and marital affairs. The Moon
in the sign between 640' and 10could give the individual good
financial returns frorn his business. The Moon in Revati would be
good for the business of the individual.
MARS in Pisces will allow the individual according to Brihat
Parashar Hora Shastra to have good relations with his younger
siblings but Bhrigu says that there rnay not be younger siblings if
Mars here is under influence of a naturally malefic planet. His rnother
rnay be closer to his younger siblings than to hirn. He will be frank
in his correspondence and rnay sornetirne alienate people as a
result. He will be able to handle his rivals successfully. However,
his father rnay not have an easy life during the period of Mars. The
individual will also not be interested in religion. According to
Yavanjataka of Sphu]idhvaja the individual rnay be disrespectful to
the gods and saints. Mars in the third house will not perrnit the
individual to have a troublefree career. People frorn other places
will corne and live in his neighbourhood. His younger siblings rnay
decide to stay at another place. Placed in Poorva Bhadrapada it will
give results that are inclined rnore to the unpleasant as Mars will
be debilitated in the navarnsha. In Uttar Bhadrapada it will rnake
the individual very firrn. Placed in the sign between 320'and 640'
it rnay prove dangerous to the younger siblings. It will have an
adverse irnpact on the property of the individual. Mars in Revati
will cause accidents and surgical interventions to the younger siblings
and similar happenings to the individual when it occupies the sign
between 20 and 2320'.
MERCURY in Pisces will be debilitated. Depending on the
influence that Mercury receives, the individual rnay have rnore sisters
than brothers. Yavanjataka ofSphujidhvaja describes the individual
as a traveler who is virtuous in speech, thought and action.
According to Horasara the individual will turn learned in the period
of Mercury. It will cause trouble to the younger siblings through
their maternal uncle's farnily. They will be successful business
persons with their father particularly when Mercury occupies Poorva
332 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
Bhadrapada. Chamatkar Chintamani says that the individual will
be a business person. The individual may be fortunate in life. He
will be involved in tourism, writing, communications or press. The
spouse of the individual will continually interfere in the affairs of
the younger siblings of the individual causing unnecessary
unpleasantness when Mercury occupies Poorva Bhadrapada
between oo and 320' in the sign. This is a position that would
promote interest in spiritual and philosophical matters. Mercury in
Uttar Bhadrapada is not good for the health of the father of the
individual and his younger siblings. The individual may have trouble
in his left ear. He may suffer setbacks in his business. Mercury in
Revati would give better results since it will be in its own
constellation.
JUPITER in the third house will make the individual very learned
and religious. Sarvarth Chintamani says that the individual will
engage himself in the study of Vedas and shastras during the period
of Jupiter. He will have deep and abiding interest in spirituality.
Horasara says that the individual may earn through religious
discourses. He will have good and well-behaved younger siblings
who will also prosper. The spouse of the individual will keep good
health and the marriage will be a happy one. Jupiter in Poorva
Bhadrapada will give good results as stated above and the marital
life of the individual will be to the fore. Jupiter in Uttar Bhadrapada
may create some distance with the younger siblings. The younger
siblings may face untoward situation during the period of Jupiter
when it occupies the sign between 320' and 640'. The family of
the individual may also not remain cohesive. He may not have
much trouble from his enemies when Jupiter is in Revati. The
individual will turn out to be an orator of high calibre when Jupiter
occupies the sign between 2320' and 2640'.
In Chart IV-12 a younger sister was born to the individual in
the major-period of Jupiter. Jupiter is closely related to the karaka.
It is with the owner of the ascendent in the navamsha chart.
VENUS will be exalted in Pisces in the third house. The position
ensures comfortable and interesting journeys. In fact, the individual
will be fond of travelling. He will have very pleasant relations with
his younger siblings who themselves would be fun-loving individuals.
Sarvarth Chintamani says that the younger siblings of the individual
will prosper during the period of Venus. The individual will have a
The Third House 333
well developed artistic sense and he will excel in the field of fine
arts. The sign Virgo is not compatible with any influence of Venus.
Therefore the individual will not be fortunate in the period of Venus.
He will be a hedonist and may not evince much interest in religion.
Bhrigu and Phaldeepika are unanimous in their opinion that the
individual will be miserly. His father, though long lived, may not be
successful during this period. His children may do well in life with
the help of his younger siblings and he himself may succeed in his
career through their support. Venus in Poorva Bhadrapada may
create some unhappiness in marriage owing to interference by
other women from artistic circles of the individual. Venus in Uttar
Bhadrapada may cause danger or serious disease to one of the
younger siblings when Venus occupies the sign between 320' and
640'. Venus in Revati may promote close contact between the
maternal aunt of the individual and his younger siblings. She may
also actively participate in his artistic activities.
SATURN in the third house will restrict the numberofyounger
siblings and happiness from them. Still, the individual and his family
will be much preoccupied with their affairs. There could be loss of
or separation from the younger siblings. Some of them may go
away from their places of birth. Sarvarth Chintamani states that
the younger siblings may experience reverses in life. Children may
be born to the individual late. He wm be much attached to and
happy with them. The individual will be a patient person who may
be good at financial management. He may turn fortunate later in
life. He may face trouble from his servants or neighbours. There
could be opposition from literary circles. Saturn may cause
uncomfortable, disorganized, protracted and delayed journeys.
Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra implies that the individual may be
generous. The elder sibling of the individual may have some cause
for worry on account of his children. The spouse of the individual
will be troubled by his father when the Sun is related to Saturn in
the chart. Saturn in Poorva Bhadrapada should give results similar
to those stated above but it may turn the spouse cold and distant.
There may not be much change in effects of Saturn in the third
house in Pisces when it occupies Uttar Bhadrapada. The individual
is likely to face severe losses if he ventures into fine arts, press or
communications when Saturn occupies the sign between 320' and
640'. It may give good financial returns through profession when
it occupies the sign between 10and 1320'. Saturn in Revati may
334 The Play of Planets in Houses: Part One (1 to 6 House)
cause ear trouble to the individual. Trouble could also be anticipated
f